As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 24 , 2013

June 7, 2021

SEC File No. 333-182639


U.S. Registration No. 333-255091

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO

FORM S-1/A

(Amendment No. 2)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER


THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

(Exact nameName of registrantRegistrant as specifiedSpecified in its charter)Charter)


Colorado208034-1720075

Colorado

8082

34-1720075

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)


incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

(IRSI.R.S Employer
Identification Number)

No.)


4120 Boardman-Canfield Road1314 E Las Olas Blvd.

Canfield, Ohio 44406Suite 221

(330) 533-1914Fort Lauderdale, 33301

Phone: (954) 745-5815 

(Address, including zip code, and telephone
number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal
executive offices)


Michael J. West, PresidentRobert Nistico

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.Chief Executive Officer

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road1314 E Las Olas Blvd.

Canfield, Ohio 44406Suite 221

(330) 533-1914Fort Lauderdale, 33301

Phone: (954) 745-5815

(Name, address,Address, including zip code, and telephone
number,

Including including area code, of agent for service)


With a CopyCopies to:


Jon D. Sawyer,

Darrin Ocasio, Esq.David Crandall, Esq.
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLPHogan Lovells US LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 31st Floor1601 Wewatta Street, Suite 900
New York, NY 10036Denver, Colorado 80202
(212) 930-9700(303) 454-2449

Jin Schauer & Saad LLC

600 Seventeenth St., Suite 2700S

Denver, Colorado 80202

Office (720) 889-2211

Fax (720) 889-2222


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicablepossible after the effective date of this Registration Statement.Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this formForm are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X]box:  ☒


If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]


If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering. [  ]




If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act Registration Statementregistration statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statementregistration statement for the same offering. [  ]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer

[  ]

Accelerated filer

[  ]

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

[  ]

Smaller reporting company

[X]

Emerging growth company


If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



Title of Each Class of

Securities to be

Registered(1)

 



Amount

to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(2)

 


Amount of

Registration

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

2,700,000

 

$0.25

 

$675,000

 

$77.36 (3)


Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered(1) Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (2)
 Amount of
Registration
Fee
Common Stock, no par value per share $17,250,000(3) $1,882 
Warrants to purchase shares of common stock, no par value per share(4), (5)        
Shares of Common stock, no par value per share, underlying warrants (1) (6) $19,850,507(3) $2,166 
Representative’s warrants (7)      
Common Stock underlying representative’s warrants(8) $793,500  $87 
Total Registration Fee: $37,894,007  $4,135(9)

(1)Pursuant to Rule 416 of the Securities Act, the shares of common stock registered hereby also includes an indeterminable number of additional shares of common stock as may from time to time become issuable by reason of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar transactions.

(2)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(3)Includes $2,250,000 of common stock and warrants related to common stock and warrants issuable pursuant to the underwriter’s overallotment option.
(4)In accordance with Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.
(5)  There will be issued warrants to purchase one share of common stock. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 115% of the public offering price of one shares of common stock.

(6)Includes shares the underwriter has the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.  

(7)No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).

(8)We have agreed to issue to the representative of the underwriters, upon closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 4% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The representative’s warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 115% of the public offering price per share of the common stock offered hereby. As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the representative’s warrants is $793,500, which is equal to 115% of $690,000 (4% of $17,250,000) and assumes the exercise of the representatives overallotment option. Resales of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants are being similarly registered on a delayed or continuous basis.  
(9)Previously paid.

We intend to offer a minimum of 160,000 shares of our common stock (the “Shares”) up to a maximum of 1,200,000 Shares. We will establish an escrow account and all proceeds will be deposited into said account until such time as the minimum subscription or $40,000 is raised, at which time the funds will be released to us for use in operations. In the event we do not raise the minimum proceeds before the expiration date of the offering, all funds raised will be returned promptly to the subscribers without deductions or interest.


(2)

This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the Registrant and the selling shareholders.  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a).


(3)

Registration fee paid with initial filing.

________________________


The Registrantregistrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Sectionsection 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to suchsaid Section 8(a), may determine.






PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 24 , 2013.


PROSPECTUS


CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

is registering

1,500,000 shares of its Common Stock already issued

and offering

1,200,000 shares of its Common Stock on a “self-underwritten,”

“best efforts” basis

with a minimum of 160,000 shares and a maximum of 1,200,000 shares


We are registering 1,500,000 shares for sale on behalf of selling shareholders and 1,200,000 shares for sale on behalf of our company.  We intend to offer the 1,200,000 shares at $0.25 per share for up to 120 days, which may be extended an additional 90 days, after the date of this prospectus, and once this offering is closed we will deregister any shares of such 1,200,000 shares remaining unsold to the public by a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, prior to the commencement of the secondary offering on behalf of the selling shareholders.  This post-effective amendment will also indicate the results of the offering by the company and indicate that once the shares are trading on the over-the-counter Bulletin Board the selling shareholders may sell at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.  


This is the initial offering of common stock of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. No public market currently exists for these shares. Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. is offering for sale a minimum of 160,000 shares, up to a maximum of 1,200,000 shares of its common stock on a “self-underwritten,” best efforts basis, which means our officers and directors will attempt to sell the shares. The shares will be offered at a price of $0.25 per share for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of this prospectus, subject to a ninety (90) day extension. There is no minimum amount of shares required to be purchased by any particular investor.


Any investment in the shares offered herein involves a high degree of risk. You should only purchase shares if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. Before investing, you should carefully read this prospectus and, particularly, the “Risk Factors” section, beginning on page 7.


We are an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.  See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.


After our offering of 1,200,000 shares to the public and after a market develops for our common stock, of which there is no assurance, our selling shareholders plan to sell their shares at such prices as the market may dictate from time to time.  If any selling shareholder determines to sell before the shares are quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or listed on a national securities exchange, they will sell at the stated, fixed price of $.25 per share; and thereafter, the selling shareholders may sell at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.  The selling shareholders are not paying any of the offering expenses and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders.  There is no market price for our common stock now and our pricing is arbitrary with no relation to market value, liquidation value, earnings or dividends.  The price for our public offering was arbitrarily set at $.25 per share, based on speculative concept unsupported by any other comparables.








Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities division has approved or disapproved these securities, passed upon the truthfulness or accuracy, or determined if this prospectus is current or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 

 

Public

Offering

Price

 

Underwriting

or Sales

Commissions

 

Proceeds Before Offering Expenses

Common Stock(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offered by Company (Maximum)(2)(3)

 

$0.25

 

$0

 

$300,000

Offered by Company (Minimum)

 

$0.25

 

$0

 

$  40,000

Offered by Selling Shareholders

 

$0.25

 

$0

 

$375,000


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission isdeclares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities andnor does it is not solicitingseek an offer to buy these securities in any statejurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

______________________


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 7, 2021

(1)

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

2,512,563 Shares of Common Stock and

2,512,563 Warrants to purchase Shares of Common Stock

Splash Beverage Group, Inc. is offering shares of our common stock and an accompanying warrant to purchase one share of our common stock (and the shares issuable from time to time upon exercise of the warrants), in an underwritten public offering pursuant to this prospectus at a combined assumed initial public offering price of $5.97 per share. Each warrant will have an exercise price of $6.87 per share (equal to 115% of the offering price of the common stock) will be exercisable upon issuance and will expire five years from issuance. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our warrants.

Our common stock currently trades on the OTCQB, where it is quoted under the symbol “SBEV.” As of May 19, 2021, the datelast sale price of this prospectus, thereour common stock as reported on OTCQB was $1.99 per share. There is noa limited public trading market for our common stock. Prior to the consummation of this offering we will effect a one-for-three reverse stock split. We have assumed a public offering price of $5.97, which represents the last reported sales price of our common stock as reported on the OTCQB on May 19, 2021 after effecting the reverse split. The final public offering price will be determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters in this offering and will take into account the recent market price of our common stock, the general condition of the securities market at the time of the offering, the history of, and the prospects for, the industry in which we compete, our past and present operations, and our prospects for future revenues. The assumed public offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the actual offering price.

We have applied to list our common stock and no assurancewarrants on the NYSE American, under the symbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS” respectively, subject to official notice of issuance. We believe that a trading marketupon completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we will meet the standards for our shares will ever develop.


(2)

Pendinglisting on the receipt and payment of any checks gathered to satisfy the $40,000 minimum, all proceedsNYSE American, however, we cannot guarantee that we will be heldsuccessful in a non-interest bearing escrow account bylisting our common stock on the Escrow Agent forNYSE American. We will not consummate this offering. The Escrow Agent is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., who has the sole signature authority over this account and determines whether the minimum offering requirements are satisfied. Fundsunless our common stock will be deposited in this escrow account no later than noonlisted on the NYSE American.

Our business day following receipt. Inand an investment in our common stock involve significant risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

Neither the event Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the minimumadequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is not sold withina criminal offense.

Per Share and

Warrant

Total

Public offering price

$$
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)$$
Proceeds to Splash, before expenses(2)$$

(1)We have also agreed to issue warrants to purchase 4% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering to the representative of the underwriters in this offering, to reimburse the representative of the underwriters for certain expenses, and to provide a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to the representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriter.

(2)The amount of offering proceeds to us presented in this table does not give effect to any exercise of the: (i) over-allotment option (if any) we have granted to the representative of the underwriters as described below and (ii) the warrants being issued to the representative of the underwriters in this offering.

The Company has granted the 120-day offering period or any extension ofunderwriters an additional 90 days at our discretion, this offering will terminate and all funds will be returned promptly to subscribers by the Escrow Agent without any deductions or payment of interest. Subscribers will not be entitled to a return of funds from such escrow during the 120-day offering period or any extension period,option for a potential totalperiod of 210 days. See “Use45 days to purchase up to additional shares of Proceeds” and “Plan of Distribution.”common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount.


(3)

The proceedsunderwriters expect to deliver the Company are shown before deduction for legal, accounting, printing, and other expenses, estimated at $32,500. See “Useshares of Proceeds” and “Dilution.”common stock to investors on or about          , 2021.

________________________


Kingswood Capital Markets,

Subject to Completion, Dated January 24division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is               , 2013.2021




2





TABLE OF CONTENTS


CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS1

Page   

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
2

SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

  5

General Information About Our Company

  5

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
2

The Offering

  5

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
3

RISK FACTORS

  7

Risks Associated with Our Company

  7

OFFERING
6

Risk Factors Related to the JOBS Act

18

Risks Associated with this Offering

20

RISK FACTORS
9

USE OF PROCEEDS

22

20

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

23

DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES

24

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

25

INVESTOR SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS

26

Geographical Requirements

26

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

26

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

28

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL

  PERSONS

28

Background Information about Our Officers and Directors

29

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

30

Summary Compensation

30

Directors Compensation

30

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

  AND MANAGEMENT

30

Future Sales by Existing Stockholders

31

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

31

Capital Stock

32

Common Stock

32

Preferred Stock

32

Options

32

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

32

Rule 144

32

INDEMNIFICATION

33

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

33

General Information

33




3






Business

34

Industry Overview

35

Our Competitive Strength

36

Our Business Strategy

36

Organization and Operations

37

Marketing

39

Sales

39

Website

40

Competition

40

Government Regulation

41

Employees

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

52

Key Factors and Trends Expected to Impact our Business in the Future

52

Strategy

55

Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 as

  compared to the year ended December 31, 2010

57

Results of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012

  as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011

58

Liquidity and Capital Resources

58

Plan of Operation

61

Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations

62

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

65

Seasonality

65

Critical Accounting Policies

65

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

65

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

65

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS
20

  MATTERS

66

Reports

67

DIVIDEND POLICY
21

Stock Transfer Agent

67

CAPITALIZATION
21

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND PROCEDURES

68

DILUTION
22

EXPERTS AND LEGAL COUNSEL

68

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
23

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

68

BUSINESS
24

COMPANY OVERVIEW AND HISTORY24
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS35
MANAGEMENT39
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION42
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT44
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS45
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES45
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS47
UNDERWRITING50
LEGAL MATTERS54
EXPERTS54
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION55
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1

Neither we, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. No person is authorized in connection with this prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you.

This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this public offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


i

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION


This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “seek,” “predict,” “continue,” “possible,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” would” or “should” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, the use of proceeds from this offering, our product candidates, research and development, commercialization objectives, prospects, strategies, the industry in which we operate and potential acquisitions or collaborations.

Until _____________ (90 days after

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the effectiveimpact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and may not be accurate indications of when such performance or results will be achieved. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results may not be indicative of results in subsequent periods.

Some risks inherent in the beverage industry include, among others:

 ●Economic, political, social or other developments in countries and markets in which we operate, which may contribute to a reduction in demand for our products, adverse impacts on our customer, supplier and/or financial counterparties, or the imposition of import, investment or currency restrictions (including the potential impact of any global, regional or local trade wars or any tariffs, duties or other restrictions or barriers imposed on the import or export of goods between territories, including but not limited to, imports into and exports from the United States, Canada, Mexico, certain South American countries, the United Kingdom and/or the European Union);
 ●Any litigation or other similar proceedings (including with tax, customs, competition, environmental, anti-corruption or other regulatory authorities), including litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry generally or at the Company in particular;
 ●Changes in the domestic and international tax environment, leading to uncertainty around the application of existing and new tax laws and unexpected tax exposures;
 ●The effects of climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures intended to address climate change, on our business;
 ●Changes in the cost of production, including as a result of increases in the cost of commodities, labor and/or energy or as a result of inflation;
 ●Legal and regulatory developments, including changes in regulations relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, sales, pricing, labeling, packaging, product liability, antitrust, labor, compliance and control systems, environmental issues and/or data privacy;
 ●Increased competitive product and pricing pressures, including as a result of actions by increasingly consolidated competitors or increased competition from regional and local companies, that could negatively impact our market share, distribution network, costs and/or pricing;
 ●Contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances which could harm the level of customer support for our brands and adversely impact our sales;
 ●Any disruption to production facilities, business service centers or information systems, including as a result of cyber-attacks;
 ●Increased costs for, or shortages of, talent, as well as labor strikes or disputes;
 ●Our ability to renew supply, distribution, manufacturing or license agreements (or related rights) and licenses on favorable terms, or at all, when they expire;
 ●Any failure by us to protect our intellectual property rights;
 ●Our business is subject to many regulations and noncompliance is costly;
 ●Significant additional labeling or warning requirements may inhibit sales of affected products;
 ●Climate change may negatively affect our business;
 ●Water scarcity and poor quality could negatively impact our costs and capacity;
 ●Fluctuations in quantity and quality of grape supply could adversely affect our business;
 ●Contamination of our wines could harm our business; and
The other risks set forth herein under the caption “Risk Factors.”

1

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Prospectus), all dealersprospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward- looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that effect transactionswe will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in these securities, whether or not participatingtheir entirety by the cautionary statements contained above and throughout this prospectus.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this offering,prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is inmaterially different from what we expect. In addition to the dealers’ obligationrisk factors set forth above, the factors set forth below under “Risk Factors” and other cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read and understood as being applicable to deliverall related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus containsstatistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. While we believe the industry and market data included in this prospectus are reliable and are based on reasonable assumptions, these data involve many assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and other publicly available information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” included in this prospectus.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus when actingmay also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

2

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our securities. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Except as underwritersotherwise indicated, references to “we”, “us”, “our”, “Splash”, “SBG” and the “Company” refer to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Company Overview

We manufacture, through third party facilities, and distribute several brands of beverages including both non-alcoholic and spirits brands. We believe the distribution landscape in the beverage industry is changing rapidly as tech-enabled e-commerce business models are thriving. Direct to consumer, office or home solutions are projected to continue to gain traction in the future, and our own e-commerce platform, Qplash, which allows us to purchase local and regional brands for developing a direct line of sales at retail stores, is well positioned to take advantage of this anticipated growth.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to combine the traditional approach of manufacturing, distributing, and marketing of beverages, but with respectbrands that have a reasonable level of pre-existing brand awareness and market presence, or have attributes that we believe to their unsold allotmentsbe purely innovative. These are SBG’s core values. We believe this allows SBG to break through the clutter of numerous brand introductions and dilute risk. This philosophy is applied regardless of whether the brand is 100% owned by SBG or subscriptions.a joint venture. To this end, we intend to own some beverage brands while managing other beverage brands owned by other beverage producers.



4For acquisition or joint venture consideration, we prefer to work with brands that already have one or more of the following in place:


Some level of preexisting brand awareness

Regional presence that can be expanded

Licensing an existing brand name (TapouT for example)

Add to an underdeveloped and/or growing category

Innovation to an existing attractive category (such as flavored tequila)


Products



We produce, distribute and market two beverages’ brands: “TapouT Performance”, a hydration and recovery isotonic sport drink and SALT Naturally Flavored Tequila (“SALT”), a 100% agave 80 proof line of flavored tequilas.

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

4120 Boardman-Canfield RoadCopa di Vino Wine Group, Inc.

On December 28, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Copa di Vino Corporation (“Copa di Vino”), the leading producer of premium wine by the glass in the United States.

Through our acquisition of Copa di Vino, we are now able to offer seven varietals of wine: Pinot Grigio, Riesling, Merlot, Chardonnay, White Zinfandel, Moscato, and Cabernet Sauvignon. In addition to its wine varietals, Copa di Vino also produces Pulpoloco, a sangria which is encased in a 100% biodegradable can made from paper. 

E-commerce

“Qplash” is our consumer-packaged goods retail division and our first entry point into the growing e-commerce channel. The division sells beverages and groceries online through www.qplash.com, and third-party storefronts such as Amazon.com and Walmart.com. 

3

Canfield Ohio 44406Medical Supply, Inc.


SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS


General Information About Our Company


Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. was incorporated in the State, a provider of Ohio on September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012.  References in this document to “us,” “we,” or “Company” refer to Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.


We provide home medical equipment, supplies and services is a legacy business. In December 2020, management announced our plan to patientsdiscontinue CMS.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths contribute to the Company’s success and differentiate us from our competitors:

An established distribution network through global sales channels;

A hybrid distribution model that leverages multiple routes to market, including national chains, independent local markets and regional chains, and specialty food and convenience stores;

Long-term relationships with retailers and the establishment of chains;

Premium customer service;

Dynamic and sustainable product offerings of natural quality and freshness with health benefits;

A highly experienced management team;

Strategically selected, dedicated sales professionals;

Qplash, our e-commerce platform, which provides us instant coast to coast coverage and our own fully integrated distribution platform for all of our beverage categories;

Ability to execute and distribute across many geographies, on behalf of our licensed brand portfolio;

Strong brand awareness through partnerships and acquisitions of brands that have pre-existing brand awareness or are viewed as truly innovative; and

Celebrity and professional athlete endorsement of our brands.

Employees

We have eight full-time employees, including non-officer employees and our executive officers, and we retain the services of additional personnel on an independent contractor basis. We do not have any part-time employees but work with several consultants.

Listing on the NYSE American

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “SBEV”. In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock and warrants on the NYSE American under the symbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS”, respectively. If our listing application is approved, we expect to list our common stock on the NYSE American upon consummation of the offering, at which point our common stock will cease to be traded on the OTCQB. No assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved. This offering will only be consummated if the NYSE American approves the listing of our common stock and warrants. NYSE American listing requirements include, among other things, a stock price threshold. As a result, prior to effectiveness, if necessary, we intend to take the necessary steps to meet NYSE American listing requirements, including but not limited to consummating a reverse split of our outstanding common stock as further discussed below.

Reverse Stock Split

Prior to the completion of this offering we will effect a one-for-three reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock in order to satisfy NYSE American listing requirements and obtain NYSE American approval for listing of our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated all share and price amounts assume that the reverse split has been effected.

4

Risks Affecting Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks as described in the Mahoning Valleysection entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Some of Northeastern Ohio, Western Pennsylvania and Northern West Virginia.  More than 50% of our revenue is derived from the sale and rental of durable home medical equipment including such items as power wheelchairs, hospital beds, miscellaneous ramps, bedside commodes, and miscellaneous bathroom equipment.  The balance of our revenue is from the sale of various home medical supplies including diabetic testing, incontinence, ostomy, wound care, and catheter supplies.  these risks include:

The occurrence of an uncontrollable event such as the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively affect our operations and our ability to raise capital.

If we are unable to continue as a going concern, our securities will have little or no value.

We have experienced recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant operating losses in the future.

If we are not able to successfully execute on our future operating plans, our financial condition and results of operation may be materially adversely affected, and we may not be able to continue as a going concern.

Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences or any inability on our part to innovate, market or distribute our products effectively, and any significant reduction in demand could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Volatility in the price or availability of the inputs we depend on, including raw materials, packaging, energy and labor, could adversely impact our financial results.

We compete in an industry that is brand-conscious, so brand name recognition and acceptance of our products are critical to our success.

Our brands and brand images are keys to our business and any inability to maintain a positive brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Competition from traditional and large, well-financed non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage manufacturers may adversely affect our distribution relationships and may hinder development of our existing markets, as well as prevent us from expanding our markets.

Our reliance on distributors, retailers and brokers could affect our ability to efficiently and profitably distribute and market our products, maintain our existing markets and expand our business into other geographic markets.

It is difficult to predict the timing and amount of our sales because our distributors are not required to place minimum orders with us.

If we do not adequately manage our inventory levels, our operating results could be adversely affected.

We rely upon our ongoing relationships with our key flavor suppliers and failure to maintain these relationships could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

If we fail to maintain relationships with our independent contract manufacturers, our business could be harmed.

Corporate Information

Our emphasis is on helping patients with mobility related limitations, but our overall business is aimed at helping patients remain in their homes instead of having to go to hospitals, rehab centers and other similar facilities.  Our services primarily consist of providing in-home delivery, set-up and maintenance of the equipment we sell or lease. Our headquartersprincipal offices are located at 4120 Boardman-Canfield Road, Canfield, Ohio  44406.1314 E. Las Olas Blvd, Suite 221, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301. Our phonemain telephone number at is (954) 745-5815. Our website address is www.splashbeveragegroup.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus what can be accessed through our headquarters is (330) 533-1914. Our fiscal year end is December 31.website and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.

5

THE OFFERING


The Offering


Following is a brieffollowing summary of this offering. Please see the Plan of Distribution section foroffering contains basic information about the offering and our securities and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more detailed descriptioncomplete understanding of our securities, please refer to the termssection of the offering.this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities.”


Common Stock Offered by the Company 2,512,563 shares

Warrants Offered by the Company:Warrants to purchase up to 2,512,563 shares of our common stock. The warrants are exercisable immediately, and will be issued separately in this offering, but will be purchased together in this offering. The exercise price of the warrants is $6.87 per share (115% of the public offering price of one share of common stock based on assumed offering price of $5.97 per share). Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock, subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common stock as described herein. A holder may not exercise any portion of a warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that upon notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage, not in excess of 9.99%. Each warrant will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire five years after the initial issuance date. The terms of the warrants will be governed by a Warrant Agent Agreement, dated as of the effective date of this offering, between us and Equiniti Trust Company as the warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”). This prospectus also relates to the offering of the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. For more information regarding the Warrants, you should carefully read the section titled “Description of Securities Being— Securities Offered

in this Offering” in this prospectus.

Common Stock to be Outstanding after this Offering

Up to 29,214,176 shares

Over-allotment OptionWe are offering 1,200,000have granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 376,884 shares of our common stock on a “best-efforts” basis with a minimum of 160,000 shares and a maximum of 1,200,000 shares.  After376,884 accompanying warrants, if any, at the public offering is closed we will cease the offering of our shares by the Company and file a post-effective amendmentprice, less underwriting discounts, to the Registration Statement to deregister any unsold shares and our selling shareholders may then commence to sell their 1,500,000 shares in market sales,cover over-allotments, if a market ever develops after the offering closes.

any.

Offering Price per Share

$0.25






5







Offering Period

The 1,200,000 shares are being offered for a period not to exceed 120 days, unless extended by our board of directors for an additional 90 days.  The 1,500,000 shares which are being offered by selling shareholders will be offered after our offering is closed and a market has developed, of which there is no assurance, and their offering will continue indefinitely.

Gross Proceeds to Our

Company

$  40,000 (Minimum Offering)

$300,000 (Maximum Offering

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to develop an online store to sellestimate that our products, to pay general administrative expenses, sales and marketing expenses, and for the costs of the offering.  See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any of thenet proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

Number of Shares Outstanding Before the Offering

9,500,000

Number of Shares Outstanding After the Offering

  9,660,000 (Minimum Offering)

10,700,000 (Maximum Offering)

Plan of Distribution

This is a self-underwritten offering. This prospectus is part of a registration statement that permits our officers and directors to sell the Shares directly to the public, with no commission or other remuneration payable to them for any Shares they sell. The officers and directors will not purchase Sharescommon stock in this offering will be approximately $13.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including butpotential acquisitions, operating expenses and repayment of debt. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we do not limitedhave agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. For additional information on the use of proceeds, please see “Use of Proceeds.”

NYSE American SymbolOur common stock is quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “SBEV.” In conjunction with this offering, we have applied to purchaseslist our common stock and warrants on the NYSE American under the symbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS”, respectively. We anticipate being able to list on the NYSE American upon the completion of Sharesthis offering; however, we can provide no assurances that we will be approved for such a listing. This offering will only be consummated if the NYSE American approves the listing of our common stock and warrants.
Representative’s WarrantsWe have agreed to issue to Kingswood Capital Markets (the “Representative”) warrants to purchase up to the number of shares of our common stock equal to 4% of the aggregate number of shares sold in the offering as a portion of the underwriting compensation payable to the Representative in connection with this offering. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 115% of the public offering price per share, at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and a half-year period commencing six (6) months from the effective date of the registration statement.
Lock-upWe and each of our officers, directors and 5% holders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, offer, agree to sell, contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock, for a period of one-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the Representative. See “Underwriting” for additional information. 
Risk FactorsSee “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our securities.
Reverse Stock SplitPrior to the completion of this offering we will effect a one-for-three reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock in order to reach the minimum offering amount.

Escrow Account

Pending salesatisfy NYSE American listing requirements and obtain NYSE American approval for listing of the $40,000 minimum, all proceeds will be held in a non-interest bearing escrow account by the Escrow Agent for this offering. The Escrow Agent is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.  Funds will be deposited in this escrow account no later than noon on the business day following receipt. In the event the minimum is not sold within the 120-day offering period or any extension of an additional 90 days at our discretion, this offering will terminate and all funds will be returned promptly to subscribers by the Escrow Agent without any deductions or payment of interest. Subscribers will not be entitled to a return of funds from such escrow during the 120-day offering period or any extension period, for a potential total of 210 days. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Plan of Distribution.”




6






Investor Suitability

Requirements

This offering is limited to investors resident in Colorado, Ohio and Washington.  Purchasers in any subsequent trading market must comply with the applicable securities laws of the State in which they purchase our common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated all share and price amounts assume that the reverse split has been effected.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering is based on 26,737,628 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 17, 2021, which does not reflect the potential issuance of up to 1,261,970 shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our equity incentive plans and up to 606,177 shares upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $5.97 per share of common stock, which was the closing price of our common stock as reported on OTCQB on May 19, 2021 adjusted for our 1 to 3 reverse stock split.

6

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables present summary financial data for SBG. We derived the summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from the unaudited financial statements of SBG and the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 from the audited financial statements of SBG included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read this data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Subscription Agreement andSplash Beverage Group, Inc.

Procedures

We will accept no subscriptions or indicationsSummary Statements of interest until our registration statement is effective. At that point, all subscriptions must be made by the execution and delivery of a subscription agreement, a form of which is attached to this prospectus as Annex A.  Subscriptions are not binding until accepted.

Risk Factors

An investment in these securities involves an exceptionally high degree of risk and is extremely speculative in nature. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section.Operations Data


  Three Months Ended March 31, Years Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2020 2019
Net revenues $2,417,701  $112,003  $2,975,939  $20,387 
Cost of goods sold  (1,742,875)  (107,214)  (2,251,816)  (245,500)
Gross margin  674,826   4,789   724,123   (225,113)
                 
Operating expenses:                
Contracted services  276,511   257,981   5,606,335   2,109,146 
Salary and wages  2,020,447   241,676   7,925,609   1,078,730 
Other general and administrative  2,727,513   1,031,264   4,346,836   1,006,603 
Sales and marketing  41,878   23,012   146,579   67,467 
Total operating expenses  5,066,349   1,553,933   18,025,359   4,261,946 
                 
Loss from operations  (4,391,523)  (1,549,144)  (17,301,236)  (4,487,059)
                 
Other income/(expense):                
Other Income        17,786    
Interest income  114   16,151   8   132 
Interest expense  (92,211)  (1,913,637)  (1,980,871)  (665,195)
Gain from debt extinguishment  1,319      36,610   16,391 
Total other (expense)  (90,778)  (1,897,486)  (1,926,467)  (648,672)
                 
Provision for income taxes            
                 
Net loss from continuing operations  (4,482,301)  (3,446,630)  (19,227,703)  (5,135,731)
                 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax  40,082      (9,446,853)   
                 
Net loss $(4,442,219) $(3,446,630) $(28,674,556) $(5,135,731)
                 
Net loss per share (basic diluted)                
Continuing operations  (0.18)  (0.08)  (1.05)  (0.39)
Discontinued operations  0.00      (0.51)   
Net loss per share $(0.18) $(0.08) $(1.56) $(0.39)
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  24,642,532   14,673,798   18,538,425   13,688,328 

7

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Summary Selected Balance Sheet Data

  March 31 December 31, December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
Cash and cash equivalents $1,225,406  $380,000  $42,639 
Total current assets $3,496,894  $2,244,036  $370,662 
Total assets $11,709,940  $9,225,888  $605,314 
Total current liabilities $5,361,984  $5,415,659  $10,279,180 
Total Liabilities $9,805,907  $9,327,891  $10,361,398 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) $1,904,033  $(9,350,724) $(9,756,083)

8

RISK FACTORS


An investmentYou should carefully consider the risks described below as well as other information provided to you in these securities involves an exceptionally high degreethis document, including information in the section of risk and is extremely speculative in nature. Following are what we believe are allthis document entitled “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.” If any of the materialfollowing risks involved ifactually occur, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected, the value of the Company’s Common Stock could decline, and you decidemay lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business

The impact of COVID-19 continues to create considerable uncertainty for our business.

Our operations continue to expose us to risks associated with the COVID-19 outbreak. Authorities around the world have implemented numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of the virus and such measures have impacted and continue to impact us, our business partners, and consumers. While some of these measures have been lifted or eased in certain jurisdictions, other jurisdictions have seen a resurgence of COVID-19 cases resulting in reinstitution or expansion of such measures.

We have seen and could continue to see changes in consumer demand as a result of COVID-19, including the inability of consumers to purchase sharesour products due to illness, quarantine or other restrictions, store closures, or financial hardship. We also continue to see shifts in this offering.product and channel preferences, particularly an increase in demand in the e-commerce channel, which has impacted and could continue to impact our sales and profitability. Reduced demand for our products or changes in consumer purchasing patterns, as well as continued economic uncertainty, can adversely affect our customers’ financial condition, which can result in bankruptcy filings and/or an inability to pay for our products. In addition, we may also continue to experience business disruptions as a result of COVID-19, resulting from temporary closures of our facilities or facilities of our business partners or the inability of a significant portion of our or our business partners’ workforce to work because of illness, quarantine, or travel or other governmental restrictions. Any sustained interruption in our or our business partners’ operations, distribution network or supply chain or any significant continuous shortage of raw materials or other supplies, including personal protective equipment or sanitization products, can negatively impact our business. We have also incurred, and expect to continue to incur, increased employee and operating costs as a result of COVID-19, which have negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our profitability. In addition, the increase in certain of our employees working remotely has resulted in increased demand on our information technology infrastructure, which can be subject to failure, disruption or unavailability, and increased vulnerability to cyberattacks and other cyber incidents. Also, continued economic uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 outbreak has resulted in volatility in the global capital and credit markets which can impair our ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable to us, or at all.


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR COMPANY:The impact of COVID-19 has heightened, or in some cases manifested, certain of the other risks discussed herein. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our business remains uncertain and will continue to depend on numerous evolving factors that we are not able to accurately predict and which will vary by jurisdiction and market, including the duration and scope of the pandemic, the development and availability of effective treatments and vaccines, global economic conditions during and after the pandemic, governmental actions that have been taken, or may be taken in the future, in response to the pandemic, and changes in consumer behavior in response to the pandemic, some of which may be more than just temporary.


Our Auditors have issuedIf we are unable to continue as a going concern, opinion because weour securities will have suffered losses fromlittle or no value.

Although our operationsaudited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and2020 were prepared under the nine monthsassumption that we would continue our operations as a going concern, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm that accompanies our financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2012 and we haveDecember 31, 2020 contains a negative working capital and stockholders’ equity deficit.  These conditions raisegoing concern qualification in which our independent registered public accounting firm expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.


Basedconcern, based on ourthe financial statements at that time. Specifically, we have sustained recurring losses for our last fiscal year and our last six months combined with our negativewe have had a working capital and stockholders’ equity deficit,deficits. These prior losses and expected future losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt as tofinancial condition. In addition, continued operations and our ability to continue as a going concern.  As discussedconcern may be dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing in the next risk factor,near future and thereafter, and there are no assurances that such financing will be available to us at all or will be available in sufficient amounts or on reasonable terms. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the January 2011 changeoutcome of this uncertainty. If we are unable to generate additional funds in Medicare’s reimbursement policy for power wheel chairs has adversely affected our business and this has forced us to adjust the focusfuture through sales of our business to theproducts, financings or from other products we carry.  We are also attempting to increase our private pay business in our primary market and we are seeking to win onesources or more competitive bids in round 2 of Medicare Competitive Bidding in four more markets in Ohio.  Even if we are successful in one or more of these endeavors,transactions, we will exhaust our resources and will be unable to continue operations. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our shareholders would likely lose most likely needor all of their investment in us.

We have experienced recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities and anticipate that we will continue to raise additional financing if we raise less than $50,000 in this offering.  We need the additional financing to cover any additionalincur significant operating losses in the future.

We have experienced recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities.  We expect to help pay for any additional marketing expenses we needcontinue to incur significant expenses related to our ongoing operations and to help pay down our current liabilities.  




7





We have lost moneygenerate operating losses for the last twenty-one monthsforeseeable future. The size of our losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future expenditures and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.


Duringour ability to generate revenues.  We incurred a net loss of $28.7 million for the year ended December 31, 20112020 and $4.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. Our accumulated deficit increased to $61.6 million as of December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year’s deficit of $31.8 million. Our accumulated deficit was $66.0 million as of March 31, 2021.

We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our financial condition. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our financial condition. If our products do not achieve sufficient market acceptance and our revenues do not increase significantly, we hadmay never become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

If we are not able to successfully execute on our future operating plans and objectives, our financial condition and results of operation may be materially adversely affected, and we may not be able to continue as a net lossgoing concern.

It is important that we meet our sales goals and increase sales going forward as our operating plan already reflects prior significant cost containment measures and may make it difficult to achieve top-line growth if further significant reductions become necessary. If we do not meet our sales goals, our available cash and working capital will decrease and our financial condition will be negatively impacted.

In order to be successful, we believe that we must, among other things:

increase the sales volume and gross margins for our products;
maintain efficiencies in operations;
manage our operating expenses to sufficiently support operating activities;
maintain fixed costs at or near current levels; and
avoid significant increases in variable costs relating to production, marketing and distribution.

We may not be able to meet these objectives, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of $53,096operations. We have incurred significant operating expenses in the past and duringmay do so again in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 we hadfuture and, as a net lossresult, will need to increase revenues in order to improve our results of $3,412.operations. Our business wasability to increase sales will depend primarily on success in expanding our current markets, improving our distribution base, entering into Direct-To-Retail (DTR) arrangements with national accounts, and introducing new brands, products or product extensions to the market. Our ability to successfully enter new distribution areas and obtain national accounts will, in turn, depend on various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the continued demand for our brands and products in target markets, the ability to price our products at competitive levels, the ability to establish and maintain relationships with distributors in each geographic area of distribution and the ability in the future to create, develop and successfully introduce one or more new brands, products, and product extensions.

9

Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences or any inability on our part to innovate, market or distribute our products effectively, and any significant reduction in demand could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our beverage portfolio is comprised of a January 2011number of unique brands with reputations and consumer imagery that have been built over time. Our investments in marketing as well as our strong commitment to product quality are intended to have a favorable impact on brand image and consumer preferences. If we do not adequately anticipate and react to changing demographics, consumer and economic trends, health concerns and product preferences, our financial results could be adversely affected.

Additionally, failure to introduce new brands, products or product extensions into the marketplace as current ones mature and to meet the changing preferences of consumers could prevent us from gaining market share and achieving long-term profitability. Product lifecycles can vary and consumer preferences and loyalties change over time. Although we try to anticipate these shifts and innovate new products to introduce to our consumers, we may not succeed. Consumer preferences also are affected by factors other than taste, such as health and nutrition considerations and obesity concerns, shifting consumer needs, changes in Medicare’s reimbursement policy for power wheel chairs when Medicare quit reimbursing the purchase of power wheel chairsconsumer lifestyles, increased consumer information and started only reimbursing the rental of such wheel chairs.  Approximately 13%competitive product and pricing pressures. Sales of our revenuesproducts may be adversely affected by the negative publicity associated with these issues. In addition, there may be a decreased demand for certain products as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. If we do not adequately anticipate or adjust to respond to these and other changes in consumer preferences, we may not be able to maintain and grow our brand image and our sales may be adversely affected.

Volatility in the year ended December 31, 2010 were derivedprice or availability of the inputs we depend on, including raw materials, packaging, energy and labor, could adversely impact our financial results.

The principal raw materials we use include glass bottles, aluminum cans, labels and cardboard cartons, flavorings and sweeteners. These ingredient costs are subject to fluctuation. Substantial increases in the prices of our ingredients, raw materials and packaging materials, to the extent that they cannot be recouped through increases in the prices of finished beverage products, would increase our operating costs and could reduce our profitability. If our supply of these raw materials is impaired or if prices increase significantly, it could affect the affordability of our products and reduce sales.

If we are unable to secure sufficient ingredients or raw materials including glass, sugar, and other key supplies, we might not be able to satisfy demand on a short-term basis.

Changes in government regulation or failure to comply with existing regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and properties are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those governing the production, packaging, quality, labeling and distribution of beverage products. In addition, various governmental agencies have enacted or are considering additional taxes on soft drinks and other sweetened beverages. Changes in existing laws or regulations could require material expenses and negatively affect our financial results through lower sales or higher costs.

We compete in an industry that is brand-conscious, so brand name recognition and acceptance of our products are critical to our success.

Our business is dependent upon awareness and market acceptance of our products and brands by our target market, trendy, young consumers looking for a distinctive tonality in their beverage choices. In addition, our business depends on acceptance by our independent distributors and retailers of our brands as beverage brands that have the potential to provide incremental sales growth. If we are not successful in the revitalization and growth of our brand and product offerings, we may not achieve and maintain satisfactory levels of acceptance by independent distributors and retail consumers. In addition, we may not be able to effectively execute our marketing strategies in light of the various closures and event cancellations caused by the COVID-19 outbreak. Any failure of our brand to maintain or increase acceptance or market penetration would likely have a material adverse effect on our revenues and financial results.

Our brands and brand images are keys to our business and any inability to maintain a positive brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain brand image for our existing products and effectively build up brand image for new products and brand extensions. We cannot predict whether our advertising, marketing and promotional programs will have the desired impact on our products’ branding and on consumer preferences. In addition, negative public relations and product quality issues, whether real or imagined, could tarnish our reputation and image of the affected brands and could cause consumers to choose other products. Our brand image can also be adversely affected by unfavorable reports, studies and articles, litigation, or regulatory or other governmental action, whether involving our products or those of our competitors.

Competition from traditional and large, well-financed non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage manufacturers may adversely affect our distribution relationships and may hinder development of our existing markets, as well as prevent us from expanding our markets.

The beverage industry is highly competitive. We compete with other beverage companies not only for consumer acceptance but also for shelf space in retail outlets and for marketing focus by our distributors, all of whom also distribute other beverage brands. Our products compete with all non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverages, most of which are marketed by companies with substantially greater financial resources than ours. Some of these competitors are placing severe pressure on independent distributors not to carry competitive brands such as ours. We also compete with regional beverage producers and “private label” hydration suppliers.

Increased competitor consolidations, marketplace competition, particularly among branded beverage products, and competitive product and pricing pressures could impact our earnings, market share and volume growth. If, due to such pressure or other competitive threats, we are unable to sufficiently maintain or develop our distribution channels, we may be unable to achieve our current revenue and financial targets. Competition, particularly from companies with greater financial and marketing resources than ours, could have a material adverse effect on our existing markets, as well as on our ability to expand the market for our products.

We may experience a reduced demand for some of our products due to health concerns (including obesity) and legislative initiatives against sweetened beverages.

Consumers are concerned about health and wellness; public health officials and government officials are increasingly vocal about obesity and its consequences. There has been a trend among some public health advocates and dietary guidelines to recommend a reduction in sweetened beverages, as well as increased public scrutiny, new taxes on sugar-sweetened beverages (as described below), and additional governmental regulations concerning the marketing and labeling/packing of the beverage industry. Additional or revised regulatory requirements, whether labeling, tax or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Further, increasing public concern with respect to sweetened beverages could reduce demand for our beverages and increase desire for more low-calorie soft drinks, water, enhanced water, coffee-flavored beverages, tea, and beverages with natural sweeteners. We are continuously working to reduce calories and sugar in our TapouT products while launching new products, to pair with existing brand extensions that round out our diversified portfolio.

Legislative or regulatory changes that affect our products, including new taxes, could reduce demand for products or increase our costs.

Taxes imposed on the sale of power chairs.  This has forced us to adjust the focuscertain of our products by federal, state and local governments in the United States, or other countries in which we operate could cause consumers to shift away from purchasing our beverages. Several municipalities in the United States have implemented or are considering implementing taxes on the sale of certain “sugared” beverages, including non-diet soft drinks, fruit drinks, teas and flavored waters to help fund various initiatives. These taxes could materially affect our business and financial results.

Our reliance on distributors, retailers and brokers could affect our ability to theefficiently and profitably distribute and market our products, maintain our existing markets and expand our business into other products we carry.  We are gradually making this change and we will continue to focus on our more profitable products and services.  We are also attempting to increase our private pay business in our primary market and we are seeking to win one or more competitive bids in Round 2 of Medicare Competitive Bidding in four more markets in Ohio.geographic markets.

 

Our ability to generatemaintain and sustain significant additional revenuesexpand our existing markets for our products, and to establish markets in new geographic distribution areas, is dependent on our ability to establish and maintain successful relationships with reliable distributors, retailers and brokers strategically positioned to serve those areas. Most of our distributors, retailers and brokers sell and distribute competing products, including non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverages, and our products may represent a small portion of their businesses. The success of this network will depend uponon the factors discussed elsewhereperformance of the distributors, retailers and brokers of this network. There is a risk that the mentioned entities may not adequately perform their functions within the network by, without limitation, failing to distribute to sufficient retailers or positioning our products in this “Risk Factors” section. We cannot assure youlocalities that may not be receptive to our product. Our ability to incentivize and motivate distributors to manage and sell our products is affected by competition from other beverage companies who have greater resources than we will achieve or sustain profitability ordo. To the extent that our operating lossesdistributors, retailers and brokers are distracted from selling our products or do not employ sufficient efforts in managing and selling our products, including re-stocking the retail shelves with our products, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected. Furthermore, such third-parties’ financial position or market share may deteriorate, which could adversely affect our distribution, marketing and sales activities.

Our ability to maintain and expand our distribution network and attract additional distributors, retailers and brokers will depend on a number of factors, some of which are outside our control. Some of these factors include:

the level of demand for our brands and products in a particular distribution area;
our ability to price our products at levels competitive with those of competing products; and
our ability to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by distributors, retailers and brokers.

We may not increasebe able to successfully manage all or any of these factors in any of our current or prospective geographic areas of distribution. Our inability to achieve success with regards to any of these factors in a geographic distribution area will have a material adverse effect on our relationships in that particular geographic area, thus limiting our ability to maintain or expand our market, which will likely adversely affect our revenues and financial results.

11

It is difficult to predict the timing and amount of our sales because our distributors are not required to place minimum orders with us.

Our independent distributors and national accounts are not required to place minimum monthly or annual orders for our products. In order to reduce their inventory costs, independent distributors typically order products from us on a “just in time” basis in quantities and at such times based on the demand for the products in a particular distribution area. Accordingly, we cannot predict the timing or quantity of purchases by any of our independent distributors or whether any of our distributors will continue to purchase products from us in the future. same frequencies and volumes as they may have done in the past. Additionally, our larger distributors and national partners may make orders that are larger than we have historically been required to fill.  Shortages in inventory levels, supply of raw materials or other key supplies could negatively affect us.

If we do achieve profitability, we cannotnot adequately manage our inventory levels, our operating results could be certain that we can sustain or increase profitabilityadversely affected.

We need to maintain adequate inventory levels to be able to deliver products to distributors on a quarterlytimely basis. Our inventory supply depends on our ability to correctly estimate demand for our products. Our ability to estimate demand for our products is imprecise, particularly for new products, seasonal promotions and new markets. If we materially underestimate demand for our products or annual basis in the future.  Failureare unable to generatemaintain sufficient revenues or additional financing when needed could cause us to go outinventory of business.


Due to a shortage of capital our marketing activities have been limited, and that will continue unlessraw materials, we aremight not be able to raise additional financing.


In order to growsatisfy demand on a short-term basis. If we overestimate distributor or retailer demand for our business,products, we will need to developmay end up with too much inventory, resulting in higher storage costs, increased trade spend and maintain wider spread recognition and acceptancethe risk of our Company and our products. We plan to rely primarily on word of mouth from our existing contacts we have developed to promote and market ourselves and we plan to use some of the funds from this offering to develop a website.  To date, marketing and advertising expenses have been negligible.inventory spoilage. If we fail to successfully market and promotemanage our business,inventory to meet demand, we could lose potential business todamage our competitors, orrelationships with our growth efforts may be ineffective. If we incur significant expenses promotingdistributors and marketing ourselves, itretailers and could delay or completely forestalllose sales opportunities, which would unfavorably impact our profitability.future sales and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if the inventory of our products held by our distributors and retailers is too high, they will not place orders for additional products, which would also unfavorably impact our sales and adversely affect our operating results.


We may needIf we fail to raise additional funds, and if these funds are not available when we need them,maintain relationships with our independent contract manufacturers, our business willcould be harmedharmed..


AlthoughWe do not manufacture our products but instead outsource the manufacturing process to third-party bottlers and independent contract manufacturers (co-packers). We do not own the plants or the majority of the equipment required to manufacture and package our beverage products, and we lost $53,096do not anticipate bringing the manufacturing process in-house in the year ended December 31, 2011future. Our ability to maintain effective relationships with contract manufacturers and $3,412other third parties for the production and delivery of our beverage products in a particular geographic distribution area is important to the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and we had a working capital deficitsuccess of $73,395 on September 30, 2012, we believe that we could continue to operate our business for another year without raising any financing or winning any of the Medicare bids we have made, but we would probably have to cut more costs and our President might have to defer some of his salary.  These cost cuts might require that we reduce our current staff by 1 or 2 part-time positions.  However, if our forecasts are inaccurate, we will most likely need to raise additional funds.operations within each distribution area. We cannot assure that additional financing will be available when needed on favorable terms, or at all, and if it is not available our business will be harmed.




8





Our President may not be willingable to help fundmaintain our operations whenrelationships with current contract manufacturers or establish satisfactory relationships with new or replacement contract manufacturers, whether in existing or new geographic distribution areas. The failure to establish and maintain effective relationships with contract manufacturers for a distribution area could increase our manufacturing costs and thereby materially reduce gross profits from the sale of our products in that area. Poor relations with any of our contract manufacturers could adversely affect the amount and timing of product delivered to our distributors for resale, which would in turn adversely affect our revenues and financial condition. In addition, our agreements with our contract manufacturers are terminable at any time, and any such funding is necessary and thistermination could limitdisrupt our ability to succeeddeliver products to our customers.

The volatility of energy and increased regulations may have an adverse impact on our gross margin.

Over the past few years, volatility in the global oil markets has resulted in variable fuel prices, which many shipping companies have passed on to their customers by way of higher base pricing and increased fuel surcharges.  If fuel prices increase, we expect to experience higher shipping rates and fuel surcharges, as well as energy surcharges on our raw materials.  It is hard to predict what will happen in the fuel markets in 2021 and beyond. Due to the price sensitivity of our products, we may not be able to pass such increases on to our customers.

12

Disruption within our supply chain, contract manufacturing or force us outdistribution channels could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of businessoperations. .


Our President has indicated that he may be willingability, through our suppliers, business partners, contract manufacturers, independent distributors and retailers, to help fundmake, move and sell products is critical to our operationssuccess. Damage or disruption to our suppliers or to manufacturing or distribution capabilities due to weather, natural disaster, fire or explosion, terrorism, pandemics such as influenza COVID-19, labor strikes or other reasons, could impair the manufacture, distribution and sale of our products. Many of these events are outside of our control. Failure to take adequate steps to protect against or mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely upon our ongoing relationships with our key flavor suppliers. If we are unable to source our flavors on a limited basisacceptable terms from our key suppliers, we could suffer disruptions in orderour business.

We currently purchase our flavor concentrate from various flavor concentrate suppliers, and continually develop other sources of flavor concentrate for each of our products. Generally, flavor suppliers hold the proprietary rights to continuetheir flavor-specific ingredients. Although we have the business, but there are no agreementsexclusive rights to flavor concentrates developed with him to do so.  If he is not willing to help fundour current flavor concentrate suppliers, and while we have the business by deferring a portion of his salary or by making a small loanrights to the Company,ingredients for our business would be negatively impacted and it could even force us out of business.


Becauseproducts, we are small, have a working capital deficit, and do not have much capital,the list of ingredients for our flavor extracts and concentrates. Consequently, we willmay be very limitedunable to obtain these exact flavors or concentrates from alternative suppliers on short notice. If we have to replace a flavor supplier, we could experience disruptions in our ability to expanddeliver products to our business.customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.


BecauseIf we are small, have a working capital deficit,unable to attract and do not have much capital, we are limitedretain key personnel, our efficiency and operations would be adversely affected; in addition, management turnover causes uncertainties and could harm our business.

Our success depends on our ability to expandattract and retain highly qualified employees in such areas as finance, sales, marketing and product development. We compete to hire new employees, and, in some cases, must train them and develop their skills and competencies. We may not be able to provide our employees with competitive salaries, and our operating results could be adversely affected by increased costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs.

Further, to the extent we experience additional management turnover, our operations, financial condition and employee morale could be negatively impacted.  In addition, competition for top management is high and it may take months to find a candidate that meets our requirements. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management personnel, our business beyondcould suffer. Moreover, our operations could be negatively affected if employees are quarantined as the Mahoning Valleyresult of exposure to a contagious illness such as COVID-19.

If we lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be harmed.

Our business plan relies significantly on the continued services of Robert Nistico, our Chief Executive Officer. If we were to lose the services of Mr. Nistico, our ability to execute our business plan could be materially impaired. We are not aware of any facts or circumstances that suggest he might leave us.

If we fail to protect our trademarks and trade secrets, we may be unable to successfully market our products and compete effectively.

We rely on a combination of trademark and trade secrecy laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights. Failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our brand and our reputation, and adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Further, enforcing or defending our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks, copyrights, licenses and trade secrets, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We regard our intellectual property, particularly our trademarks and trade secrets to be of considerable value and importance to our business and our success, and we actively pursue the registration of our trademarks in the United States and internationally. However, the steps taken by us to protect these proprietary rights may not be adequate and may not prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our trademarks, trade secrets or similar proprietary rights. In addition, other parties may seek to assert infringement claims against us, and we may have to pursue litigation against other parties to assert our rights. Any such claim or litigation could be costly. In addition, any event that would jeopardize our proprietary rights or any claims of infringement by third parties could have a material adverse effect on our ability to market or sell our brands, profitably exploit our products or recoup our associated research and development costs.

As part of the licensing strategy of our brands, we enter into licensing agreements under which we grant our licensing partners certain rights to use our trademarks and other geographical areas.designs. Although our agreements require that the use of our trademarks and designs is subject to our control and approval, any breach of these provisions, or any other action by any of our licensing partners that is harmful to our brands, goodwill and overall image, could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We may be required in the future to record a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired.

Under United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), we are biddingrequired to review our intangible assets for Medicare qualificationimpairment when events or changes in Akron, Columbus, Daytoncircumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable include, declining or slower than anticipated growth rates for certain of our existing products, a decline in stock price and Toledo,market capitalization, and slower growth rates in our industry.

We may be required in the future to record a significant charge to earnings during the period in which we determine that our intangible assets have keptbeen impaired. Any such charge would adversely impact our bid capacities withinresults of operations. As of December 31, 2020, our goodwill totaled approximately $5.7 million and as of March 31, 2021, our goodwill totaled approximately $5.7 million.

If we encounter product recalls or other product quality issues, our business may suffer.

Product quality issues, real or imagined, or allegations of product contamination, even when false or unfounded, could tarnish our image and could cause consumers to choose other products. In addition, because of changing government regulations or implementation thereof, or allegations of product contamination, we may be required from time to time to recall products entirely or from specific markets. Product recalls could affect our profitability and could negatively affect brand image.

Our business is subject to many regulations and noncompliance is costly.

The production, marketing and sale of our beverages, including contents, labels, caps and containers, are subject to the rules and regulations of various federal, provincial, state and local health agencies. If a rangeregulatory authority finds that a current or future product or production batch or “run” is not in compliance with any of these regulations, we do not anticipate will create a need to expandmay be fined, or production may be stopped, which would adversely affect our current facility in Canfield, Ohiofinancial condition and results of operations. Similarly, any adverse publicity associated with any noncompliance may damage our reputation and our ability to successfully market our products. Furthermore, the rules and regulations are subject to change from time to time and while we closely monitor developments in this area, we cannot anticipate whether changes in these rules and regulations will impact our business adversely. Additional or revised regulatory requirements, whether labeling, environmental, tax or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Significant additional labeling or warning requirements may inhibit sales of affected products.

Various jurisdictions may seek to adopt significant additional product labeling or warning requirements relating to the chemical content or perceived adverse health consequences of certain of our products. These types of requirements, if they become applicable to one or more of our products under current staffor future environmental or health laws or regulations, may inhibit sales of employees should havesuch products. In California, a law requires that a specific warning appear on any product that contains a component listed by the state as having been found to cause cancer or birth defects. This law recognizes no difficulty handlinggenerally applicable quantitative thresholds below which a warning is not required. If a component found in one of our products is added to the additionallist, or if the increasing sensitivity of detection methodology that may become available under this law and related regulations as they currently exist, or as they may be amended, results in the detection of an infinitesimal quantity of a listed substance in one of our beverages produced for sale in California, the resulting warning requirements or adverse publicity could affect our sales.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

We may become party to litigation claims and legal proceedings. Litigation involves significant risks, uncertainties and costs, including distraction of management attention away from our business upoperations. We evaluate litigation claims and legal proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we establish reserves and disclose the bid,relevant litigation claims or legal proceedings, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those envisioned by our current assessments and estimates. Our policies and procedures require strict compliance by our employees and agents with all U.S. and local laws and regulations applicable to our business operations, including those prohibiting improper payments to government officials. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not ensure full compliance by our employees and agents with all applicable legal requirements. Improper conduct by our employees or agents could damage our reputation or lead to litigation or legal proceedings that could result in civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines, as well as disgorgement of profits.

Additionally, there has been public attention directed at the beverage alcohol industry, which we believe is due to concern over problems related to harmful use of alcohol, including drinking and driving, underage drinking and health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. We could be exposed to lawsuits relating to product liability or marketing or sales practices with respect to our alcoholic products. Adverse developments in lawsuits concerning these types of matters or a significant decline in the social acceptability of beverage alcohol products that may result.  


Continued reductions in Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement ratesresult from lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations andliquidity, financial condition.


There are ongoing legislative and regulatory efforts to reduce or otherwise adversely affect Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates for products and services we provide. For example, the regulations implementing the mandates under the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA”); the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act (“MIPPA”), which became law in 2008 and the comprehensive healthcare reform law signed in March 2010 (“the Reform Package”), reduced the reimbursement for a number of products and services we provide and established or expanded a competitive bidding program for certain durable medical equipment under Medicare Part B.  The Medicare competitive bidding program for providers of durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics, and supplies (“DMEPOS”) is intended to further reduce reimbursement for certain products and to decrease the number of companies permitted to serve Medicare beneficiaries. In July 2008, MIPPA was passed and included a delay to the competitive bidding program. In order to ensure that the delay would achieve the same level of savings projected for the DMEPOS competitive bidding program, Congress adopted a nationwide average payment reduction of 9.5% in the DMEPOS fee schedule for those product categories included in Round 1, effective January 1, 2009.




9





In 2009, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) released an interim final rule implementing certain MIPPA provisions requiring CMS to conduct the Round 1 Rebid and mandated certain changes for both the Round 1 Rebid and subsequent rounds of the program.  In November 2010, CMS published a final rule containing several provisions related to the competitive bidding program. We were not affected by Round 1 Competitive Bidding as our geographical area was not included.  However, in August 2011, CMS announced that Round 2 would include the majority of the same product categories, but also include (i) a new product category including standard power wheelchairs and manual wheelchairs, and (ii) Support Surfaces (Group 2 mattresses and overlays) in all Round 2 markets.  Assuming the bidding rules for Round 2 are similar to the Round 1 Rebid, we estimate that approximately $50,000 of our net revenues for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 would be subject to Round 2 competitive bidding. The bidding process for Round 2 was completed in January 2012 and the new Round 2 rates and guidelines are currently scheduled to take effect in July of 2013. We cannot estimate the impact of potential Round 2 rate reductions or our ability to win competitively bid contracts on our business until more specific information is published by CMS and its contractorscondition and results of operations.

We are subject to risks inherent in sales of products in international markets.

Our operations outside of the Round 2 bidding process are announced.United States contribute to our revenue and profitability, and we believe that developing and emerging markets could present future growth opportunities for us.  However, there can be no assurance that existing or new products that we manufacture, distribute or sell will likely experience significant pricing reductions onbe accepted or be successful in any bids we win and loss of revenue for bids we did not win.


particular foreign market, due to local or global competition, product price, cultural differences, consumer preferences or otherwise.  There are also ongoing state and federal legislative and regulatory efforts to reduce or otherwisemany factors that could adversely affect Medicaid reimbursement ratesdemand for our products in foreign markets, including our inability to attract and services we provide. For a number of years, some states have adopted alternative pricing methodologies for certain drugs, biologicals and home medical equipment reimbursed under the Medicaid program.  We are currently not aware of any reimbursement reductions planned for Ohio Medicaid, but that could changemaintain key distributors in these markets; volatility in the near future.  We will periodically evaluateeconomic growth of certain of these markets; changes in economic, political or social conditions, the possibilitystatus of stoppingthe implementation of the United States – Mexico – Canada Agreement, which replaced the North American Free Trade Agreement, imposition of new or reducingincreased labeling, product or production requirements, or other legal restrictions; restrictions on the import or export of our Medicaid business in Ohio if reimbursement policies make it difficult for us to conduct operations profitably. Moreover, the Reform Package increases Medicaid enrollment over a number of years and imposes additional requirements on states, which could further strain state budgets and therefore result in additional policy changesproducts or rate reductions.  The President’s most recent budget proposal would limit the amount state Medicaid programs pay for DMEPOS services and products to be no higher than Medicare’s rates, including those impacted by the competitive bidding program. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that any such changes toingredients or reductionsubstances used in our Medicaidproducts; currency inflation, devaluation or fluctuation; and increased costs of doing business might have on our operations, cash flowdue to compliance with complex foreign and capital resources, but such impact could be material.


We cannot estimateU.S. laws and regulations. If we are unable to effectively operate or manage the ultimate impact of all legislated and contemplated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement changes or provide assurance to investors that additional reimbursement reductions will not be made or will not have a material adverse effect onrisks associated with operating in international markets, our business, financial condition or results of operations cash flow, capitalcould be adversely affected.

Climate change may negatively affect our business.

There is growing concern that a gradual increase in global average temperatures may cause an adverse change in weather patterns around the globe resulting in an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. While warmer weather has historically been associated with increased sales of products similar to ours, changing weather patterns could have a negative impact on agricultural productivity, which may limit availability or increase the cost of certain key ingredients. Also, increased frequency or duration of extreme weather conditions may disrupt the productivity of our facilities, the operation of our supply chain or impact demand for our products. In addition, the increasing concern over climate change may result in more regional, federal and global legal and regulatory requirements and could result in increased production, transportation and raw material costs. As a result, the effects of climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations. 

Water scarcity and poor quality could negatively impact our costs and capacity.

Water is a main ingredient in substantially all of our products, is vital to the production of the agricultural ingredients on which our business relies and is needed in our manufacturing process. It also is critical to the prosperity of the communities we serve. Water is a limited resource in many parts of the world, facing unprecedented challenges from overexploitation, increasing demand for food and other consumer and industrial products whose manufacturing processes require water, increasing pollution and emerging awareness of potential contaminants, poor management, lack of physical or financial access to water, sociopolitical tensions due to lack of public infrastructure in certain areas of the world and the effects of climate change. As the demand for water continues to increase around the world, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, we may incur higher costs or face capacity constraints and the possibility of reputational damage, which could adversely affect our profitability or net operating revenues in the long run.

Fluctuations in quantity and quality of grape supply could adversely affect our business.

A shortage in the supply of quality grapes may result from a variety of factors that determine the quality and quantity of our grape supply, including weather conditions, pruning methods, diseases and pests, the ability to buy grapes on long and short term contracts and the number of vines producing grapes. Any shortage in grape production could cause a reduction in the amount of wine we are able to produce, which could reduce sales and adversely impact our results from operations. Factors that reduce the quantity of our grapes may also reduce their quality, which in turn could reduce the quality or amount of wine we produce. Deterioration in the quality of our wines could harm our brand name, reduce sales and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Contamination of our wines could harm our business.

We are subject to certain hazards and product liability risks, such as potential contamination, through tampering or otherwise, of ingredients or products. Contamination of any of our wines could force us to destroy wine held in inventory and could cause the need for a product recall, which could significantly damage our reputation for product quality. We maintain insurance against certain of these kinds of risks, and others, under various insurance policies. However, the insurance may not be adequate or may not continue to be available at a price or on terms that are satisfactory to us and this insurance may not be adequate to cover any resulting liability.

Our business and operations would be adversely impacted in the event of a failure or interruption of our information technology infrastructure or as a result of a cybersecurity attack.

The proper functioning of our own information technology (IT) infrastructure is critical to the efficient operation and management of our business. We may not have the necessary financial resources to update and liquidity.maintain our IT infrastructure, and any failure or interruption of our IT system could adversely impact our operations. In addition, our IT is vulnerable to cyberattacks, computer viruses, worms and other malicious software programs, physical and electronic break-ins, sabotage and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems. We believe that we have adopted appropriate measures to mitigate potential risks to our technology infrastructure and our operations from these IT-related and other potential disruptions. However, given the recent significant increases in industry audit volume, auditors’ interpretation and enforcement of documentation requirements and the increasing regulatory burdens associated with responding to those audits, it is likely that the negative pressures from legislative and regulatory changes will continue and accelerate.


For further information, see “Business—Government Regulation.”




10





The comprehensive Healthcare Reform Law and other Federal and state legislative efforts will likely have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


Federal and state legislative and regulatory activities may materially affect reimbursement policies and rates for other items and services we provide and may otherwise affect our business results of operations and financial condition. For example, in March 2010, Congress enacted the Reform Package which includes comprehensive healthcare reform. Among many other provisions, the Reform Package expands the Medicaid program, mandates extensive insurance market reforms, creates new health insurance access points (e.g., insurance exchanges), provides certain insurance subsidies (e.g., premiums and cost sharing), imposes individual and employer health insurance requirements and makes a number of changes to the Code.


There are various provisions in the Reform Package that impact our business. For example, the Reform Package requires certain medical device manufacturers to pay an excise tax to the government, which may, in turn, increase our costs for these products. The Reform Package also provides for cuts in some Medicare payments made to certain providers and substantial cuts to Medicare Advantage plans, through which we contract to provide services to Medicare beneficiaries. Also included in the Reform Package are (i) an expansionunpredictability of the Recovery Audit Contractor Program, (ii) certain fraudtiming, nature and abuse prevention measures and (iii) expanded regulatory authority concerning the typesscope of conduct that can result in additional fines and penalties for those healthcare providers who do not comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Furthermore, the Reform Package grants the Secretary of Health and Human Services authority to set a date by which certain providers and suppliers will be required to establish a compliance program.


The Reform Package makes a number of changes to how certain of our products will be reimbursed by Medicare. As discussed above, the Reform Package made changes to the Medicare durable medical equipment CPI adjustment for 2011 and each subsequent year based upon the CPI-U reduced by a new multi-factor productivity adjustment which may result in negative updates. The law also includes changes to the Medicare DMEPOS competitive bidding program.


In an effort to further strengthen the integrity of the Medicare program, the Reform Package includes additional requirements concerning physician enrollment and certain mandatory face-to-face patient/physician visits in conjunction with the ordering of durable medical equipment. These provisions have been and will continue to be the subject of rulemaking and are a high priority for the American Association for Homecare and other industry representative organizations. We expect the Administration to continue to enhance its oversight efforts andany such IT failures or disruptions, we strive to incorporate any necessary changes into its overall policies, procedures, corporate compliance and internal audit programs on a regular basis.




11





The effective dates of the various provisions within the Reform Package are staggered over several years. Much of the interpretation of what the Reform Package requires willcould potentially be subject to administrative rulemaking, the development of agency guidance and court interpretations. We cannot currently predict the full impact of the Reform Packagedowntimes, transactional errors, processing inefficiencies, operational delays, other detrimental impacts on our operations cash flowor ability to provide products to our customers, the compromising of confidential or personal information, destruction or corruption of data, security breaches, other manipulation or improper use of our systems and capital resources, but such impact could be material. In addition, other legislative and regulatory changesnetworks, financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, and/or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,cash flows, competitive position, financial condition or results of operations, cash flow, capital resourcesoperations.

If we fail to comply with personal data protection and liquidity.


Also, the number of the uninsured in the United States has had an impact on certain healthcare servicesprivacy laws, we could be subject to adverse publicity, government enforcement actions and/or private litigation, which could negatively affect our business and products that may be more discretionary in nature. This has resulted in a slowing down of certain growth rates due to the patients’ more limited ability to pay the associated out-of-pocket fees. This could continue as the number of uninsured persons remains high.


The continuing pressure to reduce healthcare costs could have a material adverse effect on us.operating results.


In the ordinary course of our business, we receive, process, transmit and store information relating to identifiable individuals ("personal data"), primarily employees, former employees and consumers with whom we interact. As a result, of continuing reductionswe are subject to various U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations relating to personal data. These laws have been subject to frequent changes, and new legislation in payor reimbursement, we, likethis area may be enacted in other jurisdictions at any time. These laws impose operational requirements for companies receiving or processing personal data, and many other healthcare companies, are making substantial effortsprovide for significant penalties for noncompliance. These requirements with respect to reduce our costs in providing healthcare servicespersonal data have subjected and products. Many managed care organizations and insurers also regularly attempt to seek reductionsmay continue in the prices at whichfuture to subject the Company to, among other things, additional costs and expenses and have required and may in the future require costly changes to our business practices and information security systems, policies, procedures and practices. Our security controls over personal data, the training of employees and vendors on data privacy and data security, and the policies, procedures and practices we provide services to themimplemented or may implement in the future may not prevent the improper disclosure of personal data by us or the third-party service providers and their patients. Some managed care organizations and insurers also propose to limit coverage for our productsvendors whose technology, systems and services we use in connection with the receipt, storage and implement onerous payment rules, policies, administrative burdens, auditstransmission of personal data. Unauthorized access or improper disclosure of personal data in violation of personal data protection or privacy laws could harm our reputation, cause loss of consumer confidence, subject us to regulatory enforcement actions (including fines), and result in private litigation against us, which could result in loss of revenue, increased costs, liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, all of which could negatively affect our business and operating results.

If our third-party service providers and business partners do not satisfactorily fulfill their commitments and responsibilities, our financial results could suffer.

In the conduct of our business, we rely on relationships with third parties, including cloud data storage and other requirements that adversely impactinformation technology service providers, suppliers, distributors, contractors, joint venture partners and other external business partners, for certain functions or for services in support of key portions of our reimbursementoperations. These third-party service providers and increase our costsbusiness partners are subject to similar risks as we are relating to cybersecurity, privacy violations, business interruption, and systems and employee failures, and are subject to legal, regulatory and market risks of providing servicestheir own. Our third-party service providers and products.business partners may not fulfill their respective commitments and responsibilities in a timely manner and in accordance with the agreed-upon terms. In addition, to this increasing pressure to reduce costs, the use by managed care payors of benefit managerswhile we have procedures in place for selecting and managing our relationships with third-party service providers and other intermediaries is also increasingbusiness partners, we do not have control over their business operations or governance and may adversely impact us, including for example by imposing of burdensome reimbursement policies we must comply withcompliance systems, practices and adverse changes inprocedures, which increases our participation status with managed care organizationsfinancial, legal, reputational and insurers.  We only have 3 contractual arrangements with managed care organizations and other parties, which represented approximately 5% of our total net revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and we expect that we will continue to enter into more of these contractual arrangements.  Some of these contracts allow, usually after due notice, for payors to alter their payment policies (or newly enforced policies that were previously enacted). We could be materially adversely affected by adverse payment policy practices. Also, the Reform Package significantly reduces the government’s payment rates to Medicare Advantage plans. Other provisions impose minimum medical-loss ratios, state and federal premium review procedures and benefit requirements on insurers. These public policy changes have unpredictable effects on the insurance industry on which we rely. There can be no assurance that we will retain or obtain Medicare Advantage or other such managed care contracts or that such plans will not attempt to further reduce the rates they pay to providers. In addition, ifoperational risk. If we are unable to successfully reduceeffectively manage our costs,third-party relationships, or for any reason our third-party service providers or business partners fail to satisfactorily fulfill their commitments and responsibilities, our financial results could suffer.

Our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter for many reasons, including seasonality.

Our sales are seasonal and we mayexperience fluctuations in quarterly results as a result of many factors. Companies similar to ours have historically generated a greater percentage of our revenues during the warm weather months of April through September. Timing of customer purchases will vary each year and sales can be expected to shift from one quarter to another. As a result, management believes that period-to-period comparisons of results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as any indication of future performance or results expected for the fiscal year.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.

The U.S. GAAP and related pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide variety of matters that are relevant to our business, such as, but not limited to, stock-based compensation, trade spend and promotions, and income taxes are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes to these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported results.

If we are unable to continuemaintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, our stock price and investor confidence could be materially and adversely affected.

We are required to maintain both disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting that are effective. Because of their inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting, however well designed and operated, can only provide services directly to patientsreasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the controls will prevent or detect misstatements. Because of certain payorsthese and other inherent limitations of control systems, there is only the reasonable assurance that our controls will succeed in achieving their goals under all potential future conditions. The failure of controls by design deficiencies or through these contractual arrangements. This would haveabsence of adequate controls could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition, results, which could also negatively impact our stock price and investor confidence.

Due to the size of operations, cash flow, capital resourcesthe Company, we havean inherent material weakness relating to Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.

We are dependent on a distiller in Mexico, to provide us with our finished SALT tequila product. Failure to obtain satisfactory performance from them or a loss of their services could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs, and liquidity.lose credibility in the marketplace.




12





Non-complianceWe depend on a distiller in Mexico, a company in Jalisco, for the production, bottling, labeling, capping and packaging of our finished tequila product. We do not have a written agreement with lawsour distiller in Mexico obligating it to produce our product. The termination of our relationship with our distiller in Mexico distiller or an adverse change in the terms of its services could have a negative impact on our business. If our distiller in Mexico increases its prices, we may not have alternative sources of supply at comparable prices and regulations applicablemay not be able to raise the prices of our products to cover all, or even a portion, of the increased costs. In addition, if our distiller in Mexico fails to perform satisfactorily, fails to handle increased orders, or we lose the services of our distiller in Mexico, along with delays in shipments of products, this could cause us to fail to meet orders, lose sales, incur additional costs, and/or expose us to product quality issues. In turn, this could cause us to lose credibility in the marketplace and damage our relationships with our customers and consumers, ultimately leading to a decline in our business and future changes in or interpretations of those laws and regulations could negatively affect our revenues and profitability.


We are subject to many stringent and frequently changing laws and regulations, and interpretations thereof, at both the federal and state levels, requiring compliance with burdensome and complex billing and payment, substantiation and record-keeping requirements. Examples of such documentation requirements are contained in the Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractor (“DME MAC”) supplier manuals which provide that clinical information from the “patient’s medical record” is required to justify the medical necessity for the provision of DME. Some DME MACs and other government auditors have recently taken the position, among other things, that the “patient’s medical record” refers not to documentation maintained by the DME supplier but instead to documentation maintained by the patient’s physician, healthcare facility, or other clinician, and that clinical information created by the DME supplier’s personnel and confirmed by the patient’s physician is not sufficient to establish medical necessity. It may be difficult, and sometimes impossible, for us to obtain such documentation from other healthcare providers. Also, auditors’ interpretations of these policies are inconsistent and subject to individual interpretations leading to high supplier and industry error rates. In fact, DME MACs have continued to conduct significant pre-payment reviews across the DME industry and have determined a wide range of error rates.  DME MACs have repeatedly cited medical necessity documentation insufficiencies as the primary reason for claim denials.  In addition, certain states including Ohiohave established unique documentation requirements concerning direct patient care activities provided by DME suppliers’ staff. In the absence of such documentation, the state may request a refund or impose sanctions such as fines. If these or other challenging positions continue to be adopted by auditors, DME MACs, states, CMS or its contractors in administering the Medicare program, we have the right to contest these positions as being contrary to law. Such appeal processes may be protracted and costly, even when the initial determinations are overturned. If these interpretations of the documentation requirements are ultimately upheld, it could result in our making significant refunds and other payments to Medicare and/or Medicaid and our future revenues from Medicare and/or Medicaid would likely be reduced. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that these new, more onerous interpretations of the Medicare and/or Medicaid documentation requirements, or revised internal operational policies to address them, might have on our relationships with referral sources, operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material.


The Federal False Claims Act imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. The federal government and a number of courts also have taken the position that claims presented in violation of certain other statutes, including the federal anti-kickback statute or the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the “Stark Law”), can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act. Violations of the federal civil False Claims Act may result in treble damages, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from the Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded healthcare programs. If certain criteria are satisfied, the federal civil False Claims Act allows a private individual to bring a qui tam suit on behalf of the government and, if the case is successful, to share in any recovery.  Federal False Claims Act suits brought directly by the government or private individuals against healthcare providers, like us, are increasingly common and are expected to continue to increase.




13





The Reform Package also includes certain fraud and abuse prevention measures and expands regulatory authorities concerning the types of conduct that can result in additional fines and penalties for those healthcare providers who do not comply with applicable laws and regulations. The federal government also announced that it will apply real-time monitoring technologies to the Medicare claim management process, similar to technologies used in other industries. Although we cannot quantify at this time what, if any, impact such processes might have on our relationships with referral sources, operations, cash flow and capital resources, such impact could be material.


Financial relationships between us and physicians and other referral sources are also subject to strict limitations under laws such as the Stark Law and anti-kickback laws. In addition, strict licensure, accreditation, safety and marketing requirements apply to the provision of services, and medical equipment.


Violations of these laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal enforcement actions; licensure revocation, suspension or non-renewal; severe fines; facility shutdowns; repayment of amounts received from third party payors and possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. We cannot assure you that we are in compliance with all applicable existing laws and regulations or that we will be able to comply with any new laws or regulations that may be enacted in the future. In addition, from time to time, we may be the subject of investigations or audits or be a party to qui tam or other False Claims Act litigation which alleges violations of law. If any of those matters were successfully asserted against us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources, liquidity or prospects.


Changes in public policy, healthcare law, new interpretations of existing laws, or changes in payment methodology may have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


Expanded government auditing and oversight of Medicare and Medicaid suppliers and more stringent interpretations by those auditors of regulations and rules concerning billing for our services and products could have a material adverse effect on us.


Current law, including the recent Reform Package and an executive order signed by the President, provides for a significant expansion of the government’s auditing and oversight of suppliers who care for patients covered by various government healthcare programs. Examples of this expansion include audit programs being implemented by the DME MACs, the Zone Program Integrity Contractors (“ZPICs”), the Recovery Audit Contractors (“RACs”) and the Comprehensive Error Rate Testing contractors (“CERTs”) operating under the direction of CMS. We work cooperatively with these auditors and have long maintained a process for centrally tracking and managing our responses to their audit requests. However, unlike other government programs that are subject to a formal rulemaking process, there are only limited publicly-available guidelines and methodologies for determining errors or for providing clear and timely communications to DMEPOS suppliers in connection with these new types of audits. As a result, there is significant lack of clarity regarding the authority of the auditors, their expectations for document production requested during audits and the methodology for determining errors and calculating error rates.




14





Along with other healthcare providers and suppliers, we have recently been subject to an increase in the number of audits conducted under these new programs.  Specifically, we have been subjected to 10 RAC audits during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and 1 RAC audit during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 3 prepayment audits during the 6 months ended June 30, 2012.  Seven of the 14 audits were okay and 7 resulted in the Company returning a total of $573 to Medicare, most of which was later rebilled and then paid by Medicare.  In some cases, the error rate appears to be based on the auditors’ incomplete or erroneous review of our submitted documentation, our inability to retrieve physician or hospital documentation from their records, the auditors’ enforcement of requirements for documentation for patients begun on service during a time period when lesser levels of documentation were accepted practice, or unclear scoring methodologies used by the auditors, among other factors. In other instances, high error rates have resulted from the auditors’ use of more stringent interpretations of the types of medical necessity documentation required for CMS to pay for the services we provide. We have appealed the results of certain of these audits and made changes to our operating policies and procedures, but cannot predict the ultimate impact that the government’s expanded and more stringent auditing, or our policies, may have on our business, financial conditions or results of operations.


We have been informed by these auditors that other healthcare providers

Regulatory decisions and all suppliers of certain DMEPOS product categories are expected to experience further increased scrutiny from these audit programs. When a government auditor ascribes a high error rate to us, it generally results in protracted pre-payment claims review, payment delays, refunds and other payments to the government and/or our need to request more documentation from referral sources than has historically been required.  Our error rate, aggregated with other DMEPOS supplierschanges in the industry,legal, regulatory and tax environment where our tequila is then reported to Medicare contractorsproduced and Congress.  We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that these new audits, methodologies and interpretations might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such adverse impactwhere we operate could be material.


See “Risks Relating to Our Business - Non-Compliance with Laws and Regulations applicable tolimit our business activities or increase our operating costs and future changesreduce our margins.

Our business is subject to extensive regulation regarding production, distribution, marketing, advertising and labeling of beverage alcohol products in or interpretations of these lawsthe U.S. and regulations could have a material adverse effect on us” for additional information.


Our failure to maintain required licenses could prevent us from serving Medicare patients or put us out of business.


in Mexico, where our tequila is produced. We are required to comply with these regulations and maintain several state and/or federal licenses for our operationsvarious permits and facility.licenses. We are licensed in Ohio by the Ohio Respiratory Care Boardalso required to conduct business only with holders of licenses to import, warehouse, transport, distribute, and we have a home medical equipment license from the State of Ohio.  State and federal licensing requirements are complex and often open to subjective interpretation by various regulatory agencies. Accurate licensure is also a critical threshold issue for the Medicare competitive bidding program. From time to time, we may also become subject to new or different licensing requirements due to legislative or regulatory requirements developments or changes in our business, and such developments may cause us to make further changes in our business, the results of which may be material. Although we believe we have appropriate systems in place to monitor licensure, violations of licensing requirements may occur and our failure to acquire or maintain appropriate licensure for our operations and facility could result in interruptions in our operations, refunds to state and/or federal payors, sanctions or fines or the inability to serve Medicare beneficiaries in competitive bidding markets which could have an adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operation, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.




15





Our failure to maintain accreditation could put us out of business.


Accreditation is required by most of our managed care payors and became a mandatory requirement for all Medicare DMEPOS providers effective October 1, 2009. We completed our initial Accreditation with The Joint Commission on October 8, 2008 and we completed our triennial accreditation renewal on June 9, 2011 conducted by The Joint Commission, and the Commission renewed our accreditation for another three years. The Joint Commission accreditation encompasses our full complement of services including home health and home medical equipment.  We have more than 3 years of continuous accreditation by The Joint Commission.  If we lose accreditation, our failure to maintain accreditation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.


We experience significant competition from numerous other home medical equipment providers and other providers, and this competition could adversely affect our revenues and our business.


The home medical equipment market is highly competitive and includes a large number of providers, some of which are national providers, but most of which are either regional or local providers.  We believe that the primary competitive factors in our market are pricing and quality considerations such as reputation and responsiveness.    Most of our competitors may now or in the future have greater financial or marketing resources than we do and more effective sales and marketing activities.  Our primary national home medical equipment provider competitor is Apria Healthcare Group Inc.  The primary regional providers we compete with in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania are Boardman Medical Supply, Inc., Community Home Medical, Inc., and Seeley Medical, Inc.  There are relatively few barriers to entry in our local home healthcare markets. Hospitals and health systems are routinely looking to provide coverage and better control of post-acute health care services, including homecare services of the types we provide. These trends may continue as new payment models evolve, including bundled payment models, shared savings programs, value based purchasing and other payment systems.  For example, the Reform Package introduced various new payment and delivery system models, including Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs). ACOs can share in savings, assuming certain quality metrics are met or exceeded. The shared savings feature in ACOs cause them to reduce the amount of services they refer to us. ACOs may be formed by a variety of providers and/or suppliers, including hospitals and health systems, as well as home medical equipment providers. Although participation in an ACO is voluntary, participation by our competitors in an ACO in certain markets may force us to participate as well or face a loss of business from ACO participants who are unwilling to refer to non-ACO participants. Even when we do participate, we may lose business if we do not meet the quality metrics that ACOs must earn to share in any savings they achieve. Moreover, commensurate with the formation of an ACO physicians and/or hospitals may decide to provide home healthcare services through a new developed capacity owned and/or controlled by themselves. Similar programs may be adopted by other governmental, state and commercial payors, and we cannot predict the impact, if any, of such new models on our business.sell spirits. We cannot assure you that these and other governmental regulations, applicable to our industry, changeswill not change or become more stringent. Moreover, because these laws and regulations are subject to interpretation, we may not be able to predict when, and to what extent, liability may arise. Additionally, due to increasing public concern over alcohol-related societal problems, including driving while intoxicated, underage drinking, alcoholism and health consequences from the competitive natureabuse of alcohol, various levels of government may seek to impose additional restrictions or limits on advertising or other marketing activities promoting beverage alcohol products. Failure to comply with any of the homecare environment willcurrent or future regulations and requirements relating to our industry and products, could result in monetary penalties, suspension or even revocation of our licenses and permits. Costs of compliance with changes in regulations could be significant and could harm our business, as we may find it necessary to raise our prices in order to maintain profit margins, which could lower the demand for our products and reduce our sales and profit potential.

In addition, the distribution of beverage alcohol products is subject to extensive taxation both in the United States and internationally (and, in the United States, at both the federal and state government levels), and beverage alcohol products themselves are the subject of national import and excise duties in most countries around the world. An increase in taxation or in import or excise duties could also significantly harm our sales revenue and margins, both through the reduction of overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

We face substantial competition in the alcoholic beverage industry and we may not adverselybe able to effectively compete.

Consolidation among spirits producers, distributors, wholesalers, or retailers could create a more challenging competitive landscape for our products. Consolidation at any level could hinder the distribution and sale of our products as a result of reduced attention and resources allocated to our brands, both during and after transition periods, because our brands might represent a smaller portion of the new business portfolio.  Expansion into new product categories by other suppliers, or innovation by new entrants into the market, could increase competition in our product categories.  Changes to our route-to-consumer models or partners in important markets could result in temporary or longer-term sales disruption, higher implementation-related or fixed costs, and could negatively affect other business relationships we might have with that partner.  Distribution network disruption or fluctuations in our product inventory levels with distributors, wholesalers, or retailers could negatively affect our revenuesresults for a particular period.

Our competitors may respond to industry and economic conditions more rapidly or effectively than we do.  Our competitors offer products that compete directly with ours for shelf space, promotional displays, and consumer purchases.  Pricing, (including price promotions, discounting, couponing, and free goods), marketing, new product introductions, entry into our business.




16





The fact that we are a relatively small company with limited resources compared to most ofdistribution networks, and other competitive behavior by our competitors could adversely affect our revenuessales margins, and our business.profitability.


MostOur business operations may be adversely affected by social, political and economic conditions affecting market risks and the demand for and pricing of our competitors have significantly greater resources, broader name recognition,tequila products.  These risks include:

Unfavorable economic conditions and related low consumer confidence, high unemployment, weak credit or capital markets, sovereign debt defaults, sequestrations, austerity measures, higher interest rates, political instability, higher inflation, deflation, lower returns on pension assets, or lower discount rates for pension obligations;

Changes in laws, regulations, or policies – especially those that affect the production, importation, marketing, sale, or consumption of our beverage alcohol products;
Tax rate changes (including excise, sales, tariffs, duties, corporate, individual income, dividends and capital gains taxes), or changes in related reserves, changes in tax rules or accounting standards, and the unpredictability and suddenness with which they can occur;

Dependence upon the continued growth of brand names;

Changes in consumer preferences, consumption, or purchase patterns – particularly away from tequila, and our ability to anticipate and react to them; bar, restaurant, travel, or other on-premise declines;

Unfavorable consumer reaction to our products, package changes, product reformulations, or other product innovation;

Decline in the social acceptability of beverage alcohol products in our markets;

Production facility or supply chain disruption;

Imprecision in supply/demand forecasting;

Higher costs, lower quality, or unavailability of energy, input materials, labor, or finished goods;

Route-to-consumer changes that affect the timing of our sales, temporarily disrupt the marketing or sale of our products, or result in higher implementation--related or fixed costs;

Inventory fluctuations in our products by distributors, wholesalers, or retailers; Competitors’ consolidation or other competitive activities, such as pricing actions (including price reductions, promotions, discounting, couponing, or free goods), marketing, category expansion, product introductions, or entry or expansion in our geographic markets;

Insufficient protection of our intellectual property rights;

Product recalls or other product liability claims; product counterfeiting, tampering, or product quality issues;

Significant legal disputes and proceedings; government investigations (particularly of industry or company business, trade or marketing practices);

Failure or breach of key information technology systems;

Negative publicity related to our company, brands, marketing, personnel, operations, business performance or prospects; and

Business disruption, decline, or costs related to organizational changes, reductions in workforce, or other cost-cutting measures, or our failure to attract or retain key executive or employee talent.

Uncertainty in the financial markets and a larger installed base of clients than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our potential customers and referral sources.  They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which would allow them to respond more quickly than us toother adverse changes in general economic or political conditions in any of the major countries in which we do business could adversely affect our business.  


If we fail to cultivate new or maintain established relationships with hospitalindustry, business and physician referral sources, our revenues will likely decline.results of operations.

 

Global economic uncertainties, including foreign currency exchange rates, affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways, making it difficult to accurately forecast and plan our future business activities. There can be no assurance that economic improvements will occur, or that they would be sustainable, or that they would enhance conditions in markets relevant to us.

Our success is significantly dependent on referrals from hospital and physician sources, since much oflimited operating history makes it difficult to forecast our business comes from referrals. If we are unable to successfully establish new referral sources and maintain strong relationships with our current referral sources, our revenues will likely decline.future results, making any investment in us highly speculative.


Our lack of experience as a public company could cause you to lose your entire investment.


We have never operated as a public company.limited operating history, and our historical financial and operating information is of limited value in predicting our future operating results. We have no experience in complying with the various rulesmay not accurately forecast customer behavior and regulations whichrecognize or respond to emerging trends, changing preferences or competitive factors facing us, and, therefore, we may fail to make accurate financial forecasts. Our current and future expense levels are requiredbased largely on our investment plans and estimates of a public company.future revenue. As a result, we may not be ableunable to operate successfullyadjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall, which could then force us to curtail or cease our business operations.

Risks Related to our Securities

An investment in our common stock is speculative and there can be no assurance of any return on any such investment.

An investment in our common stock is speculative and there is no assurance that investors will obtain any return on their investment. Investors will be subject to substantial risks involved in an investment in the Company, including the risk of losing their entire investment.

Future sales of common stock, or the perception of such future sales, by some of our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market or the perception that these sales may occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell shares in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their common shares by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to Rule 144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell freely after six months subject only to the current public company, even if our operations are successful. We planinformation requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to comply with allthe Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity securities), and current public information and notice requirements. 

There is currently a limited liquid trading market for the Company’s Common Stock.

Prior to the commencement of the various rulesoffering, our common stock was quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “SBEV” and regulationsthere was no market for our warrants. Trading in stocks quoted on the OTCQB is often thin and is characterized by wide fluctuations in trading prices due to many factors that may be unrelated to a company’s operations or business prospects, or may be affected by variations in our quarterly operating results, announcements that our revenue or income is below analysts’ expectations, general economic downturns, sales of large blocks of our common stock or announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments. Although we will only consummate this offering if the NYSE American approves the listing of our common stock and warrants, there is no assurance that there will be a consistent, active market in the future for our common stock. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. 

Our Board of Directors may issue and fix the terms of shares of our Preferred Stock without stockholder approval, which are requiredcould adversely affect the voting power of a public company. However, if we cannot operate successfullyholders of our Common Stock or any change in control of our Company.

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, with no par value per share, with such designation rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue shares of preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. In the event of such issuances, the preferred stock could be used, under certain circumstances, as a public company, your investment may be materially adversely affected. Our inability to operate as a public company could be the basismethod of your losing your entire investment in us.


Since our founder is our only full-time officer, if something happened to him such that he was unavailable to run our business, we could possibly have to suspend our businessdiscouraging, delaying or cease operations.


Our success will be dependent upon the decision making of our directors and executive officers. Michael West, our CEO devotes his full time to our business, but Steve West devotes only a small percentage of his time to the business. The loss of Michael West would have a material, adverse impact on our operations. We have no written employment agreements with any officers and directors. We have not obtained key man life insurance on the lives of any of these individuals.




17





Our directors have the ability to significantly influence any matters to be decided by the stockholders, which may prevent or delaypreventing a change in control of our company.company.


Michael J. West, our President, CEO and director owns 8,300,000 sharesBecause certain principal stockholders own a large percentage of our voting stock, (87.4%other stockholders’ voting power may be limited.

As of the shares outstanding) and Stephen H. West, March 31, 2021 our CFO, Secretary and director, owns 300,000 sharesten (10) largest shareholders own or controlled approximately 54% of our stock (3.2% of the shares outstanding).  Therefore, the current members of our Board of Directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 90.5% of ouroutstanding common stock. AsIf those stockholders act together, they would have the ability to have a result, if they choose to vote in concert, our directors are collectively able to significantlysubstantial influence the outcome of any corporateon matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and the approval of any transaction that might causemerger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. As a change in control,result, our other stockholders may have little or no influence over matters submitted for shareholder approval. In addition, the ownership of such as a merger or acquisition. It is unlikely that stockholders in favorcould preclude any unsolicited acquisition of a matter, which is opposed byus, and consequently, adversely affect the Boardprice of Directors, would be able to obtain the number of votes necessary to overrule the vote of the Board of Directors. Further, the control by the directors means that theyour common stock. These stockholders may make decisions for us with whichthat are adverse to your interests.

We do not expect to pay dividends and investors should not buy our Common Stock expecting to receive dividends.

We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, you may disagree or that you may feel are notwill only realize an economic gain on your investment in our best interests.


RISK FACTORS RELATED TO THE JOBS ACT:


The recently enacted JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations and to reduce the amount of information provided in reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.


We are and we will remain an "emerging growth company" untilif the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual revenues equal or exceed $1 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a "large accelerated filer" (with at least $700 million in public float) under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that areprice appreciates. You should not "emerging growth companies" as described in further detail in the risk factors below. We cannot predict if investors will findpurchase our common stock less attractive becauseexpecting to receive cash dividends. Since we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less activedo not pay dividends, and if we are not successful in establishing an orderly trading market for our shares, then you may not have any manner to liquidate or receive any payment on your investment. Therefore, our failure to pay dividends may cause you to not see any return on your investment even if we are successful in our business operations. In addition, because we do not pay dividends we may have trouble raising additional funds which could affect our ability to expand our business operations.

18

There can be no assurances that our common stock once listed on the NYSE American stock exchange will not be subject to potential delisting if we do not continue to maintain the listing requirements of the NYSE American.

We have applied to list the shares of our common stock and warrants on the NYSE American stock exchange, or the NYSE American, under the symbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS”, respectively. An approval of our listing application by the NYSE American will be subject to, among other things, our fulfilling all of the listing requirements of the NYSE American. In addition, the NYSE American has rules for continued listing, including, without limitation, minimum market capitalization and other requirements. Failure to maintain our listing (i.e., being de-listed from the NYSE American), would make it more difficult for shareholders to sell our common stock and more difficult to obtain accurate price quotations on our common stock. This could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Our ability to issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or otherwise to arrange for any financing we may need in the future, may also be materially and adversely affected if our common stock is not traded on a national securities exchange.

Speculative Nature of Warrants.

The warrants offered in this offering do not confer any rights of common stock ownership on their holders, such as voting rights or the right to receive dividends, but rather merely represent the right to acquire shares of our common stock at a fixed price for a limited period of time. Specifically, commencing on the date of issuance, holders of the warrants may exercise their right to acquire the common stock and pay an exercise price of $6.87 per share (115% of the assumed public offering price of our common stock and warrants in this offering), prior to five years from the date of issuance, after which date any unexercised warrants will expire and have no further value. Moreover, following this offering, the market value of the warrants is uncertain and there can be no assurance that the market value of the warrants will equal or exceed their public offering price. There can be no assurance that the market price of the common stock will ever equal or exceed the exercise price of the warrants, and consequently, whether it will ever be profitable for holders of the warrants to exercise the warrants.

Our common stock may be more volatile. If we avail ourselves of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements, as is currently our plan, our reduced disclosureconsidered a “penny stock”, and thereby be subject to additional sale and trading regulations that may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us and may result in less investor confidence.




18





Our election not to opt out of the JOBS Act extended accounting transition period may not make our financial statements easily comparable to other companies.sell.

 

PursuantOur common stock may be considered to the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company,” we can elect to opt outbe a “penny stock” if it does not qualify for one of the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards thatexemptions from the definition of “penny stock” under Section 3a51-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Our common stock may be a “penny stock” if it meets one or more of the following conditions: (i) the stock trades at a price less than $5.00 per share; (ii) it is not traded on a “recognized” national exchange; or (iii) is issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) or the SEC. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which meansa company that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, our company, as an “emerging growth company”, can adopt the standard for the private company.  This may make comparison of our financial statementsbeen in business less than three years with any other public company which is not an “emerging growth company” difficult or impossible since possible different or revised standards may be used.net tangible assets less than $5 million.

 

The recently enacted JOBS Act will also allow our company to postponeOur common stock could be further diluted as the date by which it must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduceresult of the amountissuance of information provided in reports filed with the SEC.additional common stock, convertible securities, warrants or options.

 

The recently enacted JOBS Act is intended to reduceOur issuance of additional common stock, convertible securities, options and warrants could affect the regulatory burden on “emerging growth companies”.  So long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” we will, among other things:

be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectivenessrights of our internal control over financial reporting;


be exempt fromstockholders, result in a reduction in the "say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the "say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of Chief Executive Officers;


be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act, as amended and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and


be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.



19





Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we currently intend to take advantage of all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”.  We have elected not to opt out of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 107(b)(1) of the JOBS Act.  Among other things, this means that our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectivenessoverall percentage holdings of our internal control over financial reporting so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”, which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in the internal control over financial reporting go undetected.  Likewise, so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”, we may elect not to provide certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of executive officers, which would otherwise have been required to provide in filings with the SEC, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us. As a result, investor confidence in our company andstockholders, could put downward pressure on the market price of our common stock, may be adversely affected.


Notwithstanding the above, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company”, meaning that we have a public floatcould result in adjustments to conversion and exercise prices of less than $75 millionoutstanding notes and annual revenues of less than $50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year.  In the event that we are still considered a “smaller reporting company”, at such time as we cease being an “emerging growth company”, the disclosure we will be requiredwarrants, and could obligate us to provide in our SEC filings will increase, but will still be less than it would be if we were not considered either an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company”.  Specifically, similar to “emerging growth companies”, “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to conduct say-on-pay and frequency votes until annual meetings occurring on or after January 21, 2013; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in our SEC filings, including, among other things, only being required to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports.  Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as an “emerging growth company” or “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze the Company’s results of operations and financial prospects.


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS OFFERING:


Buying low-priced Penny Stocks is very risky and speculative and since our shares will be a Penny Stock, it will be more difficult for investors to sell their shares.


The shares being offered are defined as a penny stock under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and rules of the Commission. The Exchange Act and such penny stock rules generally imposeissue additional sales practice and disclosure requirements on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than certain accredited investors who are, generally, institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 jointly with spouse, or in transactions not recommended by the broker-dealer. For transactions covered by the penny stock rules, a broker-dealer must make a suitability determination for each purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement prior to the sale. In addition, the broker-dealer must make certain mandated disclosures in penny stock transactions, including the actual sale or purchase price and actual bid and offer quotations, the compensation to be received by the broker-dealer and certain associated persons, and deliver certain disclosures required by the Commission. Consequently, the penny stock rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to make a market in or trade our common stock andto certain of our stockholders.

Common stock eligible for future sale may alsoadversely affect your ability to resell any shares you may purchase in this offering in the public markets.




20





We are selling this Offering without an underwriter and if we are unable to sell a sufficient number of shares we will be forced to reduce our proposed business operations if we can’t raise other financing.


This offering is self-underwritten, that is, we are not going to engage the services of an underwriter to sell the shares; we intend to sell them through our officers and directors, who will receive no commissions. We will hold investment meetings and invite our friends, acquaintances and relatives in an effort to sell the shares to them; however, there is no guarantee that we will be able to sell any of the shares. In the event we are unable to sell most of the shares in this offering, we will be forced to reduce our proposed business operations until such time as additional monies can be obtained, either through loans or financings.


You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of the price you pay for your shares.  


Our existing stockholders acquired their shares at a cost substantially less than that which you will pay for the shares you purchase in this offering. Accordingly, any investment you make in these shares will result in the immediate and substantial dilution of the net tangible book value of those shares from the $0.25 you pay for them.  As of September 30, 2012, our net tangible book value was a negative $81,099 or approximately ($0.009) per share.  Assuming that $267,500 of maximum net proceeds are realized from this Offering, the dilution to new investors from the Offering price of $0.25 per share will be approximately $0.233 per share, and the gain by existing investors will be approximately $0.026 per share.  Assuming that $7,500 of minimum net proceeds are realized from this Offering, the dilution to new investors from the Offering price of $0.25 per share will be approximately $0.258 per share, and the gain by existing investors will be approximately $0.001 per share.


Our common stock currently has no trading market and if a trading market does not develop, investors will have difficulty selling their shares.


There is presently no demand for our common stock. There is presently no public market for the shares being offered in this prospectus. While we do intend to apply for quotation on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, we cannot guarantee that our application will be approved and our stock listed and quoted for sale. If no market is ever developed for our common stock, it will be difficult for you to sell any shares you purchase in this offering. In such a case, you may find that you are unable to achieve any benefit from your investment or liquidate your shares without considerable delay, if at all. In addition, if we fail to have our common stock quoted on a public trading market, your common stock will not have a quantifiable value and it may be difficult, if not impossible, to ever resell your shares, resulting in an inability to realize any value from your investment.


The Over-the-Counter market for stock such as ours has had extreme price and volume fluctuations.


The securities of companies such as ours have historically experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations during certain periods. These broad market fluctuations and other factors, such as new product developments and trends in the our industry and in the investment markets generally, as well as economic conditions and quarterly variations in our operational results, may have a negative effect on the market price of our outstanding shares of common stock.




21





AllFrom time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock is restricted but could become eligible for resaleby means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to Rule 144;144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell freely after six months subject only to the current public information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity securities), and current public information and notice requirements.

You should consult your independent tax advisor regarding any tax matters arising with respect to any investment in our securities.

All prospective purchasers of our securities are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our securities.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds from this could causepublic offering of approximately $13,372,500 or approximately $15,442,500 if the marketunderwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and accompanying warrants in full (assuming an initial public offering price of $5.97 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.


Of our total outstanding shares following this offering, 9,500,000 or 98.3% (minimum) or 88.8% (maximum) are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market subject to volume and manner of sale limitations under Rule 144 beginning in ________, 2013 (90 days after date of this prospectus). This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well. After this offering, we will have outstanding 10,700,000 shares (maximum) or 9,660,000 (minimum) of common stock based on the numberOTCQB on May 19, 2021 as adjusted for the one-for-three reverse stock split), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If all of shares outstanding at April 30, 2012. This includes the common shares we are sellingwarrants sold in this offering which maywere to be resoldexercised in the public market immediately.


As restrictions on resale end, the marketcash at an assumed exercise price of our stock could drop significantly$6.87 per share, we would receive additional net proceeds of approximately $17,261,307. We cannot predict when, or if, the holdersthese warrants will be exercised. It is possible that these warrants may expire and may never be exercised.

 We intend to use net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions, operating expenses and repayment of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.


We do not expect to pay dividends on common stock.


We have not paid any cash dividends with respect to our common stock, and it is unlikely that we will pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Earnings, if any, thatdebt. Additionally, we may realize will be retained in the business for further development and expansion.


USE OF PROCEEDS


We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of anyuse a portion of the 1,500,000 shares of common stock being registered in this prospectus and which are currently held by our selling shareholders.


We have estimated the totalnet proceeds from this offering to be $40,000, assuming a minimum offering,in-license, acquire or $300,000, assuming all shares are sold, whichinvest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we cannot guarantee. These proceedshave no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so. Other than as set forth, we do not include offering costs, which we estimateanticipate requiring any material amounts of other funds to be $32,500. accomplish the specified purposes.

We expect to disbursebelieve that the net proceeds from this offering inand our existing cash will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the prioritynext 24 months. This expected use of the net proceeds from the offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth below, during the first 12 months after successful completion of this offering:


 

 

 

Minimum

Offering

($40,000)

 

 

Total

Proceeds of

$150,000

 

 

Maximum

Offering

($300,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Proceeds

 

$

40,000

 

$

150,000

 

$

300,000

  Less:  Estimated Offering Expenses(1)

 

 

  32,500

 

 

    32,500

 

 

     32,500

Proceeds to Us:

 

$

7,500

 

$

117,500

 

$

267,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Web Store(2)

 

$

7,500

 

$

17,500

 

$

17,500

Sales Person(3)

 

$

 0

 

$

 45,000

 

$

90,000

Billing Personnel(4)

 

$

 0

 

$

 0

 

$

 30,000

Driver(5)

 

$

 0

 

$

30,000

 

$

 30,000

Van

 

$

 0

 

$

 0

 

$

 40,000

Legal Expenses (6)

 

$

0

 

$

10,000

 

$

10,000

Accounting Expenses(6)

 

$

0

 

$

12,000

 

$

12,000

Increase Inventory

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

15,000

Advertising Expenses(7)

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

15,000

Miscellaneous Working Capital

 

$

0

 

$

3,000

 

$

8,000



22

_________________________


(1)

Offering expenses include legal, accounting, printing, and escrow agent fees. The escrow agent fees are estimated at $1,500.


(2)

above. We planmay find it necessary or advisable to spend these funds on developing a web store.


(3)

We plan to hire one full-time sales person if we receive over approximately $100,000 in net proceeds and two sales personnel if we receive over approximately $175,000.  Depending on the amount of proceeds we could hire a part-time versus a full-time sales person.


(4)

Depending on the amount of proceeds, we plan to hire a part-time or full-time person to do our billing.  Currently, our President does this work.


(5)

Depending on the amount of proceeds, we plan to hire a part-time or full-time driver for our deliveries.


(6)

We plan to spend the indicated amount of our proceeds to pay our legal and accounting expenses associated with being a reporting company .


(7)

We currently do not spend any money on advertising, but if we have proceeds available we will spend up to $15,000 on advertising on billboards, radio and newspapers.


Until we use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds as described above, purposes, we intendplan to invest such fundsthe net proceeds that we receive in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing investment grade obligations, andinvestment-grade investments, certificates of deposit accounts.or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.


If we raise an amount between the minimum and maximum, we will use the excess amount above the minimum but below the maximum to expand our operations, as discussed above.MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


We believe that our available cash and existing sources of funding, together with the minimum proceeds of this offering and interest earned thereon, will be adequate to maintain our current and planned operations for at least the next twelve months, but if we only receive close to the minimum proceeds, we would probably have to cut more costs and our President might have to defer some of his salary.  These cuts might include reducing our current staff by one or two part-time positions.Market Information




23





DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE


The offering price ofCompany’s Common Stock is quoted on the shares has been determined arbitrarily by us.OTCQB under the symbol “SBEV”. We considered no aspect ofhave applied to list our capital structure in determiningcommon stock and warrants on the offering price orNYSE American under the number of sharessymbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS”, respectively. If our listing application is approved, we expect to be offered. The price does not bear any relationship tolist our assets, book value, earnings, or other established criteria for valuing a privately held company. Accordingly,common stock and warrants on the offering price should not be considered an indication of the actual value of our securities.


DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES


Dilution represents the difference between the offering price and the net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering. Net tangible book value is the amount that results from subtracting total liabilities and intangible assets from total assets. Dilution arises mainly as a result of our arbitrary determinationNYSE American upon consummation of the offering, at which point our common stock will cease to be traded on the OTCQB. No assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved. This offering will only be consummated if the NYSE American approves the listing of our common stock and warrants NYSE American listing requirements include, among other things, a stock price threshold.

Aggregate Number of the shares being offered. DilutionHolders of the value of the shares you purchase is also a result of the lower book value of the shares held by our existing stockholders.  Common Stock

As of September 30, 2012, the net tangible book valueMay 17, 2021, there were 26,737,628 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding with approximately 340 holders of record of our shares was a negative $81,099, or approximately ($0.009) per share, based upon 9,500,000 shares outstanding.Common Stock.


Equity Compensation Plan Information

Upon completion of this offering, but without taking into account any change in the net tangible book value after completion of this offering, other than that resulting from the sale of the minimum (maximum) Shares and receipt of the proceeds of $40,000 ($300,000), less offering expenses of $32,500, the net tangible book value of the 10,700,000 shares to be outstanding, assuming a maximum subscription, will be $186,401, or approximately $0.017 per Share. If the minimum number of Shares is sold, of which there can be no guarantee, the net tangible book value of the 9,660,000 shares to be outstanding would be ($73,599), or approximately ($0.008) per share. Accordingly, the net tangible book value of the Shares held by our existing stockholders will be increased by $0.026 per share, assuming a maximum subscription and by $.001 assuming a minimum subscription.  Assuming a maximum subscription, without any additional investment on their part, and the purchasers of Shares in this Offering will incur immediate dilution (a reduction in net tangible book value per Share from the offering price of $0.25 per Share) of $0.233 per share. If we sell the minimum amount, they will incur immediate dilution (a reduction in net tangible book value per Share from the offering price of $0.25 per Share) of $0.258 per share.


After completion of the sale of the minimum number of shares in this offering, the new shareholders will own approximately 1.66% of the total number of shares then outstanding, for which they will have made a cash investment of $40,000, or $0.25 per Share. Upon completion of the sale of the maximum number of Shares in this offering, the new shareholders will own approximately 11.2% of the total number of shares then outstanding, for which they will have made a cash investment of $300,000, or $0.25 per Share. The existing stockholders will own approximately 98.3% and 88.8% based on the minimum and maximum proceeds received of the total number of shares then outstanding, for which they have made contributions of cash and/or services and/or other assets, totaling $15,500 or $.002 per share.


The following table illustratesgives information as of December 31, 2020, the per share dilution to new investors, assuming bothend of the minimummost recently completed period, about shares of common stock that may be issued under our Splash Beverage Group, Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan and maximumour 2012 Equity Plan (which was terminated but has a number of shares being offered, and does not giveon granted awards which remain outstanding in accordance with their existing terms). Under the 2012 Incentive Plan we still have 374,803 options outstanding as of March 31, 2021.

Plan Category No. of
Shares to be
Issued Upon
Exercise or
Vesting of
Outstanding
Stock
Options and
Warrants
 Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Stock
Options and
Warrants
 Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities)
Equity compensation plan approved by stockholders        2,313,133 
            
Equity compensation plan not approved by stockholders  1,252,970   2.28    
             
Total  1,252,970   2.28   2,313,133 

Recent Issuances of Unregistered Securities

Information regarding any effect toequity securities we have sold during the results of any operations subsequent to September 30, 2012 or the date ofperiod covered by this registration statement:




24








 

 

Minimum

Offering

 

Maximum

Offering

 

 

 

 

 

Public Offering Price Per Share

 

$0.25 

 

$0.25 

Net Tangible Book Value Prior to This Offering

 

($81,099)

 

($81,099)

Net Tangible Book Value After This Offering

 

($73,599)

 

$186,401

Immediate Dilution Per Share to New Investors

 

$0.258 

 

$0.233 



The following table summarizes the number and percentage of shares purchased, the amount and percentage of consideration paid and the average price per Share paid by our existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering:


 

 

Total

 

 

Price

Per Share

 

Number of

Shares Held

 

Percent of

Ownership

 

Consideration

Paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Shareholders

 

$0.002

 

9,500,000

 

98.3% (Min)

88.8% (Max)

 

$ 15,500     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investors in This Offering

  (Minimum)

 

$0.25

 

160,000

 

1.7%

 

$ 40,000     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investors in This Offering

  (Maximum)

 

$0.25

 

1,200,000

 

11.2%

 

$300,000     


SELLING SHAREHOLDERS


We are registering 1,500,000 shares of our common stockRegistration Statement that were sold to the six investors listed in the table below during April 2012 in a private stock offering exempt from registration pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(2) ofnot registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  All investors were accredited investors.


The following table lists all selling shareholdersamended, and other information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares owned by each of the selling shareholders.  Except as indicatedwas not included in the footnotes to the table, no selling shareholder is an affiliate of the Company.  None of our selling shareholders is a registered broker-dealer or affiliate of a registered broker-dealer.





Shareholder’s Name

 




Issue Date

 

Share

Ownership

Before

Offering

 

Shares

Being

Offered

 

Share

Ownership

After

Offering

 

Percentage

Ownership

Before

Offering

 

Percentage

Ownership

After

Offering(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. West(2)

 

(3)

 

8,300,000

 

300,000

 

8,000,000

 

87.4%

 

74.8%

Stephen H. West(4)

 

4/18/2012

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

0

 

3.2%

 

0

Steven Quoy

 

4/18/2012

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

0

 

1.6%

 

0

Lynne Quoy

 

4/18/2012

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

0

 

1.6%

 

0

Underwood Family Partners(5)

 

4/18/2012

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

0

 

3.2%

 

0

Kearney Holdings LLC(6)

 

4/18/2012

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

0

 

3.2%

 

0

_______________


(1)

Assuming maximum offering is sold.



25





(2)

President and Director since October 1992.

(3)

8,000,000 shares issuedquarterly report on October 1, 1992 and 300,000 shares issued on 4/18/2012.

(4)

CFO, Secretary and Treasurer since September 2011.

(5)

L. Michael Underwood has voting and investment control over such shares.

(6)

Charles Kirby has voting and investment control over such shares.


INVESTOR SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS


Geographical Requirements


This offering is limited to investors resident in Colorado, Ohio and Washington.


We reserve the right to accept or reject any subscription in wholeForm 10-Q or in part, for any reason or for no reason.  Subscriptions will be accepted or returned promptly, and all moniesa current report on Form 8-K, is set forth below. Each such transaction was exempt from rejected subscriptions will be returned immediately to the subscriber, without interest or deductions.


Purchasers in any subsequent trading market must comply with the applicable securities laws of the State in which they purchase our common stock.


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION


We are offering 1,200,000 shares of our common stock on a “self-underwritten,” “best-efforts” basis with a minimum of 160,000 shares and a maximum of 1,200,000 shares.  After the offering is closed we will cease our offering of our shares by the Company and file a post-effective amendment to the registration Statement to deregister any unsold shares and our selling shareholders may then commence to sell their 1,500,000 shares as described below, if a market ever develops after the offering closes.


The officers and directors will not purchase Shares in this offering, including, but not limited to, purchases of Shares in order to reach the minimum offering amount.




26





In offering the securities on our behalf, our officers and directors will rely on the safe harbor from broker dealer registration set out in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We believe that Messrs. Michael J. West and Stephen H. West specifically meet the provisions of Rule 3a4-1(a)(1)-(3) and (4)(ii) because they are not subject to a statutory disqualification, as that term is defined under Section 3(a)39 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; they will not be compensated, directly or indirectly for their participation in the offering; they will not be, at the time of his participation, an associated person of a broker or dealer; and both will meet all of the elements of Rule 3a4-1(a)(4)(ii).  With respect to the elements of Rule 3a4-1(a)(4)(ii), both Michael West and Stephen West perform and are intended to perform after the offering substantial duties for the Company otherwise than in connection with transactions in securities.  Michael West founded the Company with his wife in 1992 and has worked full-time for the Company serving as it Chief Executive Officer for more than the past twelve months and he plans to continue to serve as its full-time CEO after the offering.  Steve West became Secretary, Treasurer, CFO and a Director in September 2011 and he has served part-time in these capacities and he plans to continue to serve in these capacities after the offering and to perform the functions normally associated with a Secretary, Treasurer, CFO and Director.  Neither Michael West nor Steve West has ever been a broker or dealer or an associated person of a broker or dealer, nor has either person participated in selling an offering of securities for any issuer during the last twelve months.


The Shares will be sold at the fixed price of $0.25 per Share until the completion of this offering. There is no minimum amount of subscription required by any particular investor.  After the closing of this offering, our selling shareholders must sell their shares at the fixed price of $0.25 per share until the shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or listed on a national securities exchange.


The selling shareholders will not sell any of their shares until after the closing of this offering and the unsold shares have been deregistered.


This offering will commence on the date of this prospectus and continue for a period of 120 days, unless we extend the offering period for an additional 90 days, or unless the offering is completed or otherwise terminated by us for a potential total of 210 days (the “Expiration Date”).


Pending the receipt and payment of any checks gathered to satisfy the $40,000 minimum, all proceeds will be held in a non-interest bearing escrow by the Escrow Agent for this offering. The Escrow Agent is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., who has the sole signature authority over this account and determines whether the minimum offering requirements are satisfied. Funds will be deposited in this escrow account no later than noon on the business day following receipt. In the event the minimum is not sold within the 120-day offering period or any extension of an additional 90 days at our discretion, this offering will terminate and all funds will be returned promptly to subscribers by the Escrow Agent without any deductions or payment of interest. Subscribers will not be entitled to a return of funds from such escrow during the 120-day offering period or any extension period, for a potential total of 210 days. Once the minimum offering requirements are satisfied, the funds will be released to us for use in the implementation of our business plans.  (See “Use of Proceeds.”) The offering will then continue until the maximum offering is sold and the total of $300,000 is received, or the offering expires, whichever first occurs. Once the maximum amount has been raised, all funds collected up to the maximum will be deposited directly into our operating bank account for use in operations. In the event the minimum offering amount is not sold prior to the Expiration Date, all monies will be returned to investors, without interest or deduction.




27





The selling shareholders may sell some or all of their shares in one or more transactions, including block transactions:


1.

In the public market if the common stock may from time to time be trading;

2.

In privately negotiated transactions; or

3.

In any combination of these methods of distribution.


There is currently no market for any of our shares, and we cannot give any assurance that our shares will have any market value.  Although we intend to apply for trading of our common stock on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board electronic quotation service, public trading of our common stock may never materialize.  In addition, if a market for our stock does materialize, we cannot give any assurances that a public market for our securities may be sustained.


If our common stock becomes traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board electronic quotation service, then the sales price to the public will vary according to the selling decisions of each selling shareholder and the market for our stock at the time of resale.  In these circumstances, the sales price to the public may be:


1.

The market price of our common stock prevailing at the time of sale;

2.

A price related to such prevailing market price of our common stock; or

3.

Such other price as the selling shareholders determine from time to time.


We can provide no assurance that all or any of the common stock offered will be sold by the selling shareholders named in this prospectus.


We are bearing all costs relating to the registration of the common stock.  The selling shareholders, however, will pay any commissions or other fees payable to brokers or dealers in connection with any sale of the common stock.


The selling shareholders named in this prospectus must comply with the requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of 1933Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, unless otherwise noted. Unless stated otherwise: (i) the securities were offered and sold only to accredited investors; (ii) there was no general solicitation or general advertising related to the offerings; (iii) each of the persons who received these unregistered securities had knowledge and experience in financial and business matters which allowed them to evaluate the merits and risk of the receipt of these securities, and that they were knowledgeable about our operations and financial condition; (iv) no underwriter participated in, nor did we pay any commissions or fees to any underwriter in connection with the transactions; and, (v) each certificate issued for these unregistered securities contained a legend stating that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting forth the restrictions on the transferability and the Exchange Act of 1934 in the offer and sale of the securities.

From January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,986,714 in exchange for approximately 1,149,038 shares of the Company’s common stock.

From January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $2,829,623 in exchange for approximately 1,285,462 shares of the Company’s common stock.

From June 1, 2020 to July 31, 2020, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $830,000 in exchange for approximately 251,515 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 509,849 shares of the Company’s common stock. The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers who execute sales for the selling shareholderswarrants may be deemedexercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

From July 1, 2020 to October 31, 2020, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $3,070,000 in exchange for approximately 930,303 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 465,152 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants may be an “underwriter” withinexercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the meaningwarrant. 

On January 15, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with two accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $220,000 in exchange for 66,667 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 33,333 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no effective registration statement registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants. In connection with this sale of the shares, the Company paid the placement agent $8,800 in commission and $6,600 for a non-accountable expense allowance. The Company also issued the placement agent warrants to purchase 6,667 shares of the Company’s common stock.

From January 29, 2021 through February 1, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,683,520 in exchange for approximately 510,158 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 255,079 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no effective registration statement registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

On February 10, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,204,751 in exchange for approximately 365,076 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 182,538 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no effective registration statement registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

On February 26, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,212,500 in exchange for approximately 337,121 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 168,561 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no effective registration statement registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

In connection with the foregoing, the Company relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for transactions not involving a public offering.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer.

There were no repurchase of our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2021.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock since inception and do not anticipate paying such dividends in connection withthe foreseeable future. We plan to retain any future earnings for use in our business operations. Any decisions as to future payment of cash dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position and such sales.  In particular, during such timesother factors as the selling shareholders may be deemed to be engaged in a distribution of the common stock, and therefore be considered to be an underwriter, they must comply with applicable law and they may, among other things:


1.

Not engage in any stabilization activities in connection with our common stock;

2.

Furnish each broker or dealer through which common stock may be offered, such copies of this prospectus, as amended from time to time, as may be required by such broker or dealer; and

3.

Not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities other than as permitted under the Exchange Act.




28





LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


We are not involved in any pending legal proceeding nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us.  In addition, there has been no litigation filed against us during the last ten years, and during the same period none of our officers and directors has been involved in any criminal proceedings, bankruptcy filings or other litigation of the type which is required to be disclosed.


DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS


Each of our directors is elected by the stockholders to a term of one year and serves until his successor is elected and qualified. Each of our officers is elected by the board of directors to a term of one year and serves until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she is removed from office. The board of directors has no committees.


The name, address, age and position of our officers and directors is set forth below:


Name and Address

Age

Position(s)

Michael J. West

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, OH  44406

58

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Stephen H. West

16325 E. Dorado Ave.

Centennial, CO  80045

56

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and

Director


The persons named above are expected to hold said offices/positions until the next annual meeting of our stockholders. These officers and directors are our only officers, directors, promoters and control persons.


Background Information about Our Officers and Directors


Michael J. West co-founded our Company with his wife in September 1992 and served as Vice-President, Secretary and a Director until September 2004 when he became the President and sole Director.  He also founded Medical Billing Assistance, Inc. (“Medical Billing”) in 1994.  Medical Billing was involved in electronic billing of medical claims to Medicare.  Medical Billing completed an acquisition of FCID Medical, Inc. in December 2010 and Mr. West resigned from all positions with Medical Billing at that time.  Mr. West received a Bachelor’s of Arts Degree in Biology from Wittenberg University in 1977.  He plans to continue devoting his full time to our affairs.  We believe that Mr. Michael West’s twenty years of experience serving as either our President or Vice President enables him to make valuable contributions to our Board of Directors.Directors deems relevant.




29





Stephen H. WestCAPITALIZATION has served as Secretary, Treasurer, CFO and a Director of our company since September 2011.  He is the brother of Michael J. West.  He has been involved in the computer data storage market since 1978.  He spent twenty-two years at Storage Technology Corporation where he held positions as Director of Sales for their telecommunications region, Vice President and General Manager of the Western Region and Vice President of Global Accounts.  He co-founded PeakData Inc., a computer data storage company which focuses on sales and integration of enterprise storage solutions for Fortune 1000 companies in March 2001 and served as its Executive Vice president of Sales until January 2009.  Since January 2009, he has served as Director of Sales of Net Source, a computer storage company. From May 2007 until December 2010 he served as Secretary and a Director of Medical Billing Assistance, Inc. and he continued as a Director until April 2011.  Mr. West graduated from the University of Cincinnati with a BBA in 1978.  He plans to devote approximately 5 to 10 hours per month to our affairs.  We believe that Mr. Stephen West’s 34 years of sales and executive experience in the technology industry and his knowledge of our Company’s history qualify him to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Summary Compensation

 

The following table sets forth informationour capitalization, as of March 31, 2021:

on an actual basis; and

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of 2,512,563 shares in this offering at the assumed public offering price of $5.97 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us.

  As of March 31, 2021
  Actual (unaudited) As Adjusted (unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents $1,225,406  $14,597,906 
         
Capitalization:        
Related party notes payable – noncurrent  332,940   332,940 
Notes payable – noncurrent  1,240,044   1,240,044 
Liability to issue common stock  1,980,000   1,980,000 
   3,552,984   3,552,984 
Stockholders' equity:        
Common Stock, $0.001 par, 150,000,000 shares authorized, 26,701,613 (80,104,809 pre-split) shares issued and outstanding, 29,214,176 pro forma shares issued and outstanding      26,702           29,215   
Additional paid in capital  67,909,285   81,279,272 
Accumulated deficit  (66,031,954)  (66,031,954)
Total stockholders' equity  1,904,033   15,276,533 
Total capitalization $5,457,017  $18,829,517 

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Description of Securities” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes in this prospectus.

21

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share you will pay in this offering and the adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our net tangible book value deficit as of March 31, 2021 was $3.8 million, or $0.14 per share. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021. Dilution with respect to net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

After giving effect to (1) the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed sale price of $5.97 per share, which was the last reported sale price of our common stock on the OTCQB on May 19, 2021, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been $9.6 million, or $0.34 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.21 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $5.64 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock.

The following table illustrates this calculation on a per share basis.

  OFFERING OVER-ALLOTMENT
Assumed initial public offering price $5.97  $5.97 
         
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) before offering $(0.14) $(0.14)
         
Increase in pro form net tangible book value attributable to new investors $0.47  $0.54 
         
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after offering $0.33  $0.39 
         
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors $5.64  $5.87 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding as shown above is based on 26,701,613 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes as of that date:

1,261,970 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock warrants outstanding as of May 19, 2021, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.28 per share;
606,177 warrants were also issued at an exercisable price of $3.30; and

automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the Splash Beverage Group, Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan.

To the extent that options and warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2021 have been or may be exercised or other shares are issued, investors purchasing our securities in this offering may experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical financial data should be read together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period. 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Summary Statements of Operations Data

  Three Months Ended March 31, Years Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2020 2019
Net revenues $2,417,701  $112,003  $2,975,939  $20,387 
Cost of goods sold  (1,742,875)  (107,214)  (2,251,816)  (245,500)
Gross margin  674,826   4,789   724,123   (225,113)
                 
Operating expenses:                
Contracted services  276,511   257,981   5,606,335   2,109,146 
Salary and wages  2,020,447   241,676   7,925,609   1,078,730 
Other general and administrative  2,727,513   1,031,264   4,346,836   1,006,603 
Sales and marketing  41,878   23,012   146,579   67,467 
Total operating expenses  5,066,349   1,553,933   18,025,359   4,261,946 
                 
Loss from operations  (4,391,523)  (1,549,144)  (17,301,236)  (4,487,059)
                 
Other income/(expense):                
Other Income        17,786    
Interest income  114   16,151   8   132 
Interest expense  (92,211)  (1,913,637)  (1,980,871)  (665,195)
Gain from debt extinguishment  1,319      36,610   16,391 
Total other (expense)  (90,778)  (1,897,486)  (1,926,467)  (648,672)
                 
Provision for income taxes            
                 
Net loss from continuing operations  (4,482,301)  (3,446,630)  (19,227,703)  (5,135,731)
                 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax  40,082      (9,446,853)   
                 
Net loss $(4,442,219) $(3,446,630) $(28,674,556) $(5,135,731)
                 
Net loss per share (basic diluted)                
Continuing operations  (0.18)  (0.08)  (1.05)  (0.39)
Discontinued operations  0.00      (0.51)   
Net loss per share $(0.18) $(0.08) $(1.56) $(0.39)
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  24,642,532   14,673,798   18,538,425   13,688,328

23

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Summary Selected Balance Sheet Data

  March 31 December 31, December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
Cash and cash equivalents $1,225,406  $380,000  $42,639 
Total current assets $3,496,894  $2,244,036  $370,662 
Total assets $11,709,940  $9,225,888  $605,314 
Total current liabilities $5,361,984  $5,415,659  $10,279,180 
Total Liabilities $9,805,907  $9,327,891  $10,361,398 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) $1,904,033  $(9,350,724) $(9,756,083)

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We manufacture, through third party facilities, and distribute several brands of beverages including both non-alcoholic and spirits brands. We intend to own some beverage brands while managing other beverage brands. We believe the distribution landscape in the beverage industry is changing rapidly as tech-enabled e-commerce business models are thriving. Direct to consumer, office or home solutions are projected to continue to gain traction in the future, and therefore, our own e-commerce platform, Qplash, which allows us to purchase local and regional brands for developing a direct line of sales at retail stores.

Splash was originally incorporated in the State of Nevada under the name TapouT Beverages, Inc. for the purpose of acquiring the rights under a license agreement with TapouT, LLC (Authentic Brands Group and now the WWE) for the right to use the TapouT brand in connection with manufacturing and selling certain beverages. In 2020, Robert Nistico was hired as Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s name was changed to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. on July 31, 2020to reflect the revised business plan of being a manufacturer and distributor of several brands of beverages including both non-alcoholic and spirits brands.

Robert Nistico has over 28 years of experience in all levels of the three-tier distribution system used in the beverage industry. Prior to joining the Company, he led the Marley Beverage Company from startup to over $47 million in annual revenues and ultimately profitability in three and one-half years. Before that he was the 5th employee at Red Bull North America, Inc. and served as General Manager, VP of Field Marketing and Sr. Vice President & General Manager during his 11 years there. He was instrumental in building the Red Bull brand in North and Central America and the Caribbean from $0 revenue to $1.6 billion in annual revenues. Nistico began his career with the Gallo Winery, quickly ascending within that system between winery and senior positions in distribution with Premier Beverage and RNDC Texas.

Mr. Nistico has assembled a team of experienced beverage industry professionals with the goal of replicating the business model of companies like Diageo of owning some brands and managing others where there are synergies from a distribution standpoint. SBG however, has an additional strategic advantage of “brand incubation” with its own ecommerce platform.

24

We have license rights to the TapouT brand for the United States and several other countries and we have joint venture with SALT Flavored Tequila. Mr. Nistico and our Company understand the strategy of infusing beverage brands with strong pop culture and lifestyle elements which drives trial, belief and, most importantly, repeat purchases.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to combine the traditional approach of manufacturing, distributing, and marketing of beverages, but with brands that have a reasonable level of pre-existing brand awareness and market presence, or have attributes that we believe to be purely innovative. These are our core values. We believe this allows us to break through the clutter of numerous brand introductions and dilute risk. This philosophy is applied regardless of whether the brand is 100% owned by us or a joint venture.

For acquisition or joint venture consideration, we prefer to work with brands that already have one or more of the following in place:

Some level of preexisting brand awareness

Regional presence that can be expanded

Licensing an existing brand name (TapouT for example)

Add to an underdeveloped and/or growing category

Innovation to an existing attractive category (such as flavored tequila)

We believe offering brand founders access to our shared services model provides us with two mostpaths to success: one, developing our wholly owned core brands and two, the ability to tap into high growth, early stage brands ready to scale. By managing joint venture brands, we can significantly reduce their development expense while simultaneously increasing efficiencies for all brands in our portfolio.

Most new single beverage brands have limited access to distribution and thus find it extremely difficult to obtain meaningful retail shelf presence. Our management team has over 120 years of combined experience in the beverage industry, including decades of successful brand introductions by our management team (Gallo, Red Bull, Bacardi, Diageo, Sparkling Ice, Jones Soda, FUZE Beverage, NOS Energy, SoBe Beverages, Muscle Milk, Marley Beverages), we believe our ability to break through the distribution and retail bottlenecks makes us an attractive joint venture partner to many new brand owners.

Our business ventures are typically structured with a revenue split, a marketing spend commitment from the brand founder and an earned equity position that constitutes control. Most of our partners are happy to award an equity position in their brand in exchange for distribution, sales and marketing management within the distribution network which eliminates their need to invest in infrastructure. Our partners only need to manage a small base of corporate operations.

We benefit by avoiding the development costs for new products. This model spreads our risk over several brands, contributes to our economies of scale, and improves our relationship with distributors because we can provide them with a broader line of beverage products.

Since our inception, we have seen consistent deal flow, having been approached by over 20 brands. We only engage with brands that fit comfortably within the guidelines above and are in some way complementary to each other categorically or from a distribution standpoint.

We also believe the distribution landscape in the beverage category is changing rapidly. Tech-enabled business models are thriving and direct to consumer, office or home solutions are projected to continue to gain traction in the future. A core strategy for us is to build onto the early success we’re seeing with the Qplash online platform, our consumer-packaged goods retail division and our first entry point into the growing e-commerce channel.

Products

We currently produce, distribute and market two beverage brands: SALT Naturally Flavored Tequila (“SALT”), a 100% agave 80 proof line of flavored tequilas, and “TapouT Performance,” a hydration and recovery isotonic sport drink.

The following is a description of these products.

SALT Flavored Tequila

(IMAGE)

We produce, distribute, and market the following flavors under the brand name SALT Naturally Flavored Tequila:

Citrus flavor

Berry flavor

Chocolate flavor

We believe that SALT is the first line of 100% agave 80-proof flavored tequilas. Tequila, vodka, rum, and now even brown spirits have experienced significant growth when flavors are introduced, and we expect this significant growth to continue, as the tequila category has already grown at double digits in ten years.

SALT is currently being launched and distributed by Republic National Distribution Co., Youngs Market and Major Brands to Walmart and Total Wine which is the largest private wine and spirits chain in the U.S., in 6 U.S. states and is for sale in Mexico. Several South American countries are expected to launch SALT during spring 2021 as well. 

SALT is a business venture between our Company and SALT USA, LLC. All aspects of manufacturing, logistics, distribution and marketing are our responsibility.

26


TapouT Isotonic Sports Drinks

(IMAGE)

We will produce, market, sell and distribute the following sports beverages under the brand name TapouT in the coming two years:

TapouT Performance:

Flavor Cherry Lemonade Orange Citrus Kick
Some Sugar / 120 Calories 2021 2021 In Production
Zero Sugar / 10 Calories In Production In Production 2021

TapouT Elite: In development for 2022

TapouT Energy: Under consideration for 2022

TapouT Performance is a unique advanced performance beverage that has recuperative and cell regeneration capabilities that increase hydration and cellular recovery. It is formulated with all GRAS (FDA Designation “Generally Regarded As Safe”) ingredients versus controversial ingredients often used in many competitive products. It can be taken before, during or after activity to enhance activation, hydration, and recovery. TapouT Performance is all natural and is balanced with a proprietary blend of 5 electrolytes, amino acids and a proprietary specialized ingredient blend of minerals and nutrients.

TapouT, formally associated with the UFC and mixed martial arts has been producing branded clothing and light equipment for over 23 years and has a high level of aided and unaided brand awareness.

TapouT is now associated with World Wrestling Entertainment, Inc. (“WWE”) and Authentic Brands Group, LLC (“ABG TapouT”), the original owner of the TapouT brand IP, which represents the biggest WWE stars, and produces reality TV shows, podcasts, and other media. TapouT is the official training partner of the WWE.

(IMAGE)

27

TapouT License Agreement

We have the rights under a License Agreement with ABG TapouT (the “License Agreement”) to produce, market, sell and distribute TapouT sports beverages in North, Central and South America, Mexico, US military bases, Australia, South Africa and the EU. The beverages covered by the License Agreement include sports drinks, energy drinks, energy shots, water, protein, and teas.

We pay a 6% royalty of net sales or a guaranteed minimum annual royalty of $594,000, whichever is greater. The License Agreement will expire on December 31, 2022.

We have the right to use the TapouT brand to market, advertise and promote for sale our TapouT beverages, and TapouT agrees to provide us with certain materials which we can use in connection with our advertising and promotion. We are required to spend 2% of our net sales on marketing expenditures such as expenses attributable to trade shows, catalogs and websites, point-of-sale advertising featuring TapouT products and other retail advertising. TapouT has certain relationships with certain celebrity and athletic talent and, if requested, it agrees to use its reasonable efforts to request the celebrities and/or athletes to be present at autograph signings, tradeshows and other similar events.

Copa di Vino Wine Group, Inc. and Related Financing

On December 24, 2020, the Company entered into a Revenue Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) by and among the Company, Robert Nistico, each of the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto (each a “Guarantor”, and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Decathlon Alpha IV, L.P. (the “Lender”). The Loan and Security Agreement provided for a revenue-based credit facility of $1,578,237 (the “Gross Amount”) with the Lender (the “Credit Facility”).

The Credit Facility matures on the earliest of (a) August 15, 2025, (b) immediately prior to a change in control of the Company, or (c) acceleration of the obligations, such as upon the occurrence of any event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement. If the Credit Facility is paid off after 6 months, the Company will pay interest at a rate starting at 0.5 times the amount advanced under the Credit Facility and up to 1.00 times the amount advanced if the Credit Facility is paid off after more than 24 months have elapsed from the effective date. The Credit Facility requires monthly payments, commencing on February 15, 2021, equal to the product of all revenue for the immediately preceding month and applicable revenue percentage, which is 3.75% in 2021 and 2022, 4.0% in 2023 and 2024. If the annual revenue is not equal to at least 80% of projected revenue, the applicable revenue percentage for all subsequent payments will automatically increase by 0.50%, without notice from the lender. Pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement dated December 24, 2020, the Company instructed the Lender to pay $1,500,000 of the Gross Amount under the Credit Facility towards the purchase price in connection with the Company’s purchase of certain assets of Copa di Vino Corporation (“CdV”) and the balance of the Gross Amount was used for to pay off a line of credit for one of the Company’s other subsidiaries in order to make the Lender the first-in-line creditor. Pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company granted the Lender a security interest in all of its assets as listed therein.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base and pursuant to which the Company granted the Lender a security interest in its assets (as set forth and subject to the Loan and Security Agreement) as collateral under the Credit Facility. In addition, the Credit Facility requires the Company to, among other things (i) make representations and warranties regarding the collateral as well the Company’s business and operations, (ii) agree to certain indemnification obligations and (iii) agree to comply with various affirmative and negative covenants.

Copa di Vino is the leading producer of premium wine by the glass in the United States. Founder and owner James Martin discovered the concept on a bullet train adventure through the south of France. A year later he brought the technology to his hometown of The Dalles, Oregon located in the Columbia River Gorge. His passion for wine led to Copa di Vino – wine in a glass – a ready to drink wine glass that could go anywhere without the need for a bottle, corkscrew or glass.

On December 24, 2020, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with CdV, pursuant to which the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities that comprise the CdV business for a total purchase price of $5,980,000, payable in the combination of $2,000,000 in cash, a $2,000,000 convertible promissory note to CdV and a variable number of shares of the Company’s common stock based on a attainment of revenue hurdles.

Through our acquisition of Copa di Vino, we are now able to offer seven varietals of wine: Pinot Grigio, Riesling, Merlot, Chardonnay, White Zinfandel, Moscato, and Cabernet Sauvignon. In addition to its wine varietals, Copa di Vino also produces Pulpoloco, a sangria which is encased in a 100% biodegradable can made from paper.

E-commerce

“Qplash” is our consumer-packaged goods retail division and our first entry point into the growing e-commerce channel. The division sells beverages and groceries online through www.qplash.com, and third-party storefronts such as Amazon.com and Walmart.com. Inside of the division, there are two primary customer groups: business to business retail businesses, which in turn offer the products to their customers, and business to customer, selling direct to end users.

Qplash sells to retailers through www.qplash.com. These retailers, generally in the high-end apparel space, are working to enhance their customers in store shopping experience. They offer high end beverages for customers to enjoy while shopping or to take on the go. This program allows businesses to control inventory, order with payment terms, and offers the convenience of delivery directly to each store.

To the end user, we ship orders from our warehouses direct to their home or office. We offer competitive pricing, an easy and convenient transactional process, and a wide selection of products. Consumers can order from www.qplash.com, from our storefront on Amazon, or other third-party platforms. Amazon is a valuable revenue source as it allows us to access their loyal customer base and provides a high conversion rate as customers are comfortable navigating and checking out through their website.

Currently we offer over 350 listings and ship from Ontario, California. Later this year, we plan to activate additional warehouse partnerships, thus reducing shipping costs and the transit times while gaining access to several thousand additional items. Our objective is to offer 1,500 items by the fall of 2021.

Additionally, this vertically integrated platform affords us a unique opportunity to incubate, accelerate and ultimately migrate brands to traditional distribution.

28

Legacy Business - Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. is a provider of home medical equipment, supplies and services (which relate to the equipment sales) in Ohio’s Mahoning Valley, Western Pennsylvania and Northern West Virginia, with an emphasis on providing for patients with mobility-related limitations who have had strokes, hip or knee replacements, and other surgeries after they are discharged from a hospital or rehab center. Canfield is a legacy segment of the business and in December 2020, management announced our plan to discontinue CMS.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths contribute to Company’s success and differentiate us from our competitors:

An established distribution network through global sales channels;

A hybrid distribution model that leverages multiple routes to market, including national chains, independent local markets and regional chains, and specialty food and C-Stores

Long-term relationships with retailers and the establishment of chains;

Premium customer service;

Dynamic and sustainable product offerings of natural quality and freshness with health benefits;

A highly experienced management team;

Strategically selected, dedicated sales professionals;

Qplash, our e-commerce platform, which provides us instant coast to coast coverage and our own fully integrated distribution platform for all of our beverage categories;

Ability to execute and distribute across many geographies, on behalf of our licensed brand portfolio;

Strong brand awareness through partnerships and acquisitions of brands with pre-existing brand awareness or viewed as truly innovative; and

Celebrity and professional athlete endorsement of our brands.
29

Manufacturing

We are responsible for the manufacturing of the TapouT Performance and SALT.

Although we are responsible for manufacturing TapouT Performance and SALT, we do not directly manufacture these products, but instead outsource such manufacturing to third party bottlers and contract packers.

We purchase concentrates, flavors, dietary ingredients, cans, bottles, caps, labels, and other ingredients for our beverage products from our suppliers, which are delivered to our various third-party bottlers and co-packers. In some cases, certain common supplies may be purchased by our various third-party bottlers and co-packers. Depending on the product, the third-party bottlers or packers add filtered water and/or other ingredients (including dietary ingredients) for the manufacture and packaging of the finished products into our approved containers in accordance with our formulas.

The Copa di Vino and Pulpoloco brands are manufactured at our manufacturing facility in The Dalles, Oregon.

Co-Packing Arrangements

Our TapouT products are manufactured by various third-party bottlers and co-packers situated throughout the United States under separate arrangements with each party. Our co-packaging arrangements are generally on a month-to-month basis or are terminable upon request and do not typically obligate us to produce any minimum quantities of products within specified periods.

In some instances, subject to agreement, certain equipment may be purchased by us and installed at the facilities of our co-packers to enable them to produce certain of our products. In general, such equipment remains our property and is returned to us upon termination of the packing arrangements with such co-packers, unless we are reimbursed by the co-packer via a per-case credit over a predetermined number of cases that are produced at the facilities concerned.

We are generally responsible for arranging for the purchase and delivery to our third-party bottlers and co-packers the containers in which our beverage products are packaged.

We pack some of our products in multiple locations to enable us to produce finished goods closer to the markets where they are sold, with the objective of reducing freight costs as well as transportation-related product damages. As distribution volumes increase, we will continue to source additional packing arrangements closer to such markets to further reduce logistics costs and to create redundancies to mitigate the risk of a disruption in production and/or importation. Our ability to estimate demand for our products is imprecise, particularly with new products, and may be less precise during periods of rapid growth, particularly in new markets. If we materially underestimate demand for our products and/or are unable to secure sufficient ingredients or raw materials including, but not limited to, aluminum cans, PET plastic bottles, labels, flavors, juice concentrates, dietary ingredients, and other ingredients, and/or procure adequate packing arrangements and/or obtain adequate or timely shipment of our products, we might not be able to satisfy demand on a short-term basis.

For some of our products, there may be limited co-packing facilities in our domestic market with adequate capacity and/or suitable equipment to package our products. We believe a short disruption or delay in production would not significantly affect our revenues; however, as alternative co-packing facilities in our domestic market with adequate long-term capacity may not be available for such products, either at commercially reasonable rates and/or within a reasonably short time period, if at all, a lengthy disruption or delay in production of any of such products could significantly affect our revenues.

30

Distribution

We operate within what is referred to as a “Three Tier Distribution System” where manufacturers do not typically sell directly to retailers, but instead contract for local and regional distribution with independent distributors. These distributors typically have geographic rights to distribute major beverage brands such as Budweiser, Pepsi, and Red Bull and call on every store in a given area such as major cities or regions. However, due to increasing costs over the last 20 years for these distributors to call on every store (sometimes referred to in the industry as “DSD” or direct store delivery), there has been a great deal of consolidation which has limited the options for new brands to gain distribution and retail shelf presence. Our management team believes that their history of success and experience working within this channel will allow us to be successful in building a strong network of these distributors.

In addition to working with these independent distributors, we also have distribution arrangements with national retail accounts to distribute some of our products directly through their warehouse operations.

Listing on the NYSE American

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “SBEV”. In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock and warrants on the NYSE American under the symbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS”, respectively. If our listing application is approved, we expect to list our common stock and warrants on the NYSE American upon consummation of the offering, at which point our common stock will cease to be traded on the OTCQB. No assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved. This offering will only be consummated if the NYSE American approves the listing of our common stock and warrants. NYSE American listing requirements include, among other things, a stock price threshold. As a result, prior to effectiveness, if necessary, we intend to take the necessary steps to meet NYSE American listing requirements, including but not limited to a consummating a reverse split of our outstanding common stock as further discussed below.

Reverse Stock Split

Prior to the completion of this offering we will effect a one-for-three reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock in order to satisfy NYSE American listing requirements and obtain NYSE American approval for listing of our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated all share and price amounts assume that the reverse split has been effected. 

Corporate Information

Our principal offices are located at 1314 E. Las Olas Blvd, Suite 221, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301. Our main telephone number is (954) 745-5815. Our website address is www.splashbeveragegroup.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information that can be assessed through our website and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.

32

Human Capital

We have 8 full-time employees, including non-officer employees and our executive officers. We retain the services of additional personnel on an independent contractor basis. We do not have any part-time employees but work with several consultants.

Government Regulation

The conduct of our businesses, including the production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, content, quality, safety, transportation, packaging, disposal, recycling and use of our products, as well as our employment and occupational health and safety practices and protection of personal information, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States. It is our policy to abide by the laws and regulations around the world that apply to our businesses. We are in compliance with the federal government (FDA and ATF-TTB) and with each state’s local regulatory requirements for the sale of wine and spirits.

In addition, certain jurisdictions have either imposed, or are considering imposing, product labeling or warning requirements or other limitations on the marketing or sale of certain of our products as a result of ingredients or substances contained in such products or the audience to whom products are marketed. These types of provisions have required that we highlight perceived concerns about a product, warn consumers to avoid consumption of certain ingredients or substances present in our products, restrict the age of consumers to whom products are marketed or sold or limit the location in which our products may be available. It is possible that similar or more restrictive requirements may be proposed or enacted in the future.

In addition, certain jurisdictions have either imposed or are considering imposing regulations designed to increase recycling rates or encourage waste reduction. These regulations vary in scope and form from deposit return systems designed to incentivize the return of beverage containers, to extended producer responsibility policies and even bans on the use of some types of single-use plastics. It is possible that similar or more restrictive requirements may be proposed or enacted in the future.

Legal Proceedings

On April 24, 2017, a note holder obtained a default judgment against us in the amount of $279,215 related to a promissory note issued by us. As of the filing date, the note holder has not sought enforcement of the judgment.

34

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors. We discuss factors that we believe could cause or contribute to these differences below and elsewhere in this prospectus, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”

Business Overview

We manufacture, through third party facilities, and distribute several brands of beverages including both non-alcoholic and spirits brands. We intend to own some beverage brands while managing other beverage brands. We believe the distribution landscape in the beverage industry is changing rapidly as tech-enabled e-commerce business models are thriving. Direct to consumer, office or home solutions are projected to continue to gain traction in the future, and therefore, our own e-commerce platform, Qplash, which allows us to purchase local and regional brands for developing a direct line of sales at retail stores.

Critical Accounting Policies

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts and are periodically evaluated for collectability based on past credit history with clients and other factors. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable on the basis of loss experience, known and inherent risk in the account balance, and current economic conditions. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, our accounts receivable amounts are reflected net of allowances of $0 and $11,430, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, accounted for using the weighted average cost method. The inventory balances at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of finished goods held for distribution. The cost elements in inventory consist of purchase of products, transportation, and warehousing. Inventory valuation is impacted by excess or inventory near expiration based on management’s estimates for excess or inventory near expiration based on management’s estimates of forecast turnover of inventories on hand and under contract. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecast amounts may result in recording expense for excess or expired inventory in the future. The costs for excess inventory are included in cost of goods sold and have historically been adequate to provide for losses on inventory. We manage inventory levels and purchase commitments in an effort to maximize utilization of inventory on hand and under commitments.

35

Convertible Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires the bifurcation of certain conversion rights contained in convertible indebtedness and accounting for them as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. These criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. An exception to this rule is when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as that term is described under applicable U.S. GAAP.

When bifurcation is required, the embedded conversion options are bifurcated from the convertible note, resulting in the recognition of discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.

With respect to convertible preferred stock, we record a dividend for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred securities based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the preferred shares.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance sets forth a five-step model which depicts the recognition of revenue in an amount that reflects what we expect to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers.

We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with the customer are satisfied. Product sales occur once control of our products is transferred upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods and is presented net of provisions for customer returns and allowances. The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies with changes in customer incentives we offer to our customers and their customers. Sales taxes and other similar taxes are excluded from revenue.

Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold include the costs of products, packaging, transportation, warehousing, and costs associated with valuation allowances for expired, damaged or impaired inventory.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” and ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. Under the fair value recognition provisions, cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option vesting period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). We adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of this standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. When available, we would use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value. However, our leases generally do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, our management estimates the incremental borrowing rate to discount lease payments based on the information at the lease commencement. The accounting for finance leases is substantially unchanged. Given the nature of our operation, the adoption of Topic 842 did not have a material impact on our balance sheet, statement of operations, or liquidity. Refer to Note 10 – Operating Lease Obligations for information regarding our adoption of Topic 842 and the Company’s undiscounted future lease payments and the timing of those payments.

In June 2016, that FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (Topic 326). This ASU provides financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date.

Management is currently assessing the new standard but does not believe that it would have a material effect.

Management does not believe that any other recently completed fiscalissued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements. As new accounting pronouncements are issued, we will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019.

Revenue

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $2,975,939 compared to revenues of $20,387 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The $2,955,552 increase in revenue was due to an increase of sales of SALT Flavored Tequila of $240,786, an increase of sales on Qplash – our vertically integrated B2B and B2C e-commerce distribution platform which sells their products on Amazon and Shopify of $1,957,797, an increase in revenue attributable to CMS’s medical device business of $675,213 and the recognition of revenue attributable to Copa di Vino’s business of $101,544. Cost of goods sold for year ended December 31, 2020 were $2,251,816 compared to cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $245,500. The $2,006,816 increase in cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to our increased sales, and as our sales increased, our cost of sales for those sales correspondingly increased.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $18,025,359 compared to $4,261,946 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The $13,763,413 increase in our operating expenses was primarily a result of recording expenses relating to warrants and share-based compensation for shares issued in exchange for services. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $28,674,556 as compared to a net loss of $5,135,731 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net loss is due to our increase in operating expenses primarily relating to the write-off of CMS goodwill slightly offset by our increase in revenues.

Other Income/(Expense)

Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1,926,467 compared to $648,672 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The $1,315,676 increase in our interest expenses was primarily a result of recording a finance charge of $1,236,254 associated with warrants issued to one of our note holders.

Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2020.

Revenue

Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were $2,417,701 compared to revenues of $112,003 for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The $2,305,698 increase in sales is due to an increase of sales on Qplash, our vertically integrated B2B and B2C e-commerce distribution platform ($1,313,182). This platform sells goods on both Amazon and Shopify. In addition, we had increased sales from our single-serve wine business ($742,355). Cost of goods sold for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were $1,742,875 compared to cost of goods sold for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $107,214. The $1,635,661 increase in cost of goods sold for the three-month period ended March 31, 2021 is primarily due to our increased sales, and as our sales increased, our cost of sales for those sales correspondingly increased.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were $5,066,349 compared to $1,553,933 for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The $3,512,416 increase in our operating expenses was primarily a result of recording the warrants issued pursuant to certain private placements conducted by the Company, increased headcount from the CdV acquisition and the addition of new sales reps, professional fees ($1,100,000) and shipping costs ($325,160). The net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $4,442,219 as compared to a net loss of $3,446,630 for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease in net loss is due to our increase in operating expenses offset by our increase in revenues.

Interest Expense

Interest expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were $92,211 compared to $1,913,637 for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The $1,821,426 decrease in our interest expenses was primarily a result of recording a finance charge of $1,821,426associated with warrants issued to one of our note holders in Q1 2020.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Significant factors in the management of liquidity are funds generated by operations, levels of accounts receivable and accounts payable and capital expenditures.

As of December 31, 2020, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $380,000, as compared with $42,639 at December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to issuances of notes payable and subscription agreements offset by expenses relating to the operating the business. As of March 31, 2021, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $1,225,406, as compared with $380,000 at December 31, 2020. The increase is primarily due to cash received from private placements conducted by us.

Net cash used for continuing operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $21,316,556 as compared to the net cash used by continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $2,658,328. The primary reasons for the change in net cash used was due to losses sustained and increases for stock-based compensation, offset by other non-cash expenses. Net cash used for discontinued operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020, was $9,794.

Net cash used for operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $3,581,308 as compared to the net cash used by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $924,860. The primary reasons for the change in net cash used is due to losses sustained and increases in inventory, offset by non-cash expenses relating to warrant expense ($1,186,596) and share-based compensation ($731,035).

Net cash used for continuing investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $768,624 as compared to the net cash used by continuing investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $12,552. The net cash used in the year 2020 was primarily due to the $250,000 payment made to SALT Tequila USA and $500,000 of cash paid relating to the Copa di Vino acquisition offset by $72,422 of cash obtained in the acquisition of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. Net cash used for discontinued investing activities was $11,628.

Net cash used for investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $0 as compared to the net cash used by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $79,977. The net cash used in the first quarter of 2020 was primarily due to the $150,000 payment made to SALT Tequila USA.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $22,494,984 compared to $1,775,479 provided from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we received $20,182,503 from investors and related parties and we issued $2,439,472 of debt used for the Copa di Vino acquisition offset by $46,250 in repayments to shareholder in connection with shareholder advances and $80.7K of the right of use liability.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $4,466,796 compared to $1,582,212 provided from financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, we received $4,946,825 from investors, which was offset by repayments to shareholders and debt holders of $441,299. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements (as that term is defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K) that are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their ages and position(s) with the Company.

NameAgePosition
Robert Nistico57Chief Executive Officer and Director
Dean Huge65Chief Financial Officer
Justin Yorke55Director
Peter McDonough62Director
Candace Crawford66Director

Directors are elected annually and hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company and until their successors are elected. Officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) and serve at the discretion of the Board.

Robert Nistico, age 57, on March 31, 2020 became the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of the Company. Since 2012, Mr. Nistico has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Splash Beverage Group, Inc., prior to the Company’s acquisition by CMS. Mr. Nistico also served as the president of Viva Beverages, LLC from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Nistico was the fifth employee at Red Bull North America, Inc. where he worked from 1996 to 2007 and served as Vice President of Field Marketing and Sr. Vice President/General Manager. Mr. Nistico was instrumental in building the Red Bull brand in North and Central America and the Caribbean from no revenues to $1.45 billion in annual revenues. Earlier, he held the brand position of Regional Portfolio V.P and Division Manager for Diageo (formerly I.D.V. / Heublein), General Sales Manager for Republic National (formerly The Julius Schepps Company) and North Texas State Manager for The E & J Gallo Winery (and a variety of other management positions for those companies). Mr. Nistico serves as a director of Apollo Brands. Mr. Nistico has more than 27 years concerningof experience in the beverage industry, including direct and indirect sales management, strategic brand management & marketing, finance, operations, production and logistics. Mr. Nistico holds a B.A. from the University of Colorado.

Dean Huge, age 65, became the Chief Financial Officer of the Company on March 31, 2020 and since June 2018 has been the Chief Financial Officer of Splash Beverage Group, Inc., prior to the Company’s acquisition by CMS. From 2017 to June 2018 Mr. Huge was the Interim Chief Financial Officer of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. Mr. Huge was the President of D&H Energy Development, Inc. where he developed a toxic waste processing plant to create electrical energy from May 2013 to May 2017. Mr. Huge’s career started on Wall Street and has spanned 35 years in both the private and public sectors. Mr. Huge has been involved with in-depth work in accounting, audits, IPOs, secondary offerings and complex partnership matters. Mr. Huge’s experience includes expertise in financial services, manufacturing, distribution and SAAS type programs and he has degrees in Accounting and Finance from Southern Illinois University.

Justin Yorke, age 55, became a member of the Board of the Company on March 31, 2020. Since March 31, 2020, Mr. Yorke has also served as the Company’s Secretary. Mr. Yorke has over 25 years of experience in finance. Based in Hong Kong for over 10 years, he managed funds for a private Swiss Bank, Darier Henstch from 1997 to 2000. Prior to that, from 1995 to 1997, Mr. Yorke managed funds for Peregrine Investments and from 1990 to 1995 Unifund, Asia, Ltd, Hong Kong, a high net-worth family office headquartered Geneva, Switzerland. From 2000 to 2004, he was a partner at Asiatic Investment Management, based in San Francisco. Since 2004, Mr. Yorke has been a partner in San Gabriel Advisors, LLC and Arroyo Capital Management, LLC and is the manager of the San Gabriel Fund, JMW Fund and Richland Fund. The funds are highly diversified in focus with investment holdings, public, private equity and debt investments and real estate investments. He has a B.A. degree from UCLA. Mr. Yorke is the principal of WesBev LLC, which prior to the merger between CMS and our Company was the majority shareholder of the Company. He also an acting director and audit committee chair of Processa Pharmaceuticals, (ticker: PCSA). Mr. Yorke served as non-executive Chairman of Jed Oil and a Director/CEO at JMG Exploration.

Peter J. McDonough, age 62, has served as an independent director of the Company since October 5, 2020 and previously served as a member of the Board of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. prior to the Company’s acquisition by CMS. Mr. McDonough currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Trait Biosciences, Inc.  Mr. McDonough was appointed Chief Executive Officer in 2019 from his previous role on Trait’s Board of Directors after serving as an independent management consultant from 2016 to 2018.  Earlier Mr. McDonough served as President, Chief Marketing and Innovation Officer for Diageo North America from 2006 to 2015. Prior to joining Diageo, Mr. McDonough was Vice President, European Marketing at The Procter & Gamble Company from 2004 to 2006, where he led the Duracell Battery and Braun Appliance marketing organizations. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. McDonough was a member of the business school faculty and lecturer at the University of Canterbury in Christchurch, New Zealand. Prior to this academic post he served as Vice President of Marketing for Gillette North America’s Blade Razor & Grooming Products Business where he directed the market launch of industry leading shaving brands like Mach3 Turbo Razors, Venus Razors and Right Guard Extreme Antiperspirants. Earlier in his career, Mr. McDonough served as Director of North American Marketing at Black & Decker where he was involved in launching the DeWalt Power Tool Company. Mr. McDonough received a B.A. from Cornell University and a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School of Business.

Candace Crawford, age 66, has served as an independent director since May 24, 2021. Ms. Crawford is a highly accomplished senior executive and entrepreneur with more than 30 years of success across the food and beverage, consumer products, manufacturing, retail, and commercial real estate industries. Her broad areas of expertise include strategic planning, growth and growing businesses, financial acumen, P&L, operations, and governance. Since 2017, Ms. Crawford has served as an adviser and board member to various companies. Ms. Crawford has sat on the board of Vive Organic since February 2019 and the board of Skin Te since June 2018.  She served as the CEO of Coco Libre from 2015 to 2017. Under her management, she was able to expand distribution, grow product innovation and build awareness of the flagship coconut water brand Coco Libre. Prior to this, she was the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Zico Beverages LLC from 2009 to 2013. Before making her debut in the beverage world, Candace was the Chief Financial Officer for five different companies including Metropolitan Theaters; Virgin Entertainment Group; Resort Theaters of America; OMP; and Ancora Capital. Ms. Crawford holds a Bachelor of Science in Business from the University of Southern California and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Family Relationships

None.

Corporate Governance

Director Independence

The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent. Our Board has determined that Peter J. McDonough and Candace Crawford are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

We have separately designated an Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things, the appointment, compensation, removal and oversight of the work of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, overseeing the accounting and financial reporting process of the Company, and reviewing related person transactions. Our Audit Committee is comprised of Peter McDonough and Candace Crawford. Under NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on the audit committee must be independent. Also, as a smaller reporting company, we are only required to maintain an audit committee of two independent directors. Our Board has determined that Peter McDonough and Candace Crawford are independent under NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Candace Crawford will serve as the Chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our Board has determined that Candace Crawford qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which can be found in on our website at www.splashbeveragegroup.com.

Compensation and Management Resources Committee

We have established a Compensation and Management Resources Committee of our Board of Directors. The purpose of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee is to assist the Board in discharging its responsibilities relating to executive compensation, succession planning for the Company’s executive team, and to review and make recommendations to the Board regarding employee benefit policies and programs, incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans.

The members of our Compensation and Management Resources Committee are Peter McDonough and Candace Crawford. Candace Crawford will serve as chairman of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee.

Under NYSE listing standards, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of (i)whom must be independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Peter J. McDonough and Candace Crawford is independent under NYSE listing standards. The Compensation and Management Resources Committee is responsible for, among other things, (a) reviewing all compensation arrangements for the Principalexecutive officers of the Company and (b) administering the Company’s stock option plans. The Compensation and Management Resource Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which can be found on our website at www.splashbeveragegroup.com.

The duties and responsibilities of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee in accordance with its charter are to review and discuss with management and the Board the objectives, philosophy, structure, cost and administration of the Company’s executive compensation and employee benefit policies and programs; no less than annually, review and approve, with respect to the Chief Executive Officer.  Officer and the other executive officers (a) all elements of compensation, (b) incentive targets, (c) any employment agreements, severance agreements and change in control agreements or provisions, in each case as, when and if appropriate, and (d) any special or supplemental benefits; make recommendations to the Board with respect to the Company’s major long-term incentive plans applicable to directors, executives and/or non-executive employees of the Company and approve (a) individual annual or periodic equity-based awards for the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and (b) an annual pool of awards for other employees with guidelines for the administration and allocation of such awards; recommend to the Board for its approval a succession plan for the Chief Executive Officer, addressing the policies and principles for selecting a successor to the Chief Executive Officer, both in an emergency situation and in the ordinary course of business; review programs created and maintained by management for the development and succession of other executive officers and any other individuals identified by management or the Compensation and Management Resources Committee; review the establishment, amendment and termination of employee benefits plans, review employee benefit plan operations and administration; and any other duties or responsibilities expressly delegated to the Compensation and Management Resources Committee by the Board from time to time relating to the Committee’s purpose.

The onlyCompensation and Management Resources Committee may request any officer or employee of the Company or the Company’s outside counsel to attend a meeting of the Compensation and Management Resources Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultants to, the Compensation and Management Resources Committee. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer does not attend any portion of a meeting where the Chief Executive Officer’s performance or compensation is discussed, unless specifically invited by the Compensation and Management Resources Committee.

The Compensation and Management Resources Committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to be used to assist in the evaluation of director, Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer wascompensation or employee benefit plans and has sole authority to approve the consultant’s fees and other retention terms. The Compensation and Management Resources Committee also has the authority to obtain advice and assistance from internal or external legal, accounting or other experts, advisors and consultants to assist in carrying out its duties and responsibilities and has the authority to retain and approve the fees and other retention terms for any external experts, advisors or consultants.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the appropriate and effective governance of the Company, including, among other things, (a) nominations to the Board of Directors and making recommendations regarding the size and composition of the Board of Directors and (b) the development and recommendation of appropriate corporate governance principles. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Peter McDonough and Candace Crawford, each of whom is an independent director (as defined under Section 803 of the NYSE American LLC Company Guide). The Chairperson of the committee is Peter McDonough. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which can be found on our website at www.splashbeveragegroup.com.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee adheres to the Company’s bylaws provisions and Securities and Exchange Commission rules relating to proposals by stockholders when considering director candidates that might be recommended by stockholders, along with the requirements set forth in the committee’s Policy with Regard to Consideration of Candidates Recommended for Election to the Board of Directors, also available on our website. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for identifying and selecting qualified candidates for election to the Board of Directors prior to each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders. In identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Committee considers each candidate’s qualities, experience, background and skills, as well as other factors, such as the individual’s ethics, integrity and values which the candidate may bring to the Board of Directors.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers (including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and any person performing similar functions) and employees. Our Code of Ethics is available at our website at www.splashbeveragegroup.com.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

Our Directors and Executive Officers have not paidbeen involved in any salaryof the following events during the past ten years:

1.any bankruptcy petition filed by or against such person or any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

2.any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

3.being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities or to be associated with any person practicing in banking or securities activities;

4.being found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

5.being subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

6.being subject of or party to any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.
41

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth the compensation for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and no2019 earned by or awarded to, as applicable, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2020. In this prospectus, we refer to such officers as our “Named Executive Officers.”

No other employees earned a salary over $100,000 in the last two completed fiscal years.years.

 

Name and Principal Position

Year

Salary ($)

Bonus ($)

Stock Awards ($)

Option Awards ($)

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)

All Other Compensation ($)

Total ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael West

2012

$33,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

$33,000


2011

$57,500

-

-

-

-

-

-

$57,500


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steve West

201 2

-0-

-

-

-

-

-

-

$    -0-  

 

201 1

- 0-

-

-

-

-

-

-

$    -0-  

Name
and
Principal
Position
 Year  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards($)
  Option
Awards($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total($) 
                            

Robert Nistico, CEO; Director

 2019   275,000   137,500   350,000   367,307           $1,129,807 
  2020   325,000   162,500      1,000,000           $1,487,500 
                                   

Dean Huge, CFO

 2019   140,000   28,000   180,000   157,417           $505,417 
  2020   150,000   30,000   105,000   75,000           $360,000 
                                   

William Meissner

 2019                       $ 
President of Sales; CMO 2020   272,500         437,500           $710,000 





30





We currently pay our President a salary of $1,000 per week and we intend to continue this during the next twelve months.  Our Chief Financial Officer is not paid a salary.  We do not have employment agreements with either of our executive officers.


DirectorsDirector Compensation


OurDuring the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, our directors havewere not been paid any compensation for serving as Directors of the Company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Name Grant Date Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable Option Awards Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable Option Exercise Price Option Expiration Date
Robert Nistico 12/9/2019  159,008      2.19  12/8/2024
                 
Dean Huge 12/9/2019  68,146      2.19  12/8/2024

42

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We have adopted the 2020 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), the nature and purpose of which is to create incentives which are designed to motivate and compensate the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and consultants (hereafter, collectively, “Participants” or individually a “Participant”) to put forth maximum effort toward the success and growth of the Company and thereto enable the Company to attract and retain experienced individuals who by their position, ability and diligence are able to make important contributions to the Company’s success. Toward these objectives, the Plan provides for the grant of Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Performance Units and Performance Bonuses to Eligible Employees and the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, SARs and Performance Units to Consultants and Eligible Directors, subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan.

The Plan is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and provides for the issuance of up to 2,313,327 shares of the Company’s common stock, no present planspar value (the “Common Stock”), all of which may be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options Awards (“Awards”). The Plan is effective as of July 1, 2020 and for a period of ten years thereafter. The Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to the payment of Awards and administration of the Plan have been settled.

 On the first day of each calendar year, commencing January 1, 2021, or understandingsthe first business day of the calendar year if the first day of the calendar year falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the Awards of Common Stock available under the Plan will automatically increase in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 31st of the preceding fiscal year or (ii) such number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Board, provided that no such increase shall be effective if it would violate any applicable law or stock exchange rule or regulation, or result in adverse tax consequences to the Company or any Participant that would not otherwise result but for the increase.

The Board shall administer the Plan. Alternatively, the Board may, by resolution, appoint the Compensation and Management Resources Committee to administer the Plan and delegate its powers as set forth and described under the Plan for purposes of Awards granted to Participants

The termination of a Participant’s directorship, employment or consulting relationship may result in the forfeiture of any unvested portion of an Award granted under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement: (i) if an eligible Participant’s employment with respectthe Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliated Entity terminates as a result of death, disability or retirement, the Participant (or personal representative in the case of death) shall be entitled to future compensation.purchase all or any part of the shares subject to any (x) vested Incentive Stock Option for a period of up to three months from such date of termination (one year in the case of death or disability), and (y) vested Nonqualified Stock Option during the remaining term of the Option; and (ii) if a Participant’s employment terminates for any other reason, the Participant shall be entitled to purchase all or any part of the shares subject to any vested Option for a period of up to three months from such date of termination. In no event shall any Option be exercisable past the term of the Option. The Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of unvested Options in the event of termination of employment of any Participant.


In addition, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement: (i) in the event a consultant ceases to provide services to the Company or a director terminates service as a director of the Company, the unvested portion of any Award shall be forfeited unless otherwise accelerated pursuant to the terms of the director’s Award Agreement or by the Board; and (ii) the consultant or director shall have a period of three years following the date he ceases to provide consulting services or ceases to be a director, as applicable, to exercise any Nonqualified Stock Options which are otherwise exercisable on his date of termination of service.

43

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL

OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2021, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

each of our current directors and executive officers;
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise specified, the address for each of the persons named in the table is 1314 E Las Olas Blvd. Suite 221, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 25,655,515 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 2, 2021. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of shares; and (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Certain shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by more than one person (if, for example, persons share the power to vote or the power to dispose of the shares). In addition, shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if the person has the right to acquire the shares (for example, upon exercise of an option) within 60 days of the date as of which the information is provided. In computing the percentage ownership of any person or persons, the amount of shares outstanding is deemed to include the amount of shares beneficially owned by such person or persons (and only such person or persons) by reason of these acquisition rights.

    After this Offering   
  Before Offering If Representative’s Option is not Exercised If Representative’s Option is Exercised in Full
Name Shares of Common
Stock
 Percentage of
Common Stock
 Shares of Common Stock Percentage of Common Stock Percentage of Common Stock
Executive Officers and Directors                        
Robert Nistico  1,310,070   4.9%  1,310,070   4.9%  4.5%  4.4%
                         
Justin Yorke(1)  6,259,273   23.4%  6,259,273   23.4%  21.4%  21.2%
                         
Peter McDonough  22,716   0.1%  22,716   0.1%  0.1%  0.1%
                         
Dean Huge  291,993   1.1%  291,993   1.1%  1.0%  1.0%
                         
Candace Crawford                  
                         
Officers and Directors as a Group (5 individuals)  7,884,051   29.5%  7,884,051   29.5%  27.0%  26.6%
5% or greater owners:                        
James Sjoerdsma  1,450,391   5.4%  1,450,391   5.4%  5.0%  4.9%
                         
Total  9,334,442   35.0%  9,334,442   35.0%  32.0%  31.5%

(1)Of which 2,812,000 shares are held by WesBev LLC, 1,398,011 shares are held by JMW Fund LLC, 1,310,070 shares are held by San Gabriel LLC and 765,825 shares are held by Richland Fund LLC. All funds are managed by Mr. Yorke.

44

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2019, that we were a participant or will be a participant in, which:

the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the smaller reporting company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years; and

any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock (which we refer to as “5% stockholders”) or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers.

During the normal course of business, we incurred expenses related to services provided by our CEO or Company expenses paid by our CEO, resulting in related party payables, net of $252,904 as of March 31, 2021. The related party payable to the CEO bears no interest and is due on demand. We also assumed a $50,000 note for the President of WesBev LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“WesBev”) who the majority shareholder of CMS.

Effective June 21, 2019, WesBev acquired 2,666,667 shares of common stock from Michael J. West, a founder, director and former principal shareholder of the Company, consisting of approximately 69.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company at the time of the purchase. As part of his agreement with WesBev, Mr. West undertook to appoint or cause the appointment of up to three persons nominated by WesBev to the board of directors of the Company. Effective June 21, 2019, the Company sold 112,000 shares of common stock to WesBev for $100,000. Following these stock purchases WesBev beneficially owned 2,778,667 shares.

On June 21, 2019, the Company obtained a short-term loan from Mr. West for $276,550. The Company made payments of $78,701 on this loan. The loan has a one-year term from June 21, 2019, and is non-interest bearing. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 the loan had a balance of $197,849 and $0, respectively. The loan is currently in default.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our common stock, articles of incorporation, and bylaws, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus,prospectus. You should also refer to our articles of incorporation, and bylaws, which have been filed with the total number of shares owned beneficially by each of our directors, officers and key employees, individually andSEC as a group, and the present owners of 5% or more of our total outstanding shares. The table also reflects what such ownership will be assuming completion of the sale of all shares in this offering, which we can’t guarantee. The stockholders listed below have direct ownership of their shares and possess sole voting and dispositive power with respectexhibits to the shares, and they have no rights to acquire any shares within sixty days from options, warrants, rights, conversion privileges or other similar obligations.  A total of 9,500,000 shares are issued and outstanding.



 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Ownership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After Offering


Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Number of

Shares Before

Offering

 

Number of

Shares After

Offering(2)

 


Before

Offering

 



Minimum

 



Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. West

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, OH  44406

 

8,300,000

 

8,300,000

 

87.4%

 

85.9%

 

77.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen H. West

16325 E. Dorado Ave.

Centennial, CO  80015

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

3.2%

 

3.1%

 

2.8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Officers and Directors as

a group (two persons)

 

8,600,000

 

8,600,000

 

90.5%

 

89.0%

 

80.4%

_____________________


(1)

All shares owned beneficially or of record.


(2)

The amount shown only reflects the amount of shares owned after the completion of the Company’s offering.  After the completion of the offering by the selling shareholders Michael J. West will own 8,000,000 shares and Stephen H. West will not own any shares.


Future Sales by Existing Stockholders


A total of 9,500,000 shares have been issued to the existing stockholders, allregistration statement of which are restricted securities, as that termthis prospectus is defined in Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations of the SEC promulgated under the Act. Under Rule 144, such shares can be publicly sold, subject to volume restrictions and certain restrictions on the manner of sale. Any sale of shares held by the existing stockholders (after applicable restrictions expire) and/or the sale of shares purchased in thisa part.



31





offering (which would be immediately resalable after the offering), may have a depressive effect on the price of our common stock in any market that may develop, of which there can be no assurance.


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES


Capital Stock


Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000150,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,preferred stock, no par value per share to have such preferences as our board of directorsBoard may determine from time to time. At April 30, 2012,As of May 19, 2021, a total of 9,500,00026,737,628 shares of common stock and no shares of Preferred Stockpreferred stock were issued and outstanding.


Common Stock


The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held. The affirmative vote of a majority of votes cast at a meeting which commences with a lawful quorum is sufficient for approval of most matters upon which shareholders may or must vote, including the questions presented for approval or ratification at the Annual Meeting. However, an amendment of the articles of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the total voting power for approval. Common shares do not carry cumulative voting rights, and holders of more than 50% of the common stock have the power to elect all directors and, as a practical matter, to control the Company. Holders of common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and the common stock may only be redeemed at our election.

45


Preferred Stock


Our preferred shares are not issued but would be entitled to such rights, preferences and limitations as determined by our board of directors.Board. At the present time, no rights, preferences or limitations have been established for our preferred shares.


Options and Warrants


As of May 19, 2021 the Company had 1,261,970 options outstanding and 606,177 warrants outstanding.

Securities Offered in this Offering

We have not issued any options or other derivative securities.


Shares Eligible for Future Sale


When we complete the maximumare offering we will have 10,700,000 outstanding2,512,563 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase up to 2,512,563 shares of common stock. The 1,200,000share of common stock and accompanying common warrants will be purchased together, but will be issued separately. We are also registering the shares of common stock  issuable from time to time upon exercise of the warrants offered hereby. The description of our common stock soldis set forth above in this offeringsection.

The following is a summary of certain terms and provisions of the warrants offered hereby. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions set forth in the form of warrant, which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Exercisability. The warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance and at any time up to the date that is five years after their original issuance. The warrants will be freely transferable unless they are purchasedexercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice and, at any time a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrants under the Securities Act. The remaining outstandingAct is effective and available for the issuance of such shares, of our common stock will be restricted, which means they were originally issued in offerings that were not registered on a registration statement filed with the SEC. These restricted shares may be resold only throughor an exemption from registration under the Securities Act or under anis available exemption from registration, includingfor the exemption providedissuance of such shares, by Rule 144.




32





Rule 144


In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days afterpayment in full in immediately available funds for the datenumber of this prospectus, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, including a person who may be deemed our affiliate, who has beneficially owned restricted shares of common stock purchased upon such exercise. If a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrants under the Securities Act is not effective or available and an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is not available for at least six monthsthe issuance of such shares, the holder may, in its sole discretion, elect to exercise the warrant through a cashless exercise, in which case the holder would receive upon such exercise the net number of shares of common stock determined according to the formula set forth in the warrant. No fractional shares of common stock will be issued in connection with the exercise of a warrant. Rather, if a holder of warrants would be entitled upon the exercise of the warrant to sell publicly within any three-month periodreceive a fractional interest in a share, the Company, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up or down, as applicable, to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to such holder.

Exercise Limitation. A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own more than 4.99% of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that doesupon notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation up to a percentage, not exceed the greater of:


1%in excess of 9.99% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding which will equal approximately 107,000 shares immediately after giving effect to the maximumexercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants.

Exercise Price. The exercise price per whole share of common stock purchasable upon exercise of the warrants is $6.87 per share or 115% of the public offering price of the combined public offering price. The exercise price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our stockholders.

Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

Exchange Listing. We have applied for the listing of the warrants offered in this offering on the NYSE American under the symbol “SPEVW”. No assurance can be given that such listing will be approved or that a trading market will develop.

Warrant Agent. The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agent agreement between Equiniti Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the warrant agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.

Fundamental Transactions. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our Common Stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding Common Stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding Common Stock, the holders of the warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our Common Stock, the holder of a warrant does not have the rights or privileges of a holder of our Common Stock, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises the warrant.

Governing Law. The warrants and the warrant agent agreement are governed by New York law.

Listing

Our common stock is quoted on OTCQB under the symbol “SBEV.” In conjunction with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock and warrants on the NYSE American under the symbols “SBEV” and “SBEV WS”, respectively We anticipate being able to list on the NYSE American upon the completion of this offering; orhowever, we can provide no assurances that we will be approved for such a listing. This offering will only be consummated if the average weekly trading volumeNYSE American approves the listing of our common stock on OTC Bulletin Board during the four calendar weeks before the filing of a notice on Form 144 relatingand warrants.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Equiniti Shareowner Services is serving as our transfer agent and registrar. They are located at 1110 Centre Point Curve #101, Mendota, MN 55120.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid dividends. We do not intend to the sale.


Sales under Rule 144 are governed by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all of our current shareholders will be eligible to begin selling up to 9,500,000 shares ofpay cash dividends on our common stock pursuantfor the foreseeable future, but currently intend to Rule 144,retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. The payment of dividends if these volume and manner of sale limitations are complied with. We are unable to estimate accurately the number of restricted shares that will actually be sold under Rule 144 because this will depend in partany, on the market price of our common stock will rest solely within the personal circumstancesdiscretion of the sellersour board of directors and will depend, among other things, upon our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and other relevant factors.


INDEMNIFICATIONDisclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities


Pursuant to the Articlesour articles of Incorporationincorporation and By-Laws of the corporation,bylaws, we may indemnify an officer or director who is made a party to any proceeding, including a law suit,lawsuit, because of his position, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in our best interest. In certain cases, we may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding. To the extent that the officer or director is successful on the merits in any such proceeding as to which such person is to be indemnified, we must indemnify him against all expenses incurred, including attorney’s fees. With respect to a derivative action, indemnity may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending the proceeding, and if the officer or director is judged liable, only by a court order. The prior discussion of indemnification described in this paragraph is intended to provide indemnificationbe to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Colorado.


Insofar as indemnification

Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to our directors or officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions above, or otherwise,foregoing provisions. However, we have been advisedare informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock and Warrants applicable to non-U.S. holders who acquire our securities in this offering. This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative rulings and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.

For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our securities that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our securities, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that for U.S. federal income tax purposes are treated as a partner in a partnership holding shares of our securities should consult their tax advisors.

This discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our securities as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a non-U.S. holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, holders who acquired our securities pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, certain former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States and holders who hold our securities as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax, nor does it address any aspects of the Medicare tax, any U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, or any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Accordingly, prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our securities.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. WE RECOMMEND THAT PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF OUR SECURITIES CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES.

Allocation of Investment in Securities

An investor in this offering will be required to allocate cost of the acquisition of the securities between the shares of common stock and warrants acquired based on their relative fair market values. This allocation will establish a holder’s initial tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in his, her or its share of common stock and warrants. We will not be providing holders with such allocation, and it is possible that different holders will reach different determinations regarding such allocation. A holder’s allocation of purchase price between common stock and warrants is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with a holder’s allocation. Each prospective holder should consult his, her or its own tax advisor with respect to the allocation, and the risks associated with such allocation.

Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders

Taxation of Distributions

If we pay distributions or make constructive distributions (other than certain distributions of our stock or rights to acquire our stock) to U.S. holders of shares of our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” below.

With certain exceptions (including dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder will generally constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at long-term capital gains rates. If the holding period requirements are not satisfied, a non-corporate holder would be subject to tax on such dividend at ordinary income rates rather than preferential long-term capital gain rates.

Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation will generally qualify for the dividends received deduction in an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the dividend (65% if such corporation owns 20% or more of our stock by vote or value) provided that the requisite holding period is satisfied. If the holding period requirements are not satisfied, a corporation may not be able to qualify for the dividends received deduction and would have taxable income equal to the entire dividend amount.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

A U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock so disposed of exceeds one year. The amount of gain or loss recognized will generally be equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock will generally equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost for such common stock (or, in the case of common stock received upon exercise of a warrant, the U.S. holder’s initial basis for such common stock, as discussed below), less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders are generally eligible for reduced rates of tax. If the U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock so disposed of is one year or less, any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at ordinary income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Exercise of a Warrant

Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss upon the exercise of a warrant for cash. The U.S. holder’s initial tax basis in the share of our common stock received upon exercise of the warrant will generally be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost of the warrant and the exercise price of such warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock received upon exercise of the warrant would commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; however, in either case the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrants.

In certain circumstances, the eventwarrants may be exercised on a cashless basis. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of an exercise of a warrant on a cashless basis is not clear, and could differ from the consequences described above. It is possible that a claimcashless exercise could be a taxable event. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of an exercise of a warrant on a cashless basis, including with respect to their holding period and tax basis in the common stock received upon exercise of the warrant.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Expiration of a Warrant

Upon a sale, exchange (other than by exercise), redemption, or expiration of a warrant, a U.S. holder will recognize taxable gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (1) the amount realized upon such disposition or expiration and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the warrant. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants will generally equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost, increased by the amount of any constructive distributions included in income by such U.S. holder (as described below under “Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders — Possible Constructive Distributions”). Such gain or loss generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the warrant is held by the U.S. holder for indemnificationmore than one year at the time of such disposition or expiration.

If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder will generally recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the warrant. Any such loss generally will be a capital loss. Because the term of the warrants is more than one year, a U.S. holder’s capital loss upon the lapse thereof will be treated as a long-term capital loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of common stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrant in certain events. An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally should not be a taxable event. Nevertheless, a U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of common stock that would be obtained upon exercise or an adjustment to the exercise price of the warrant) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of shares of our common stock which is taxable to such holders as a distribution. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described above under “Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” in the same manner as if such U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us on common stock equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.

Information reporting requirements may apply to dividends (including constructive dividends) paid to a U.S. holder and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our shares of common stock and warrants, unless the U.S. holder is an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if the U.S. holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number (or furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number) or a certification of exempt status, or has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding (and such notification has not been withdrawn).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such liabilities,holder to a refund, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Taxpayers should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption.

48 

Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders

Taxation of Distributions

In general, any distributions (including constructive distributions) we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to its shares of our common stock that constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount (or a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated as first reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock and, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. Any such gain will be subject to the treatment described below under “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of our Common Stock.”

In general, any distributions we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to its shares of our common stock that constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount (or a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated as first reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock and, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. Any such gain will be subject to the treatment described below under “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of our Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below regarding “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance,” dividends effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its “effectively connected earnings and profits,” subject to certain adjustments.

Exercise of a Warrant

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a non-U.S. holder’s exercise of a warrant will generally correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise of a warrant by a U.S. holder, as described under “Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders — Exercise of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the tax consequences to the non-U.S. holder would be the same as those described below in “Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or, subject to the discussion below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance,” withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other thandisposition of our common stock or warrants or an expiration or redemption of our warrants, unless: 

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder;
the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are satisfied; or
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period and certain other conditions are satisfied. We believe that we currently are not and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC.

Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain. An individual non-U.S. holder who is subject to U.S. federal income tax because the non-U.S. holder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of sale or other disposition of our securities will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from such sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, provided the Non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of common stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrant in certain events. An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally should not be a taxable event. Nevertheless, a non-U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of common stock that would be obtained upon exercise or an adjustment to the exercise price of the warrant) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of shares of our common stock which is taxable to such holders as a distribution. A non-U.S. holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding as described above under “Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” under that section in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us on common stock equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends (including constructive dividends) paid to and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of this information also may be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

U.S. backup withholding tax (currently, at a rate of 24%) is imposed on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish the information required under the U.S. information reporting rules. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be exempt from backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

49 

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our securities by a non-U.S. holder effected at a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the beneficial owner, under penalties of perjury, certifies, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our securities by a non-U.S. holder effected at a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except in the case of proceeds from a disposition of our securities by a non-U.S. holder effected at a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

a U.S. person;
a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or
a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership, or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business.

Information reporting will apply unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no knowledge or reason to know to the contrary). Backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that the owner is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder generally can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. 

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”), a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% generally is imposed on any dividends paid on our common stock paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined under FATCA) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. tax authorities to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying its direct and indirect “substantial U.S. owners” (as defined under FATCA) or, alternatively, provides a certification that no such owners exist and, in either case, complies with certain other requirements. While withholding under FATCA may also apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our securities, under proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations withholding on payments of gross proceeds is not required. Although such regulations are not final, applicable withholding agents may rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules and properly certifies its exempt status to a withholding agent or is deemed to be in compliance with FATCA. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Prospective non-U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our securities.

UNDERWRITING

Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc. is the representative of each of the underwriters named below (the “Representative”). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. 

UnderwritersNumber of Shares
Kingswood Capital Markets, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.
Total

50 

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in certain marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discount, Commissions and Expenses

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

Per Share and WarrantNo ExerciseFull Exercise
Public offering price$$$
Underwriting discount
Nonaccountable expense allowance (1%)
Proceeds, before expenses, to Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Representative.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts, are approximately $424,131, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs, expenses incurred or paid by oneand various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our directors, officers, or controlling persons incommon stock. We have also agreed to pay the successful defenseexpenses of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by one of our directors, officers, or controlling personsthe underwriters in connection with the securities being registered, weoffering, including filing fees and investor presentation expenses, as well as underwriters’ counsel legal fees, up to an aggregate $150,000. 

We have also agreed to pay the Representative a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds received from the sale of shares of common stock and warrants in this offering. The non-accountable expense allowance will unlessbe paid through a deduction from the net proceeds of the offering.

In compliance with guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, the maximum consideration or discount to be received by any FINRA member will not exceed 8% of the aggregate proceeds of the offering.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 376,884 additional shares of common stock and 376,884 accompanying warrants thereof at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the opinionpreceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

Representative’s Warrants

Upon closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the Representative as compensation warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (the “Representative’s Warrants”). The Representative’s Warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 115% of the public offering price per share in this offering. The Representative’s Warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and one half year period commencing 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The Representative’s Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(e) of FINRA. The Representative (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(e)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. In addition, the warrants provide for registration rights upon request, in certain cases. The one-time demand registration right provided will not be greater than five years from the effective date of the registration statement in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C). The unlimited piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the registration statement in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D). We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Lock-Up Agreements

Other than with respect to certain issuances, without the prior consent of the underwriter we, our officer, directors and 5% holders, will not for a period of 180 days after the date of offering, other than with respect to the offering (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company other than with respect to a registration statement on Form S-8 or S-4; (iii) complete any offering of debt securities of the Company, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank; or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is to be settled by delivery of shares.

51 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our counselcommon stock. However, the matterRepresentative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the Representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE American, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither us nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither us nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the Representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided from time to time, and may provide in the future, investment and commercial banking and financial advisory services to us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

52 

Selling Restrictions

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (a) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized; (b) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so; or (c) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been settledtaken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the shares in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any shares or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of shares by controlling precedent, submitit will be made on the same terms.

Canada. The common stock may be sold only to a courtpurchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principals that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act (Ontario), and weare permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains any misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

United Kingdom. This prospectus supplement and any other material in relation to the shares of common stock described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom who are “qualified investors” or otherwise in circumstances which do not require publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to section 85(1) of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to, and will be governedengaged in only with, investment professionals falling within Article 19(5), or high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2), of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or other persons to whom such investment or investment activity may lawfully be made available (together, “relevant persons”). Persons who are not relevant persons should not take any action on the basis of this prospectus and should not act or rely on it.

Switzerland. The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the European Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer of our shares may not be made to the public in a Relevant Member State other than: 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor, as defined in the European Prospectus Directive;

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the European Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the European Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of our shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the European Prospectus Directive or supplement prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the European Prospectus Directive.

53 

For the purposes of this description, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the European Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “European Prospectus

Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments hereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final adjudicationplacement of such issue.the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.



33



LEGAL MATTERS



The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by NewRev General Counsel, LLC and the validity of the warrants and Representative’s Warrants will be passed upon by Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, as counsel for the Company. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP or certain members or employees of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP have been issued common stock of the Company. The Underwriter is represented by Hogan Lovells US LLP.


DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESS


EXPERTS

General Information


The audited financial statements of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. at December 31, 2020 and 2019 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Daszkal Bolton LLP independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The audited financial statements of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. as of December 31, 2019 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Pinnacle Accounting Group of Utah (a DBA of Heaton & Company, PLLC), independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Copa di Vino Corporation as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 included in this prospectus have been audited by Moss Adams LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report (which expresses an unmodified opinion and includes an emphasis-of-matter paragraph relating to going concern), which is included herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

54 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed with the registration statement. For further information about us and the securities offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referenced above. We make available free of charge, on or through the investor relations section of our website, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information found on our website is not part of this prospectus.

55 

SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Page
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMF-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019F-4
Statements of OperationsF-5
Statements of Deficiency in Stockholders’ EquityF-6
Statements of Cash FlowsF-7
Notes to Financial StatementsF-8 – F-24
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMF-25
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018F-26
Statements of OperationsF-27
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ DeficitF-28
Statements of Cash FlowsF-29
Notes to Financial StatementsF-30 – F-38
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Copa di Vino Corporation
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORSF-39 – F-40
Balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018F-41
Statements of operationsF-42
Statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit)F-43
Statements of cash flowsF-44
Notes to financial statementsF-45 – F-54
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020F-55
Condensed Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-56
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Deficiency in Shareholders’ EquityF-57
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-58
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsF-59 – F-74
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Copa di Vino Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019F-75
Condensed Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-76
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Deficiency in Shareholders’ EquityF-77
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-78
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsF-79
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsF-88
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsF-92

F-1 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.) (the “Company”) at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements operations, deficiency in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has sustained recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

F-2 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Intangible Assets Impairment Assessments

As described in Notes 2 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has goodwill of $5.7 million at December 31, 2020. In most cases, no directly observable market inputs are available to measure the fair value to determine if the asset is impaired. Therefore, an estimate is derived indirectly and is based on net present value techniques utilizing post-tax cash flows and discount rates. The estimates that management used in calculating the net present values depend on assumptions specific to the nature of the management service activities with regard to the amount and timing of projected future cash flows; long-term professional service forecasts; actions of competitors (competing services), future tax and discount rates.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the intangible assets impairment assessment is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management when developing the net present value of the intangible assets. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to the amount and timing of projected future cash flows and the discount rate. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate; evaluating the appropriateness of the net present value techniques; testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the model; and evaluating the significant assumptions used by management, including the amount and timing of projected future cash flows and the discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to the amount and timing of projected future cash flows and the discount rate involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering the current and past performance of the intangible assets, the consistency with external market and industry data, and whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.

/s/ Daszkal Bolton LLP

Daszkal Bolton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

March 5, 2021

F-3 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

  December 31,
2020
 December 31,
2019
Assets        
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $380,000  $42,639 
Accounts Receivable, net  484,858   11,430 
Prepaid Expenses  173,414   5,449 
Inventory, net  798,273   304,012 
Other receivables  90,919   7,132 
Assets from discontinued operations  316,572   —   
Total current assets  2,244,036   370,662 
         
Non-current assets:        
Deposit $77,686  $34,915 
Goodwill  5,672,823   —   
Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC  250,000   —   
Right of use asset, net  80,479   162,008 
Quart Vin License  219,512   —   
Property and equipment, net  681,352   37,729 
Total non-current assets  6,981,852   234,652 
         
Total assets $9,225,888  $605,314 
         
Liabilities and Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity        
         
Liabilities:        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $1,521,818  $703,905 
Right of use liability – current  57,478   81,502 
Due to related parties  368,904   429,432 
Bridge loan payable, net  —     2,200,000 
Related party notes payable  1,333,333   1,505,100 
Convertible Loan Payable  100,000   2,202,664 
Notes payable, current portion  999,736   875,000 
Royalty payable  —     39,000 
Revenue financing arrangements  —     45,467 
Shareholder advances  —     46,250 
Accrued interest payable  442,748   1,604,498 
Accrued interest payable - related parties  —     546,362 
Liabilities from discontinued operations  591,642     
Total current liabilities  5,415,659   10,279,180 
         
Long-term Liabilities:        
Related party notes payable – noncurrent  666,667   —   
Notes payable – noncurrent  1,240,044   —   
Liability to issue shares in APA  1,980,000   —   
Right of use liability – noncurrent  25,521   82,238 
Total long-term liabilities  3,912,232   82,238 
         
Total liabilities  9,327,891   10,361,398 
         
Common stock, (mezzanine shares) 12,605,283 shares, contingently convertible to notes payable at December 31, 2020  9,248,720   —   
         
Deficiency in stockholders’ equity:        
Common Stock, $0.001 par, 150,000,000 shares authorized, 63,471,129 and 44,021,382 shares issued 63,471,129 and 43,885,090 outstanding, at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively  63,471   44,021 
Additional paid in capital  52,175,541   22,095,403 
Treasury Stock, $0.001 par, 100,000 shares at cost  —     (50,000)
Accumulated deficit  (61,589,735)  (31,845,506)
Total deficiency in stockholders’ equity  (9,350,724)  (9,756,083)
         
Total liabilities, mezzanine shares and deficiency in stockholders’ equity $9,225,888  $605,314 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

  2020  2019 
Net revenues $2,975,939  $20,387 
Cost of goods sold  (2,251,816)  (245,500)
Gross margin  724,123   (225,113)
         
Operating expenses:        
Contracted services  5,606,335   2,109,146 
Salary and wages  7,925,609   1,078,730 
         
Other general and administrative  4,346,836   1,006,603 
Sales and marketing  146,579   67,467 
Total operating expenses  18,025,359   4,261,946 
         
Loss from operations  (17,301,236)  (4,487,059)
         
Other income/(expense):        
Other Income  17,786   - 
Interest income  8   132 
Interest expense  (1,980,871)  (665,195)
Gain from debt extinguishment  36,610   16,391 
Total other (expense)  (1,926,467)  (648,672)
         
Provision for income taxes  -   - 
         
Net loss from continuing operations  (19,227,703)  (5,135,731)
         
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax  (9,446,853)  - 
         
Net loss $(28,674,556) $(5,135,731)
         
Net loss per share (basic diluted)        
Continuing operations  (0.35)  (0.13)
Discontinued operations  (0.17)  - 
Net loss per share $(0.52) $(0.13)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  55,615,276   41,064,985 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Consolidated Statement of Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

                    Total 
  Common Stock  Treasury Stock  Additional
Paid-In
  Accumulated  Stockholders’ Equity 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  (Deficit) 
                      
Balances at December 31, 2018  40,165,002   40,165   272,585  $(100,000) $18,938,480  $(26,709,776) $(7,831,132)
                             
Issuance of Common stock for cash  2,146,601   2,146   0   -   1,572,854   -  $1,575,000 
Issuance of Common stock for services  1,709,785   1,709   0   -   1,252,914   -   1,254,623 
Issuance of series B convertible preferred stock  -   -   0   -   -   -   - 
Issuance of Common stock from treasury  -   -   (136,292)  50,000   49,900   -   99,900 
Warrants issued in connection with debt modification  -   -   0   -   15,667   -   15,667 
Share-based compensation  -   -   0   -   265,589   -   265,589 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (5,135,730)  (5,135,730)
                             
Balances at December 31, 2019  44,021,389   44,021   136,293  $(50,000) $22,095,403  $(31,845,506) $(9,756,083)
                             
Issuance of common stock for convertible debt  -   -   -   -   145,579   -   145,579 
Incremental beneficial conversion for preferred A  -   -   -   -   240,770   (240,770)  - 
Issuance of warrants on convertible instruments  -   -   -   -   11,999,415   (828,903)  11,170,512 
Issuance of options  180,936   181   -   -   (181)  -   - 
Issuance of common stock for services  2,669,598   2,670   (136,293)  50,000   5,292,350   -   5,345,020 
Issuance of common stock for cash  4,686,006   4,686   -   -   3,240,954   -   3,245,640 
Issuance of common stock for acquisition  11,913,200   11,913   -   -   9,161,251   -   9,173,164 
                             
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (28,674,556)  (28,674,556)
                             
Balances at December 31, 2020  63,471,129   63,471   -   -   52,175,541   (61,589,735)  (9,350,725)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Consolidated Statement Cash Flows

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

  2020  2019 
Net loss $(28,674,556) $(5,135,731)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  113,299   9,334 
Amortization of ROU Asset  81,529   53,194 
Gain from debt extinguishment  -   (16,391)
Non-cash interest expense  (1,790,438)  15,667 
Share-based compensation  2,329,280   1,620,092 
Liability to issue shares in APA  1,980,000   - 
Non-cash acquisition costs  3,578,212   - 
Other noncash changes  1,976,09   360,923 
Changes in working capital items:        
Accounts receivable, net  (385,297)  (11,428)
Inventory, net  (220,310)  (27,224)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (251,752)  (1,233)
Deposits  (31,535)  (20,513)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (64,364)  (127,167)
Royalty payable  (39,000)  17,938 
Accrued Interest payable  82,326   604,211 
Net cash used in operating activities – continuing operations  (21,316,556)  (2,658,328)
         
Net cash used in operating activities – discontinued operations  (9,794)  - 
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:        
Capital Expenditures  (91,066)  (12,552)
Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC  (250,000)  - 
Cash used for Copa acquisition  (500,000)  - 
Net cash acquired in Canfield merger  72,442   - 
Net cash used in investing activities – continuing operations  (768,624)  (12,552)
         
Net cash used in investing activities – discontinued operations  (11,628)  - 
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from issuance of Common stock  20,182,503   1,575,000 
Cash advance from shareholder  -   153,582 
Repayment of cash advance  (46,250)  - 
Proceeds from issuance of debt  2,439,472   130,000 
Principal repayment of debt  -   (31,641)
Reduction of ROU Liability  (80,741)  (51,462)
Net cash provided by financing activities – continuing operations  22,494,984   1,775,479 
         
Net cash provided by financing activities – discontinued operations  -   - 
         
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents  388,381   (895,401)
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year  42,639   938,040 
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of year $431,020  $42,639 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:        
Cash paid for Interest $-  $23,851 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities        
Notes payable and accrued interest converted to common stock (12,605,283 shares) $9,248,720  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Business Organization and Nature of Operations

Splash Beverage Group (“SBG”), f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “CMS”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992.  On1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012 it changed2012. CMS is in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

On December 31, 2019, CMS entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by CMS, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMS. The Merger was consummated on March 31, 2020.

As the owners and management of Splash have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger, the Merger transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition (that is with Splash as the acquiring entity), followed by a recapitalization.

As part of the recapitalization, previously issued shares of SBG preferred stock have been reflected as shares of common stock that were received in the Merger. These common shares have been retrospectively presented as outstanding for all periods. 

Splash specializes in the manufacturing, distribution, and sales & marketing of various beverages across multiple channels. Splash operates in both the non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage segments. Additionally, Splash operates its domicile toown vertically integrated B-to-B and B-to-C E-commerce distribution platform called Qplash, further expanding its distribution abilities and visibility.

On July 2, 2020, CMS received a Certificate of Good Standing from the State of Colorado. This certificate allowed us to change our name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Colorado by mergingcompany. On July 31, 2020, we received approval from FINRA to change the Company’s name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. Our new ticker symbol is SBEV.

On December 24, 2020, SBG consummated an Asset Purchase Agreement(the “APA”) with Copa di Vino Corporation (“CdV”), to purchase certain assets and assume certain liabilities that comprise the Copa di Vino business for a newly formed Colorado subsidiary.  


We commenced our operationstotal purchase price of $5,980,000, payable in September 1992.  Initially we operated asthe combination of $2,000,000 in cash (“Cash Consideration”), $2,000,000 convertible promissory note (the “Convertible Note”) to Seller and a compounding pharmacy providing Intradialytic Parenteral Nutrition (a meansvariable number of providing additional nutrition to patients on dialysis) to patients with End Stage Renal Disease who had experienced excessive weight loss due to intestinal malabsorption.  We also provided pharmacy services to patients requiring intravenous antibiotic therapy, home total parenteral nutrition and home enteral nutrition. (Enteral nutrition involves absorptionshares of the drug through the gastrointestinal tract and parenteral nutrition involves administering the drug/nutrition in some way other than the digestive tract.)  We also provided various nebulizer medications for patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. (A nebulizerCompany’s common stock based on a attainment of revenue hurdles. CdV is a device used to administer medication in the form of a mist inhaled into the lungs.) We ceased pharmacy operations in May 2002 in response to significant reductions in reimbursement by Medicare, Medicaid and Private Insurance Companies, and changed our focus to providing quality home medical equipment and supplies to patients in our geographical area.


Business


We are a provider of home medical equipment, supplies and services (which relate to the equipment sales) in Ohio’s Mahoning Valley, with an emphasis on providing for patients with mobility related limitations.  We also sell to patients in Western Pennsylvania and Northern West Virginia.  We typically provide equipment, supplies and services to people who have had strokes, hip or knee replacements, and other surgeries after they are discharged from a hospital or rehab center.  We provide almost any medical equipment and supplies these persons need in order that they can remain in their homes. We have been in business for the past 20 years and have developed relationships with manyone of the local physicians, discharge planners for hospitals and rehab facilities, nursing services and home health agencies.


We operate in only one segment, which is home medical equipment and supplies.  We also provideleading producers of premium wine by the services described below along with the equipment and supplies, but most of our revenue is derived from the sale of equipment and supplies.  A majority of the equipment and supplies we sell are prescribed by a physician as part of a care plan.  We provide substantial benefits to both patients and payors by allowing patients to receive necessary care and services in the comfort of their own home while reducing the cost of treatment.  Our services include:


1.

providing in-home delivery, set-up and maintenance of equipment;

2.

providing patients and caregivers with written instructions about home safety, self-care and the proper use of equipment;

3.

processing claims to third-party payors and billing/collecting patient co-pays and deductibles.




34





We supply a wide range of home medical equipment to help improve the quality of life for patients with special needs, particularly those who face unique mobility challenges as they try to remain independent in their home.  The use of home medical equipment provides a significant relative cost advantage to our patients and payors.  The basic categories of equipment we carry are:


1.

electric wheelchairs, scooters and lift chairs

2.

manual wheelchairs and ambulatory equipment, such as wheeled walkers, canes, and crutches;

3.

hospital beds;

4.

bathroom equipment, such as bedside commodes, shower chairs, grab bars and toilet risers;

5.

support surfaces, such as pressure pads and mattresses, for patients as risk for developing pressure sores or decubitus ulcers;

6.

threshold ramps, folding ramps and lift systems for cars or vans that make it easy to exit the home or transport electric wheelchairs or scooters.


Industry Overview


The home healthcare market comprises a broad range of products and services – including respiratory therapy, infusion therapy (which deals with all aspects of fluid and medication infusion, usually via the intravenous route), home medical equipment, home healthcare nursing, orthotics and prosthetics and general medical supplies.  


We expect to benefit from the following trends within the home healthcare market:


Favorable industry dynamics.  Favorable demographic trends and the continued shift to in-home healthcare have resulted in patient volume growthglass in the United States with its primary offices and are expectedfacilities in The Dalles, Oregon.

F-8 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to continuethe Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Splash Beverage Group and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Holdings and Splash Mex, in addition to drive growth.  As the baby boomer population ages and life expectancy increases, the elderly – who comprise the majority of our patients – will represent a higher percentageaccounts of the overall population.  According to a 2010 U.S. Census Bureau projection, the U.S. population aged 65CMS from March 31, 2020, and over is expected to grow substantiallyCopa from 13 % of the population in 2010 to 19 % of the population by 2030.


Compelling in-home economics.  Between 2010 andDecember 1, 2020 the nation’s healthcare spending is projectedmerger/acquisition effective date. All intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to increase to $4.6 trillion, growing at an average annual rate of 5.8 % according to CMS.  The rising cost of healthcare has caused many payors to look for ways to contain costs and home healthcare is increasingly sought out as an attractive, cost-effective, clinically appropriate alternative to expensive facility-based care.


Increased prevalence of in-home care.  Improved technology has resulted in a wider variety of treatments being administered in patients’ homes.  Based on its experience, management believes that these improvements have allowed for earlier patient discharge and have lengthened the portion of the recuperation period spent outside of an institutional setting.  In addition, medical advancements have also made medical equipment more simple, adaptable and cost-effective for useaccounting principles generally accepted in the home.United States of America (GAAP).




35





Preference for in-home care.  Based on its experience,The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by us. In the opinion of management, believes that many patients prefer the convenience and typical cost-advantages of home healthcare over institutional care as it provides patients with greater independence, increased responsibility and improved responsiveness to treatment.  


Our Competitive Strength


Our principal competitive strength is that we are an established local company in the Mahoning Valley with a reputation for good service and good quality.  If a patient has any problems with a piece of equipment they purchase from us, they can call us and we will take care of the problem.  We contract with Medicare, Medicaid and most major health insurance companies and a number of other payors.  We are especially known as a business that can provide almost anything a patient with reduced mobility needs including home modificationsall adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to remain independent inpresent fairly the home.


We also qualify as a “small supplier” under the Medicare competitive bidding program since our annual revenues are less than $3.5 million.  The Medicare regulations have established a 30 percent target for small supplier participation, which improves our chances of winning small bids from Medicare.


We have filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a letter from Medicare dated November 22, 1993, which confirms that we are a supplier to Medicare and which sets forth our supplier number.  As a supplier in the Medicare program, we are required to meet and adhere to certain standards set by Medicare.


We have filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a letter from the Ohio Department of Jobs and Family Services dated August 2, 2010, which confirms that we are a participant in the Ohio Medicaid program.  This letter also notified us that our previous open ended provider agreement was converted to a time-limited agreement.  Under Ohio law, agreements for Medicaid providers are only valid for seven years, and therefore, our agreement expires on July 31, 2017, at which time we must apply for a new agreement.


Our Business Strategy


We are attempting to grow our revenue and increase our market share in our primary market which is the Mahoning Valley with an estimated population in excess of 900,000 persons.  In addition to continuing our marketing activities in the Mahoning Valley, we intend to build a website designed for patients located both inside and outside of our primary market area who might be interested in looking for better prices on certain equipment or supplies.  These persons would not be buying products because of physician referrals or under their health insurance policies.  Instead, they would merely be buying products online and paying with a credit card.  We have also recently completed the second round of competitive bidding for Medicare in additional Ohio markets.  These include Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo.  If we are successful winning bids with Medicare in any of these markets, we will start doing some marketing in the area.  We would market our products in these areas to physicians, hospital discharge planners and others.   A winning bid in any of these competitive bid areas could bring significant additional revenue with Akron being the most significant due to its close proximity to our office in Canfield, Ohio and the greater number of product categories bid.




36





We are also attempting to increase our private pay business because of the continuing reduction in Medicare reimbursement rates.  We offer the same home medical equipment and supplies to private pay customers that we offer to Medicare and Medicaid customers.  Our private pay customers include persons who have private (non-government) health insurance and persons who have no insurance or are buying something that is not covered by their insurance policy.  In this regard, we are contacting home care coordinators from private insurance companies and Bureau of Worker’s Compensation in order to gain additional referrals.  A successful startup of our webstore will generate retail sales to patients that we are currently unable to achieve due to our lack of an online presence.


The products and supplies we sell to our customers are all manufactured by others.  We do not have exclusive relationships with any of these suppliers/manufacturers.  When the products we sell come with warranties, we are usually the person who the customer contacts when they have any kind of issue covered by a warranty.  We then go to the manufacturer and order the part needed or otherwise take care of the problem.  We do not warranty any products ourselves.  


We are also attempting to increase our exposure to assisted living facilities, nursing homes and acute rehabilitation facilities in order to gain additional referrals.  We have experienced some success due to recent marketing efforts in these areas.  We will continue to provide in-service education programs to the staff of these facilities in order to make them aware of the services we are able to provide for their patients.  We would not need any additional level of accreditation to make sales to patients in these facilities.


We are always evaluating our ability to provide equipment and services to our patients and trying to improve wherever we can.  We are not operating close to our capacity and we have room for substantial growth without needing to add any significant overhead.


Organization and Operations


Organization.  Our only facility is our office/showroom located at 4120 Boardman-Canfield Road in Canfield, Ohio, about eight miles southwest of Youngstown, Ohio.  From this location we deliver our home healthcare products and services to patients in their homes and to other care sites using out delivery vehicle and our employees.


Payors.  We derive substantially all of our revenues from third-party payors, including private insurers, Medicare, Medicaid and managed care organizations.  For the year ended December 31, 2011 approximately 61% our net revenues were derived from Medicare and Medicaid.  Generally, each third-party payor has specific requirements which must be met before claim submission will result in payment.  We have procedures in place to manage the claims submission process, including verification procedures to facilitate complete and accurate documentation.  Notwithstanding these measures, violation of these requirements may still occur and could result in the termination of a contract with a payor, the repayment of amounts previously received or other potentially significant liability.  When the third party payor is a governmental entity, violations of these requirements could subject us to civil, administrative and criminal enforcement actions.  




37





Medicare Claims .  While most of our smaller Medicare claims are paid within 30 to 60 days of submission, our higher dollar claims such as powerchairs and pressure reduction surfaces, which represented approximately 30% of the dollar value of our claims as of September 30, 2012, require increased scrutiny by Medicare.  Such high dollar claims frequently are singled out for pre-payment audits, which require all hard copy documentation of the patient’s condition by the physician be sent in to Medicare prior to receiving payment.  These claims take a minimum of 60 days to process and denials must be appealed.  All subsequent claims to Medicare for rental payments for the denied equipment continue to be denied until the appeal process is finished.  As of September 30, 2012 there were 3 patients with a total of 8 claims on appeal with Medicare for a total of $6,003.  Of this total, one patient appeal totaling $652 was decided in our favor and a second patient’s secondary insurance has agreed to pay for his powerchair ($1118), leaving only one patient still on appeal at Medicare for $3654.  The remainder of the claims not paid within 60 days, usually have some type of billing error or Medicare is questioning their standing as primary payor.  Billing errors consist of improper spelling of a patient’s name, wrong date of birth, wrong insurance ID and other code discrepancies.  All of these claims require additional time to be completed and sometimes require phone calls to patients and doctors to reconcile.  Management is constantly reviewing unpaid claims to determine their status and claims are not written off until all attempts to collect payment from Medicare have been exhausted.


Medicaid Claims .  Based on our results for the last three years, approximately 70% of our Medicaid claims are paid within 30 days.  Any claims not paid within 30 days usually have a billing error that has not been resolved by management and end up getting resolved and paid within an additional 30 to 60 days.  All of the claims outstanding on September 30, 2012 had been corrected and paid by December 31, 2012.  


Self-pay Claims .  Approximately 18% of our business during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was comprised of self-pay business.  This business represents persons who come into our store and purchase items not covered by insurance and patients who already may be purchasing something from us that is covered by insurance and they desire to purchase something additional that is not covered by insurance.  Some of these customers pay for their product at the time of purchase and we send or deliver invoices to the others.  These invoices request payment on receipt of the invoice.  We consider these receivables delinquent once they are 180 days late.  We rely on our past collection experience with other patients for similar or different products to determine if any of such receivables are still collectible.  The amount of self-pay receivables over 90 days increased from $330 on December 31, 2011 to $1,041 on September 30, 2012.  As of December 31, 2012 this balance was down to $501.93 and consists of six patients with two of the patients making up over 50% of the amount. These two patients have unique financial situations (one is unemployed and one is bed ridden on fixed income).  Both patients have maintained their desire to pay off their balance due and one patient made an $80 payment since the end of the year. We do not view the increase in this receivable from $330 on December 31, 2011 to $1,041 on September 31, 2012 as a trend since this only represents a $711 increase.  In fact it is really a result of a couple of unique patient situations as described above.


With respect to our claims submitted to third party payors, our billing system generates contractual adjustments based on fee schedules for the patient’s insurance plan for each claim.




38





Receivables Management.  We operate in an environment with complex requirements governing billing and reimbursement for our products and services.  We are expanding our use of technology in areas such as electronic claims submission and electronic funds transfer whenever we can to more efficiently process business transactions.  This use of technology can expedite claims processing and reduce the administrative cost associated with this activity for both us and our customers/payors.  Our policy is to collect co-payments from the patient or applicable secondary payor.  In the absence of a secondary payor, we generally require the co-payment at the time the patient is initially established with the product/service.  Subsequent months’ co-payments are billed to the patient.


With respect to rentals of power chairs, once initial delivery of rental equipment is made to the patient, a monthly billing cycle is established based on the initial date of delivery.  The Company recognizes rental revenue ratably over the 13 month service period.  Routine maintenance and servicing of the equipment is the responsibility of the Company.


Marketing


We market our products and services primarily to physicians, discharge planners for hospitals and rehab facilities, nursing services, services that provide home care companions and aides, home health agencies and case managers.  Our marketing is primarily done by our President who has developed relationships with many of the persons we market to in the course of his dealings with prior patients who purchased our products or services over the past 20 years that we have been in business.  Most of our marketing consists of face-to-face meetings and in-service education with the staff at facilities we provide service to.  We also provide educational pamphlets and product specific brochures to go along with marketing materials such as pens, scratch pads, calendars and prescription pads.


One of the marketing steps we havetaken is to get accredited by The Joint Commission which is a nationally recognized organization that develops standards for various healthcare industry segments and monitors compliance with those standards through voluntary surveys of participating providers.  We have been accredited by The Joint Commission since 2008.  As the home healthcare industry has grown and accreditation has become a mandatory requirement for Medicare DMEPOSproviders, the need for objective quality measurements has increased.  Accreditation is also widely considered a prerequisite for entering into contracts with managed care organizations and is required for Medicare competitive bidding.  Because accreditation is expensive and time consuming, not all providers choose to undergo the process.


Sales


Our President has primary responsibility for generating new referrals and for maintaining existing relationships for our products and services.  Our customers are typically the patients who purchase and utilize our products and services, but these patients are usually referred to us by physicians and their staffs, the discharge planners in hospitals and rehab facilities, nursing services and services that provide home care companions and aides.  We have several rehabilitation facilities that refer a significant amount of patients to us that account for in excess of 25% of our gross revenues.  These facilities include Advanced Specialty Hospitals of Greenbriar Rehabilitation, Sunrise Senior Living and Whispering Pines Village Assisted & Independent Living, however, these facilities also refer business to other providers as well.




39





Website


We currently have a website which shows pictures of most of the products we sell together with links to the manufacturers/suppliers of the products.  This allows viewers to obtain more information on the products.  The website is not designed to be used for online sales, and instead it is more used to show new or existing patients what products we can obtain and sell to them.  There is also no product pricing on the website.


We intend to use some of the proceeds of this offering to enhance this website so that online sales can be made on the website.  We will contract with a leading web store builder program that offers a wealth of features to expand our business and provide support as our business grows.  This program will make it easy to launch and maintain our web store.  We hope to build a state-of-the-art ecommerce site that reflects our brands and puts our Company on a fast track to leveraging the sales opportunities on the Internet.  This whole process could be accomplished in only a manner of weeks once funding is available and will not require any computers to be purchased, no software license and no additional staff to hire.


Competition


The segment of the healthcare market in which we compete is highly competitive.  In our line of products and services there are a limited number of national providers and numerous regional and local providers.  The competitive factors most important in our local market are:


1.

reputation with referral sources, including local physicians and hospital-based professionals;

2.

price of products and services;

3.

accessibility and overall ease of doing business;

4.

quality of patient care and associated services;

5.

range of home healthcare products and services;

6.

ability to provide local maintenance service on products sold.


The primary national provider we compete with is Apria Healthcare Group, Inc., and the primary regional providers we compete with in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania are Boardman Medical Supply, Inc., Community Home Medical, Inc., and Seeley Medical, Inc.  Depending on their business strategies and financial position, a very large percentageresults of our competitors have access to significantly greater financialoperations and marketing resources than we do.  This may increase pricing pressure and limit our ability to maintain or increase our market share.




40





Government Regulation


We are subject to extensive government regulation, including numerous laws directed at regulating reimbursement of our products and services under various government programs and preventing fraud and abuse, as more fully described below. We maintain certain safeguards intended to reduce the likelihood that we will engage in conduct or enter into arrangements in violation of these restrictions.  All contracts with Insurance Companies are fairly standard and do not require legal opinions and all our policies and procedures have been reviewed by The Joint Commission and meet Industry standards and requirements.  Federal and state laws require that we obtain facility and other regulatory licenses and that we enroll as a supplier with federal and state health programs.  Notwithstanding these measures, due to changes in and new interpretations of such laws and regulations, and changes in our business, among other factors, violations of these laws and regulations may still occur, which could subject us to civil and criminal enforcement actions; licensure revocation, suspension or non-renewal; severe fines and penalties; and even the termination of our ability to provide services, including those provided under certain government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.  


Medicare and Medicaid Revenues.  In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 61% and 63% of our net revenues were reimbursed by the Medicare and state Medicaid programs, respectively.  No other third-party payor represented more than 10% of our total net revenuescash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The majority of our revenues are derived from sales of equipment2020 and supplies we sell to patients for patient care under fee-for-service arrangements.   Fee-for-service is a payment model where services are unbundled and paid for separately and occurs when doctors and other health care providers receive a fee for each service such as an office visit, test or procedure.  Since most of the manufacturers of the products we sell do not provide direct patient care, our services primarily involve providing in-home-delivery, set-up and maintenance of home medical equipment.  We do not have ongoing arrangements with patients or medical providers other than rental agreements that we have for wheel chairs and hospital beds.


Medicare Reimbursement. There are a number of legislative and regulatory initiatives in Congress and at CMS that affect or may affect Medicare reimbursement policies for products and services we provide. Specifically, a number of important legislative changes that affect our business were included in the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”); the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA”); MIPPA, which became law in 2008 and the comprehensive healthcare reform law signed in March 2010 (“the Reform Package”).  These Acts and their implementing regulations and guidelines contain numerous provisions that are significant to us and continue to have an impact on our operations today.




41





Budget Control Act of 2011. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law. The Budget Control Act of 2011 authorized increases in the United States debt limit of at least $2.1 trillion, established caps on funding appropriations estimated to reduce federal spending by $917 billion over the next ten years, and created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction (“Joint Committee”), a bipartisan committee consisting of twelve Members of Congress instructed to develop legislation to reduce the federal deficit by at least another $1.5 trillion over the ten-year period of fiscal years 2012 – 2021. The Joint Committee was not limited in what it could propose to reduce the federal deficit. If the proposal had been issued by November 23, 2011, it would2019 have been subject to special, expedited procedures in Congress. Because Congress and the President failed to enact legislation reducing the deficit by at least $1.2 trillion over the ten-year period of fiscal years 2012 – 2021 by the January 15, 2012 deadline, automatic spending reductions in fiscal years 2013 – 2021 through sequestration, the required cancellation of budgetary resources, have been triggered. Under sequestration, certain federal programs are protected, including Medicaid. However, payments to Medicare providers and suppliers would be reduced by an amount not to exceed 2% beginning in 2013. Such a reduction would be applicable to both competitively bid and non-competitively bid markets and products.  On November 29, 2011, a bill titled To Amend to Exempt the Medicare Program from Fallback Sequestration Under the Budget Control Act of 2011 (H.R. 3519) was introduced in the House of Representatives. The bill would exempt payments to Medicare providers and suppliers from the automatic spending reductions beginning in 2013. The bill is currently pending in the House Committee on the Budget. At this time, we cannot predict whether Congress will pass this bill or other legislation averting or limiting the automatic spending reductions in fiscal years 2013 – 2021 or, if Congress does pass such legislation, whether the President will sign the legislation into law.   Any reduction in provider and supplier reimbursement rates under federal healthcare programs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


DMEPOS Competitive Bidding. The MMA required implementation of a competitive bidding program for certain DMEPOS items. By statute, CMS was required to implement the DMEPOS competitive bidding program over time, with Round 1 of competition occurring in portions of 10 of the largest Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSAs”) in 2007, launch of the program in 2008 and in 70 additional markets in 2009, and in additional markets after 2009.


Under the competitive bidding program, suppliers compete for the right to provide items to beneficiaries in a defined region. CMS selects contract suppliers that agree to receive as payment the “single payment amount” calculated by CMS after bids are submitted.  Bids are evaluated based on the supplier meeting eligibility and financial requirements, and contracts are awarded to Medicare suppliers that offer the best price and meet these standards.  CMS determines a supplier’s financial viability based on certain financial ratios and the supplier’s credit report and score.  Based on the information requested in the bid forms, we believe that the CMS may also consider other factors such as the volume which the bidder is offering to provide as compared to the volume it previously provided, whether the bidder has the staff and facilities to handle the volume it is bidding for, and other miscellaneous items.  




42





Every bidder sets forth its estimated capacity of each item it is bidding for and it sets forth a bid price.  It is our understanding that the CMS will set a bid price as low as possible which will still result in a sufficient number of bidders, based on their estimated capacity, to supply the number of units the CMS estimates need to be provided for the particular market in the next year.  We also believe that the CMS will attempt to award up to 30% of the bids to small businesses.  There are no material costs associated with submitting bids and obtaining contracts.  


In 2007 and 2008, CMS sought and reviewed bids and developed a plan to implement Round 1 on July 1, 2008.


The bidding process for Round 1 was controversial and complex, which resulted in deadline extensions. Moreover, CMS was subject to numerous lawsuits seeking a delay of Round 1. Then on July 15, 2008, MIPPA was enacted which, among other provisions, delayed the DMEPOS competitive bidding program by requiring that Round 1 competition commence in 2009, and required a number of program reforms prior to CMS re-launching the program. Changes mandated by MIPPA include requirements for the government to administer the program more transparently, exemption of certain DMEPOS products from the program and a new implementation schedule.


In November 2010, CMS published a final rule containing several provisions related to the competitive bidding program. The rule included a list of 21 additional MSAs to be included in Round 2.


Under MIPPA, the initial competitive bidding areas (“CBAs”) and product categories subject to rebidding in the Round 1 Rebid are very similar to those of Round 1. However, MIPPA excludes Negative Pressure Wound Therapy Pumps and Related Supplies and Accessories as a competitive bidding product category in Round 1 and permanently excludes Group 3 Complex Rehabilitative Power Wheelchairs and Related Accessories as a competitive bidding product category.


Notwithstanding the changes MIPPA requires, competitive bidding imposes a significant risk to DMEPOS suppliers under the rules governing the program. If a DMEPOS supplier such as us operating in a CBAis not awarded a contract for that CBA, the supplier generally will not be able to bill and be reimbursed by Medicare for DMEPOS items supplied in that CBA for the time period covered by the competitive bidding program unless the supplier meets certain exceptions or acquires a winning bidder. Because the applicable statutes mandate financial savings from the competitive bidding program, a winning contract supplier will receive lower Medicare payment rates under competitive bidding than the otherwise applicable DMEPOS fee schedule rates. As competitive bidding is phased in across the country under the revised MIPPA and Reform Package implementation schedule, we believe that we will experience a reduction in reimbursement.  In addition, there is an increasing risk that the competitive bidding prices will become a benchmark for reimbursement from other payors, as evidenced by the Administration’s fiscal budget proposal which would cap state Medicaid reimbursement levels at competitive bid rates using an as-yet-undetermined methodology. Neither MIPPA nor the Reform Package prevents CMS from adjusting prices for DMEPOS items in non-bid areas; however, before using its authority to adjust prices in non-bid areas, MIPPA requires that CMS issue a regulation that specifies the methodology to be used and consider how prices through competitive bidding compare to costs for those items and services in the non-bid areas.




43





The Reform Package also includes changes to the Medicare DMEPOS competitive bidding program. Significantly, Round 2 of the competitive bidding program has been expanded from 70 to 91 of the largest MSAs. In August 2011, CMS announced the product categories that will be included in Round 2. Round 2 will include the majority of the same product categories, but CMS will expand the program by, among other things, (i) combining standard power wheelchairs and manual wheelchairs into a single new product category, and (ii) expanding the Support Surfaces (Group 2 mattresses and overlays) category across all Round 2 markets. Assuming few changes to the Round 2 bidding rules and the markets currently being implemented and/or planned by CMS, we estimate that approximately $50,000 of our net revenues for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 would be subject to competitive bidding.


In November 2011, CMS announced the bidding timeline for Round 2. Bidder registration subsequently began in early December 2011. The bid submission process began on January 30 and ended on March 30, 2012, at which time CMS commenced the bid evaluation process.  CMS originally expected to announce Single Payment Amounts (“SPAs”) and begin the contracting process in the fall of 2012, but the date for the announcement of the SPAs is now expected to be late in 2012 or early 2013.  CMS anticipates making announcements about the contract suppliers in the spring of 2013.  The new Round 2 rates and guidelines are currently scheduled to take effect in July of 2013.  We cannot estimate the impact of potential Round 2 rate reductions on our revenues until more specific information is published by CMS and its contractors, but it could be material.


The Reform Package also gives the Secretary of Health and Human Services additional authority to apply competitive bid pricing to non-bid areas via a rulemaking process and that could occur by 2016. In addition, efforts to repeal the competitive bidding program altogether or mandate significant program changes continue. In March 2011, the Fairness in Medicare Bidding Act of 2011 (“FIMBA”) was introduced into the U.S. House of Representatives and referred to the House Subcommittee on Health. FIMBA would repeal the program without specifying a reduction in the industry’s current reimbursement levels. Other efforts are underway by independent economists who seek to alter certain critical aspects of the program. Specifically, those efforts are designed to change the way in which CMS conducts the auction process itself, establishes the single payment rates, determines supplier capacity needed and related aspects which, if adopted by CMS in their entirety or in part, would change how Round 2 would be administered. We cannot predict whether these or other efforts to repeal or amend the program will be successful, or their potential impact on us.


We believe that our relationships with persons who refer business to us will allow us to maintain market share under Medicare competitive bidding. However, the bidding rules are complex and it is possible for bidders to be disqualified for technical reasons other than pricing. There is no guarantee that we will be selected as a winning contract supplier in any future phases of the program and be awarded competitive bidding contracts by CMS or that we will maintain or increase market share. Under the current competitive bidding regulations, if we are not selected as a winning contract supplier for a particular CBA, we will generally not be allowed to supply Medicare beneficiaries in the CBA with products subject to competitive bidding for the contract term of program, unless we elect to continue to service existing patients under the “grandfathering provision” of the program’s final rule for certain products.  Because of our combination of both managed care and traditional business, we believe we can nevertheless maintain a favorable overall market position in a particular CBA even if we are not selected as a contract supplier.



44






Medicare Fee Schedule for DMEPOS and Consumer Price Index-Urban (“CPI-U”) Adjustments. In addition to the adoption of the DMEPOS competitive bidding program, the MMA implemented a five-year freeze on annual Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) payment increases for most durable medical equipment from 2004 to 2008. In MIPPA, in order to offset the cost of delaying the implementation of the DMEPOS competitive bidding program, Congress approved a nationwide average payment reduction of 9.5% in the DMEPOS fee schedule payments for those product categories included in Round 1, effective January 1, 2009. Product categories subject to competitive bidding but furnished in non-competitive bid areas were eligible to receive mandatory annual CPI-U updates beginning in 2010. Competitively bid items and services in metropolitan areas with contracts in place are not eligible to receive a CPI-U payment update during a contract period, which is currently a three-year period.


The DMEPOS items and services that were not in a product category subject to competitive bidding in Round 1 received a 5.0% CPI-U payment update in 2009. For 2010, the CPI-U was -1.4%. However, annual DMEPOS payment updates were not permitted to be negative according to statute. Therefore, the CPI update in 2010 was 0%. The Reform Package makes changes to Medicare DMEPOS fee schedule payments for 2011 and subsequent years. The CPI-U payment update will now be adjusted annually by a new “multi-factor productivity adjustment” measurement which may result in negative DMEPOS payment updates. While CPI-U for 2011 was +1.1%, the “multi-factor productivity adjustment” was -1.2%, so the net result was a 0.1% decrease in DMEPOS fee schedule payments in 2011 for items and services not included in an area subject to competitive bidding. The CPI-U for 2012 is +3.6%, but the “multi-factor productivity adjustment” remains -1.2%, so the net result is a 2.4% increase in DMEPOS fee schedule payments in 2012 for items and services not included in an area subject to competitive bidding.


Enrollment and Accreditation of Durable Medical Equipment Suppliers; Surety Bond Requirements.  While we support the elimination of fraudulent suppliers, some of the CMS initiatives and developments with respect to the enrollment and accreditation of providers could impact our operations in the future. For example, all durable medical equipment providers who bill the Medicare program for DMEPOS services and products are required by MIPPA to be accredited. Although we currently are accredited, if we lose accreditation, that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow and capital resources.


CMS also requires that all durable medical equipment providers who bill the Medicare program maintain a surety bond of $50,000 per National Provider Identifier (“NPI”) number which Medicare has approved for billing privileges. We obtained the required surety bond for our location before the October 2009 deadline, and it is automatically renewed annually on August 1.




45





In October 2008, CMS announced enhancements to its program integrity initiatives designed to identify and prevent waste, fraud and abuse. The initiatives include: (i) conducting more stringent reviews of DMEPOS suppliers’ applications, including background checks of new DMEPOS suppliers’ principals and owners to ensure they have not been suspended by Medicare; (ii) making unannounced site visits to suppliers and home health agencies to ensure they are active, legitimate businesses; (iii) implementing extensive pre- and post-payment claims review; (iv) verifying the relationship between physicians who order a large volume of DMEPOS equipment and the beneficiaries for whom they ordered these services; and (v) identifying and visiting beneficiaries to ensure appropriate receipt of Medicare-reimbursable items and services. We work cooperatively with CMS and its contractors in response to these initiatives but cannot predict whether CMS’s various program integrity efforts will or will not negatively impact our operations.


In February 2011, CMS released a final rule implementing certain provisions of the Reform Package intended to prevent fraud, waste and abuse. This final rule includes new requirements regarding enrollment screening, enrollment application fees, payment suspension, temporary moratoria on enrollment and supplier termination. Significantly, as part of the final rule, CMS classified providers and suppliers as limited, moderate and high risk according to their risk of fraud, waste and abuse. Currently enrolled DMEPOS suppliers are classified in the moderate risk category while newly enrolled DMEPOS suppliers are classified in the high risk category. As such, DMEPOS suppliers will be under greater scrutiny relative to many other healthcare providers and suppliers.


In August 2010, CMS released a final rule imposing more stringent standards for DMEPOS suppliers, which introduced several new enrollment standards and expanded some existing standards and participation requirements, all of which DMEPOS suppliers must meet to establish and maintain billing privileges in the Medicare program. These standards became effective in September 2010.


Following the implementation of a three-year demonstration program using Recovery Audit Contractors (“RACs”) to detect and correct improper payments in the Medicare fee-for-service program, the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 required HHS to establish the RAC initiative as a permanent, nationwide program by January 1, 2010. CMS selected the four RAC contractors for the permanent RAC program, and it is currently underway. Prior to initiating any audits, RACs are required to obtain CMS’s pre-approval of the issue that will be subject to audit, and then post the approved audit issue on their websites. All RACs have now posted CMS-approved audit issues on their websites. The currently posted approved audit issues include those which apply to durable medical equipment suppliers. States have also implemented similar state Medicaid audit programs, often know as Medicaid Integrity Contractors (“MICs”). The Reform Package expands the RAC program to include Medicare Parts C and D in the program. In addition, the Reform Package requires states to establish contracts with RACs to identify underpayments and overpayments and to recoup overpayments made for services provided under state Medicaid programs. Absent an exception, states were required to implement their RAC programs by January 1, 2012. In addition, in March of 2010, President Obama issued a presidential memorandum announcing a government-wide program expanding the use of “payment recapture audits” in order to reclaim improper payments. We cannot at this time quantify any negative impact that the expansion of the RAC program or other similar programs may have on us.




46





Also in October 2008, CMS announced the establishment of Zone Program Integrity Contractors (“ZPICs”), who are responsible for ensuring the integrity of all Medicare-related claims. The ZPICs assumed the responsibilities previously held by Medicare’s Program Safeguard Contractors (“PSCs”). Industry-wide, ZPIC audit activity increased significantly throughout 2010 and accelerated in 2011; it is expected to continue to increase for the foreseeable future as additional ZPICs become operational across the country. The industry trade associations are advocating for more standardized audit procedures, contractor transparency and consistency surrounding all government audit activity directed toward the DMEPOS industry.


Other Issues.


Medical Necessity & Other Documentation Requirements.  In order to ensure that Medicare beneficiaries only receive medically necessary and appropriate items and services, the Medicare program has adopted a number of documentation requirements. For example, the DME MAC Supplier Manuals provide that clinical information from the “patient’s medical record” is required to justify the initial and ongoing medical necessity for the provision of DME. Some DME MACs, CMS staff and government subcontractors have taken the position, among other things, that the “patient’s medical record” refers not to documentation maintained by the DME supplier but instead to documentation maintained by the patient’s physician, healthcare facility or other clinician, and that clinical information created by the DME supplier’s personnel and confirmed by the patient’s physician is not sufficient to establish medical necessity. It may be difficult, and sometimes impossible, for us to obtain documentation from other healthcare providers. Moreover, auditors’ interpretations of these policies are inconsistent and subject to individual interpretation. This is then translated to individual supplier significant error rates and aggregated into a DMEPOS industry error rate, which is significantly higher than other Medicare provider/supplier types. High error rates lead to further audit activity and regulatory burdens. In fact, DME MACs have continued to conduct extensive pre-payment reviews across the DME industry and have determined a wide range of error rates. For example, error rates for CPAP claims have ranged from 50% to 80%. DME MACs have repeatedly cited medical necessity documentation insufficiencies as the primary reason for claim denials. If these or other burdensome positions are generally adopted by auditors, DME MACs, other contractors or CMS in administering the Medicare program, we would have the right to challenge these positions as being contrary to law. If these interpretations of the documentation requirements are ultimately upheld, however, it could result in our making significant refunds and other payments to Medicare and our future revenues from Medicare may be significantly reduced. We have adjusted certain operational policies to address the current expectations of Medicare and its contractors. We cannot predict the adverse impact, if any, these interpretations of the Medicare documentation requirements or our revised policies might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material.




47





Inherent Reasonableness. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 granted authority to HHS to increase or reduce Medicare Part B reimbursement for home medical equipment by up to 15% each year under an inherent reasonableness authority. Pursuant to that authority, CMS published a final rule that established a process by which such adjustments may be made. The rule applies to all Medicare Part B services except those paid under a physician fee schedule, a prospective payment system, or a competitive bidding program. Neither HHS nor CMS has issued any subsequent communication or information for several years and therefore, we cannot predict whether or when HHS would exercise its authority in this area or predict any negative impact of any such change.

 

The impact of changes in Medicare reimbursement that have been enacted to date are reflected in our results of operations for the applicable periods through December 31, 2011. We cannot estimate the combined possible impact of all legislative, regulatory and contemplated reimbursement changes that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow, and capital resources. Moreover, our estimates of the impact of certain of these changes appearing in this “Government Regulation” section are based on a number of assumptions and are subject to uncertainties and there can be no assurance that the actual impact was not or will not be different from our estimates. However, given the recent significant increases in industry audit volume and the increasing regulatory burdens associated with responding to those audits, it is likely that the negative pressures from legislative and regulatory changes will continue and accelerate.


Medicaid Reimbursement.  State Medicaid programs implement reimbursement policies for the items and services we provide that may or may not be similar to those of the Medicare program. Budget pressures on these state programs often result in pricing and coverage changes and extended payment practices that may have a detrimental impact on our operations and/or financial performance. States sometimes have interposed intermediaries to administer their Medicaid programs, or have adopted alternative pricing methodologies for certain drugs, biologicals, and home medical equipment under their Medicaid programs that reduce the level of reimbursement received by us without a corresponding offset or increase to compensate for the service costs incurred.  We periodically evaluate the possibility of stopping or reducing our Medicaid business in any state with reimbursement or administrative policies that make it difficult for us to safely care for patients or conduct operations profitably. Moreover, the Reform Package increases Medicaid enrollment over a number of years and imposes additional requirements on states which, combined with the current economic environment and state deficits, could further strain state budgets and therefore result in additional policy changes or rate reductions. The President’s most recent budget proposal, would limit the amount state Medicaid programs pay for DMEPOS to be no higher than Medicare payment levels, including those impacted by Medicare competitive bidding. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact, if any, that any such change to or reduction in our Medicaid business might have on our operations, cash flow and capital resources, but such impact could be material. In addition, we cannot predict whether states will consider similar or other reimbursement reductions, whether or how healthcare reform provisions pertaining to Medicaid will ultimately be implemented or whether any such changes would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow and capital resources.




48





HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) is comprised of a number of components pertaining to the privacy and security of certain protected health information (“PHI”), as well as the standard formatting of certain electronic health transactions. Many states have similar, but not identical, restrictions. Existing and any new laws or regulations have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related data and communicate with payors. Among other provisions, the HITECH Act of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) includes additional requirements related to the privacy and security of PHI, clarifies and increases penalties of HIPAA and provides State Attorneys General with HIPAA enforcement authority. We have adopted a number of policies and procedures to conform to HIPAA requirements,as modified by the HITECH Act of ARRA, throughout our operations, and we have educated our employees about these requirements.  We cannot, however, guarantee that we will not have a HIPAA privacy or data security concern in the future. We face potential administrative, civil and possible criminal sanctions if we do not comply with the existing or new laws and regulations dealing with the privacy and security of PHI. Imposition of any such sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our operations.


Enforcement of Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws. In recent years, the federal government has made a policy decision to significantly increase and accelerate the financial resources allocated to enforcing the healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Moreover, Congress adopted a number of additional provisions in the Reform Package that are designed to reduce healthcare fraud and abuse. In addition, private insurers and various state enforcement agencies have increased their level of scrutiny of healthcare claims in an effort to identify and prosecute fraudulent and abusive practices in the healthcare area. From time to time, we may be the subject of investigations or a party to additional litigation which alleges violations of law. If any of those matters were successfully asserted against us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or prospects.


Anti-Kickback Statutes. As a provider of services under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we must comply with a provision of the federal Social Security Act, commonly known as the “federal anti-kickback statute.” The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits the offer or receipt of any bribe, kickback or rebate in return for the referral or arranging for the referral of patients, products or services covered by federal healthcare programs. Federal healthcare programs have been defined to include plans and programs that provide health benefits funded by the United States Government, including Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (formerly known as the Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services or CHAMPUS), among others. Some courts and the OIG interpret the statute to cover any arrangement where even one purpose of the remuneration is to influence referrals. Violations of the federal anti-kickback statute may result in civil and criminal penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.


Some states have enacted statutes and regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback statute, but which apply not only to the federal healthcare programs, but also to any payor source of the patient. These state laws may contain exceptions and safe harbors that are different from those of the federal law and that may vary from state to state.   The states in which we operate have laws that prohibit fee-splitting arrangements between healthcare providers, if such arrangements are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients to a particular provider.




49





Physician Self-Referral. Certain provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the “Stark Law”) prohibit healthcare providers such as us, subject to certain exceptions, from submitting claims to the Medicare and Medicaid programs for designated health services if we have a financial relationship with the physician making the referral for such services or with a member of such physician’s immediate family. The term “designated health services” includes several services commonly performed or supplied by us, including durable medical equipment and home health services. In addition, “financial relationship” is broadly defined to include any ownership or investment interest or compensation arrangement pursuant to which a physician receives remuneration from the provider at issue. The Stark Law prohibition applies regardless of the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral; and therefore, unlike the federal anti-kickback statute, an intent to violate the law is not required.


Violations of the Stark Law may result in loss of Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement, civil penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs.


In addition, Ohio, Pennsylvania and West Virginia have similar prohibitions against physician self-referrals, which may not necessarily be limited to Medicare or Medicaid services and may not include the same statutory and regulatory exceptions found in the Stark Law.  


False Claims. The federal False Claims Act imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the federal civil False Claims Act may result in treble damages, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from the Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded healthcare programs. If certain criteria are satisfied, the federal civil False Claims Act allows a private individual to bring a qui tam suit on behalf of the government and, if the case is successful, to share in any recovery. Federal False Claims Act suits brought directly by the government or private individuals against healthcare providers, like us, are increasingly common and are expected to continue to increase.


The federal government has used the federal False Claims Act to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare and state healthcare programs. The government and a number of courts also have taken the position that claims presented in violation of certain other statutes, including the federal anti-kickback statute or the Stark Law, can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act, based on the theory that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement.


On May 20, 2009, President Obama signed into law the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 (“FERA”). Among other things, FERA modifies the federal False Claims Act by expanding liability to contractors and subcontractors who do not directly present claims to the federal government. FERA also expanded the False Claims Act liability for what is referred to as a “reverse false claim” by explicitly making it unlawful to knowingly conceal or knowingly and improperly avoid or decrease an obligation owed to the federal government.


Ohio and Pennsylvania have enacted false claims acts that are similar to the federal False Claims Act.  In addition, there is a corresponding increase in state-initiated false claims enforcement efforts.




50





Other Fraud and Abuse Laws. HIPAA created, in part, two new federal crimes: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits executing a knowing and willful scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment. The False Statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.


The increased public focus on waste, fraud and abuse and their related cost to society will likely result in additional Congressional hearings, CMS regulatory changes and/or new laws. The Reform Package also provides for new regulatory authority, additional fines and penalties. More recently, additional legislation has been proposed in the U.S. Senate which would further expand the government’s oversight of the healthcare industry via new regulatory authority. In addition, a Senate bill released in June 2011 (S. 1251) would require pre-payment review of all claims for durable medical equipment that are at high risk for fraud and abuse. At this time, we cannot predict whether these or other reforms will ultimately become law, or the impact of such reforms on our business operations and financial performance.


Facility Licensure.  We only have one facility and it is located in Canfield, Ohio.  We are regulated by and licensed with the Ohio Respiratory Care Board and we also have a home medical equipment vendor’s license from the State of Ohio.  We are committed to complying with all applicable licensing requirements.


Healthcare Reform. Economic, political and regulatory influences are causing fundamental changes in the healthcare industry in the United States. Various healthcare reform proposals are formulated and proposed by the legislative and administrative branches of the federal government on a regular basis.  In addition, Ohio and Pennsylvania periodically consider various healthcare reform proposals. Even with the passage of the Reform Package, we anticipate that federal and state governments will continue to review and assess alternative healthcare delivery systems and payment methodologies and public debate of these issues will continue in the future.


The 2010 mid-term election changed the composition of Congress and affected certain priorities related to healthcare. Congress is debating the potential to repeal or amend the Reform Package altogether. A number of other parties, including some State governments, are challenging the Reform Package, and we cannot predict the outcome of such challenges. Changes in the law or new interpretations of existing laws can have a substantial effect on permissible activities, the relative costs associated with doing business in the healthcare industry and the amount of reimbursement by governmental and other third-party payors. Also, the government has begun to promulgate the implementing rules and regulations of the Reform Package, including additional requirements related to our business and that of our customers. Until those rules are more clearly understood, and due to uncertainties regarding the ultimate features of additional reform initiatives and their enactment and implementation over the next few years, we cannot predict which, if any, of such reform proposals will be adopted, or when they may be adopted, or that any such reforms will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity.




51





Employees


As of September 30, 2012, we had two full-time and three part-time employees.  None of our employees were represented by a labor union or other labor organization.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


This section of the prospectus includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance.  Forward-looking statements are often identified by words like: believe, expect, estimate, anticipate, intend, project and similar expressions, or words which, by their nature, refer to future events.  You should not place undue certainty on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus.  These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or our predictions.


Overview


We primarily provide services to the rehabilitation market, which consists primarily of home medical equipment and supplies.  More than 50% of our revenues are derived from the sale and rental of durable home medical equipment including such items as wheeled walkers, manual and power wheelchairs, hospital beds, ramps, bedside commodes, and miscellaneous bathroom equipment.  The balance of our revenue is from the sale of various home medical supplies including diabetic testing, incontinence, ostomy, wound care, and catheter care.  Our emphasis is on helping patients with mobility related limitations, but our overall business is aimed at helping patients remain in their homes instead of having to go to hospitals, rehab centers and other similar facilities.  Most of the equipment and supplies that we sell are prescribed by a physician as part of an overall care plan.


Key Factors and Trends Expected to Impact our Business in the Future


Although other factors and trends could impact our performance in 2012 and beyond, our performance in 2012 has been impacted and will continue to be impacted by the following key factors and trends:


1.

Increased Audit Activity.  We, along with everyone else in our industry, have experienced a significant increase in Medicare pre and post-payment audits this year.  This has been most noticeable with respect to power wheelchairs, where almost every rental/purchase is now audited by Medicare to determine medical necessity prior to Medicare making payment.  Such audits are labor-intensive as they require the DME providers to transmit copies of all medical records, including the treating physician’s mobility evaluation, progress notes for the past three months and prescription.  Physical therapy notes and copies of the home evaluation are also required.  At the very least, payment for the claim is delayed until all the documents are reviewed, and in many instances payment for the claim is denied and must follow a lengthy appeal process with no guarantee of a successful resolution.  It is management’s opinion that the increased audit activity will continue for the foreseeable future as Medicare continues to reduce the



52





amount it pays on power wheelchair claims in a so-called effort to reduce fraud.  A recent report published by National Government Services (Region B Medicare Provider) in their September 2012 Connections Magazine stated that 82% of the claims audited between 01/01/2012 and 03/31/2012 were completely or partially denied, primarily for medical necessity 65% of the time.  These denials must then be appealed to a qualified independent contractor (QIC) requiring additional work and time by the DME provider.  Most of the time the earlier denial is upheld and must be appealed to an administrative law judge (ALJ), which is the final level of appeal.  A new report from the Office of Inspector General found that ALJ reversed 56% of the denial decisions made by the QIC and they are recommending that Medicare increase its participation in the whole process in order to reduce the number of denials that are overturned by ALJ.  It is important to note at this time that our president has extensive experience with the Medicare appeal process and has represented our company in its only power wheelchair appeal to date in front of an ALJ.  The result was a positive decision for our company and a reversal of the earlier denial.  It is management’s opinion that as long as these Medicare audits continue it will remain very difficult to receive timely payments on power wheelchair claims in the foreseeable future.


2.

Competitive Bidding (CB).  Our current market area has not been subject to Round 1 of Medicare CB, but as discussed elsewhere we are subject to Round 2, which is scheduled to be begin in July 2013.  We have already submitted Round 2 bids in our current market area as well as four new market areas in Ohio, Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo.  Since the purpose of the CB program is to reduce the reimbursement rate that Medicare will pay for certain items, any bids we win will be at a lower rate than we are currently receiving under the Medicare Fee Schedule.  It is management’s opinion that Medicare CB will probably also have a negative impact on the reimbursement we receive from non-Medicare payors as the new CB prices become a benchmark for reimbursement rates from other payors such as Medicare Advantage, Medicaid, Worker’s Compensation and Private Insurance.  We have not felt any negative impact from CB at this time, but we do expect to begin feeling the impact of CB in the second half of 2013 as some of the equipment we sell in our current market will come under Round 2 CB mandates.    Although CB puts pressure on us to lower our prices in the affected categories, it also puts pressure on the manufacturers of the products we sell, because they will have to compete with each other to provide quality products at a price that will allow us a reasonable margin on the sale of their products.  Management has already negotiated price reductions in all CB product categories with our current manufacturers that will allow us a reasonable margin on the sale of their products when Round 2 CB takes effect in July 2013.  The price reductions will go into effect should we be awarded one or more Medicare Round 2 CB contracts next year.  In the event that we are unsuccessful at winning any of the bids we submitted, the initial impact of CB will be  somewhat lessened by the fact that all patients currently renting equipment that falls under CB will be allowed to continue renting the equipment until completion of the rental period.  We will only be prevented from providing equipment to new Medicare patients.  Management has been working hard to secure new revenue opportunities apart from Medicare to lessen the impact of CB.  




53





The following table is included to show how our sales are broken down by Medicare, Medicaid, Private Insurance and Other types of patients:


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Nine months ended

September 30,

 

 

2010

 

2011

 

2011

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medicare

 

$133,168

 

$101,264

 

$ 76,466

 

$ 77,079

Medicaid

 

76,484

 

78,578

 

57,152

 

66,634

Private Insurance

 

75,722

 

60,730

 

46,447

 

49,692

Other

 

47,060

 

43,256

 

34,082

 

51,722

     Total

 

$332,434

 

$283,828

 

$214,147

 

$245,127


3.

Costs of Goods Sold and General and Administrative Expenses.  Cost of goods sold and general and administrative expenses are key variables in evaluating our financial condition.  This has become more important in the last several years as our revenues have been negatively impacted by the Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement cuts previously discussed.  We monitor these costs closely and attempt to keep them as low as possible by taking the steps described below, while at the same time attempting to improve customer service so that our patients have a better overall experience.   


Following is a table showing our primary costs and expenses as a percent of net sales:


 

 

Year Ended

Dec. 31, 2010

 

Year Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

 

9 Months

Ended

Sept. 30, 2011

 

9 Months

Ended

Sept. 30, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

44.8%

 

51.4%

 

51.2%

 

41.5%

General and administrative

 

69.5%

 

66.1%

 

68.7%

 

58.8%


Cost of Goods Sold.  Cost of goods sold, as a percentage of net sales, increased from 44.8% in fiscal year 2010 to 51.4% in fiscal year 2011, but in the most recent nine month period, cost of goods sold declined to 41.5% of net sales as compared to 51.2% in the comparable period in 2011.  The recent decline was due to the fact that several of the manufacturers of the products have reduced their prices somewhat in response to the lower Medicare reimbursement rates.  Since all of the products we sell are manufactured by others, the only means we have to reduce our cost of goods sold is to push the manufacturers to reduce their prices and to buy the products from the lowest priced manufacturer and take advantage of any discounts to their pricing whenever they are available.




54





General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses, as a percentage of net sales, were relatively consistent in the 2010 and 2011 fiscal years, but they dropped somewhat to 58.8% in the most recent nine month period.  This improvement was primarily due to the larger net sales amount, since the actual general and administrative expenses only declined about $3,000 in the most recent nine month period as compared to the same period in the prior year.  As stated above, we have recently taken nearly all of the steps we can to trim our general and administrative expenses by streamlining our delivery process, simplifying our payment process and improving inventory control.  In the future our focus will be on increasing our sales, while holding our costs down as much as possible.


Strategy


Our strategy for the past 20 years has been to position our business in our local area as a high-quality provider of home medical equipment and supplies that takes great pride in our commitment to customer service and patient care.  We realize that every patient faces unique challenges as they try to remain independent in their home.    The specific elements of our strategy are to:


1.

Increase profitable revenue and market share.  We are focused on growing profitable revenues from the sale of our equipment and supplies.  We have undertaken several steps towards this end.  In 2012, we submitted bids in Medicare’s Round 2 of competitive bidding.  In addition to our local Youngstown-Warren market area, we also submitted bids in four additional Ohio markets of Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo.  We are currently waiting for the announcement by Medicare of the winning bids which we would expect during the first three months of this year.  If we are successful winning any of these bids and if we receive over $100,000 in proceeds in this offering or if we can obtain financing, we will be able to start marketing in these areas.  It is management’s opinion, based on past experience, that this should result in an increase in sales since referral sources will be required to use only companies that submitted winning bids, but we are unable to estimate how much the increase would be, if any.  There is also no assurance that we will win any bids.  


We are also planning to develop an online webstore where we intend to sell a full line of our products directly to patients via the internet.  It is management’s opinion, based on discussions with the webstore designers and sales representative, that such a retail website would generate some sales due to the fact that none of our local competitors currently offer anything similar and many retail patients are looking to purchase these types of products from local suppliers due to concerns about service and repairs, but we are unable to estimate how much revenue we would generate, if any.  There is no initial setup fee for the webstore and the $560.00 monthly fee ($6720.00/year) would be paid for using proceeds from this offering.  If we raise more than the minimum proceeds we would spend up to an additional $10,000 to purchase additional online advertising in order to improve our placement in internet search engines.




55





2.

Continue to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid market, while focusing on increasing the percentage of revenues from private insurers, managed care organizations and direct retail sales from patients.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately 63% of our net revenues was derived from Medicare and Medicaid.  There are ongoing legislative and regulatory efforts to reduce Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates for products and supplies we sell, which will adversely affect our net profit margin and we fully expect this trend to continue in the near future as the number of patients eligible to receive Medicare and Medicaid continues to rise dramatically.  For example, Medicare used to pay the entire purchase price of power mobility equipment at the time of delivery prior to January 2011.  At that time, Medicare changed its reimbursement to a 13-month rental program, where the patient owns the equipment only after the 13th month rental has been completed.  As a result, it takes much longer for the supplier to receive full reimbursement. Therefore, we are attempting to focus on increasing sales to other insurance providers as well as increasing direct retail sales to patients.  In this regard, we are contacting home care coordinators from private insurance companies and the Ohio Bureau of Worker’s Compensation in order to gain additional referrals.  A successful startup of our webstore should also generate retail sales to patients that we are currently unable to achieve due to our lack of an online presence.  While we are attempting to increase the overall percentage of revenues derived from private insurers and retail sales, we are continuing to devote our time and resources to attempt to increase our Medicare sales in our local market area as well as expanding statewide as evidenced by the fact that we have submitted bids in four new Ohio markets under Round 2 Medicare CB as discussed directly above.  We cannot make any claims about revenue increases as a result of Medicare CB at this time since the winning bids have not been announced by Medicare as of this date and there are no assurances that we will be granted one or more of the winning bids.


3.

Increase our exposure to Assisted Living Facilities, Nursing Homes, Acute Rehabilitation Facilities and other Healthcare Related Businesses in order to gain additional patient referrals.  We have experienced some success due to recent marketing efforts in these areas.  We will continue to provide in-service education programs to the staff of these facilities in order make them aware of the services we are able to provide for their patients. We have recently contracted with Homelink, a subsidiary of VGM, to provide equipment to their patients in our area and we are currently renting equipment to 2 of their patients.  We have established a working relationship with Handy Pro to provide senior home modifications such as bathroom modifications, lift systems, and ramp systems so that seniors can continue to remain independent in their homes.  We also are continuing to perform mobility evaluations and make deliveries of power wheelchairs for After The Fall Mobility, a Virginia national worker’s compensation provider.  All of these relationships benefit our bottom line profitability.   Thus far our President has been doing this marketing, but if we raise approximately $100,000 in our offering we will hire a sales person who will assist with this marketing effort.




56





4.

Delivery and Quality Customer Service.  We constantly strive to reduce the costs associated with delivery of our equipment and services while at the same time recognizing that it is essential to our success that we consistently provide superior customer service in order to keep our referral sources and retain existing patients.  We constantly monitor all aspects of our operations including customer service, patient satisfaction, logistics, delivery, inventory and billing/collections.  Management believes that the best way to take market share from our competitors is to always be responsive to the needs of our patients, their care givers and our referral sources.


5.

Maintain Industry Accreditation.  MIPPA made accreditation mandatory for all Medicare providers of durable medical equipment, effective October 1, 2009, per CMS regulation.  We sought and obtained voluntary early accreditation from The Joint Commission on October 8, 2008.  The Joint Commission completed its most recent triennial survey of our business and our accreditation was renewed for three more years on June 10, 2011.  


Results of Operation for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.


Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $283,828 as compared to the revenues of $332,434 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This 14.6% decrease in revenues was primarily due to the reduced number of power wheel chairs which were sold in 2011 as a result of Medicare’s change of policy toward reimbursement for power chairs in January 2011.  Prior to the change, Medicare reimbursed patients for the purchase of a power chair; but after the change, they will only reimburse patients for renting power chairs.


In the year ended December 31, 2010, $100,000 was paid to us for consulting services performed by Michael West and Steve West in connection with an acquisition transaction completed by Medical Billing Assistance, Inc. (“Medical Billing”) in December 2010.  At the time, Michael West and Steve West were officers and directors of Medical Billing.  The services were not performed on behalf of our company and were not related to our business.  At the time we were a private company, 100% owned by Michael West, and he chose to use the Company to act as a conduit to facilitate the payment.  Upon receipt of the payment, we immediately paid out $50,000 to Steve West and we left $50,000 in the Company.  The $100,000 was paid by the business which was acquired by Medical Billing.  We do not expect to receive any such fees in the future.


Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $145,838 as compared to $148,858 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This small decrease was due to the reduced amount of sales in 2011 as compared to 2010.




57





The only operating expenses during these two fiscal years consisted of general and administrative expenses which were $187,683 in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $231,186 in the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 19% drop in general and administrative expenses was primarily caused by a $50,000 drop in compensation expense and a $7,776 drop in miscellaneous expenses which was offset by a $10,682 increase in payroll expenses and other minor expenses.  The $50,000 compensation expense in 2010 was the payment to Steve West discussed two paragraphs above.


During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had a loss of $53,096 as compared to net income of $50,048 in the year ended December 31, 2010.  The primary difference between the two years was the receipt of $100,000 in consulting revenue in 2010.


Results of Operation for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2011.


Revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $245,127 as compared to the revenues of $214,147 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  Approximately one-half of this increase in sales was due to an increase in private insurance business in the most recent nine months and the remaining increase was attributable to the other areas of the business and the fact that sales in the first nine months of 2011 were lower than normal because of the drop off in sales of power chairs resulting from Medicare’s decision at the end of 2010 to stop paying for the purchase of power chairs.  Management has gradually diversified the Company’s business into other products and revenues from power chairs and accessories increased approximately $12,500 in the most recent nine months.


Cost of goods sold for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $101,729 as compared to $109,630 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  The 7.2% decrease was due to the fact that several vendors have lowered their prices slightly in response to the lower Medicare reimbursement rates.


General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were $144,197 as compared to $147,021 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  There is no particular reason for the small drop in general and administrative expenses.


During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 we had a net loss of $3,412 as compared to a net loss of $44,775 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  The primarily contributing factors to the reduced loss in 2012 were the 14.5% increase in sales in the most recent period and the 7.2% reduction in cost of goods sold in the most recent period.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


As of September 30, 2012, we had negative working capital of ($81,099) compared to negative working capital of ($92,687) as of December 31, 2011.  Our cash balance on September 30, 2012 was $7,727.




58





Net cash used for operating activities was $16,204 during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to net cash used for operating activities of $41,290 during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  The reduction in net cash used for operating activities in the most recent nine months was primarily due to the improvement from a loss of $44,775 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to a loss of $3,412 in the most recent nine months.  This was offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable of $6,807.


Net cash used for operating activities was $45,695 during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $47,140 during the year ended December 31, 2010.  There was a significant negative change in cash flows from operating activities because we had net income of $50,048 in the year ended December 31, 2010 and a net loss of $53,096 in the year ended December 31, 2011.  A large part of this difference was the fact that we netted $50,000 in 2010 from the one time consulting fee which was run through the Company at the end of 2010.  In addition sales in 2011 were down $42,379 from the sales in 2010, which also was a large contributor to the net loss in 2011.


There was $17,500 of cash flows provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to $2,000 used for financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  The $17,500 cash flows from financing activity in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included the $15,000 raised by selling securities to raise money for our public offering.


There was $2,750 of cash flows used for financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $3,000 used for financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010.  The $250 difference in cash used for financing activities was due to the fact that we repaid $3,000 on our note payable in 2010 and only $2,750 in 2011.


We believe that the offering will provide sufficient capital in the short term for our current level of operations. This is because we believe that we can generate sufficient sales and services within our present organizational structure and resources to become profitable in our operations by December 31, 2013.  Additional resources will be needed to build our web store and to otherwise increase advertising and marketing.


We have submitted competitive bids for Medicare in four Ohio cities in an effort to expand our business into other markets, and if we win any of these bids we will need to raise additional funds to hire a sales person to cover any new markets we win.  If we don’t raise at least close to $100,000 in this offering, we would need to find other financing to allow us to hire a sales person.  See “Plan of Operation” and “Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations” below for further details.


Until the offering is complete and the operations return to cash flow positive, our President may be willing to fund the operations on a limited basis in order to continue the business although there are no agreements with him to do this.  He may do this by deferring a portion of his salary or by making small loans to the Company.  Our principle source of liquidity will be our operations. We expect variation in revenues to account for the difference between a profit and a loss.  We try to operate with minimal overhead. Our primary activity will be to continue to have our President market our products in the best manner possible.  If we succeed in expanding our client base and generating sufficient sales, we will become profitable. We cannot guarantee that this will ever occur.  



59






In addition, investors in this offering should consider that our Auditors have issued a going concern opinion because we have suffered losses from our operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and we have a negative working capital and stockholders’ equity deficit.  These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.


The following table sets forth the breakdown of our accounts receivable by payor and aging category as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and September 30, 2012:


December 31, 2010:


Accounts receivable by

payor and aging category:

 

Medicare

 

Medicaid

 

Managed Care and Other

 

Self Pay

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unbilled

 

$          0

 

$        0

 

$        0

 

$     0

 

$          0

Aged less than 30 days

 

11,333

 

2,657

 

3,216

 

0

 

17,206

31-60 days

 

1,826

 

923

 

803

 

0

 

3,552

61-90 days

 

506

 

145

 

323

 

102

 

1,077

91-180 days

 

352

 

0

 

276

 

148

 

776

181-360 days

 

167

 

0

 

136

 

80

 

382

   Total

 

$14,184

 

$3,725

 

$4,754

 

$330

 

$22,993


December 31, 2011:


Accounts receivable by

payor and aging category:

 

Medicare

 

Medicaid

 

Managed Care and Other

 

Self Pay

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unbilled

 

$         0

 

$        0

 

$         0

 

$     0

 

$          0

Aged less than 30 days

 

4,007

 

3,001

 

3,070

 

105

 

10,183

31-60 days

 

1,715

 

808

 

893

 

44

 

3,460

61-90 days

 

955

 

249

 

206

 

53

 

1,463

91-180 days

 

499

 

153

 

99

 

96

 

847

181-360 days

 

351

 

0

 

50

 

0

 

401

Aged over 360 days

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

330

 

330

   Total

 

$7,527

 

$4,211

 

$4,318

 

$628

 

$16,684


September 30, 2012:


Accounts receivable by

payor and aging category:

 

Medicare

 

Medicaid

 

Managed Care and Other

 

Self Pay

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unbilled

 

$          0

 

$        0

 

$         0

 

$        0

 

$         0

Aged less than 30 days

 

2,894

 

2,550

 

2,594

 

515

 

8,553

31-60 days

 

2,015

 

808

 

2,215

 

235

 

5,273

61-90 days

 

1,558

 

300

 

856

 

208

 

2,922

91-180 days

 

2,063

 

6

 

130

 

208

 

2,407

181-360 days

 

3,439

 

0

 

64

 

205

 

3708

Aged over 360 days

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

628

 

628

   Total

 

$11,969

 

$3,664

 

$5,859

 

$1,999

 

$23,491


As of September 30, 2012 there were 8 claims on appeal with Medicare totaling $6,003.  These are classified in the chart above under Medicare as follows:



60






Aged less than 30 days

$    559

31-60 days

1,139

61-90 days

419

91-180 days

  3,886

   Total

$6,003


Pursuant to our agreement with Medicare, we accepted assignment on all of these claims, which means that if these claims are denied following the Medicare appeals process, they will not be re-assigned to self-pay and we will have to write them off.  As a provider who accepts Medicare assignment we are not allowed to bill the patient for any claims not paid by Medicare unless the patient was notified in advance of billing that the patient would ultimately be held responsible if the claim is denied by Medicare.  In these cases, the patient must complete an Advanced Beneficiary Notice Form (“ABN”) of possible Medicare denial.  All 8 of these claims were billed under assignment and no ABN is on file so the patient will never be responsible for payment.  We are confident that these claim denials will be reversed using the appeal process, as our success rate to date is 100% approval.  Historically, we have rarely reclassified claims denied by Medicare to self-pay claims.


Plan of Operation


Our plan for the twelve months immediately after the closing of this offering is to attempt to gradually minimize our losses and if we raise at least $100,000 in proceeds in this offering, achieve profitability by the end of the twelve month period.  If we only raise the minimum offering proceeds, it may take us two years to achieve profitability.  (See “Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations” below.)  The best way for us to achieve profitability is to increase our sales.


Currently, we are conducting business from one location in Canfield, Ohio.  We have no plans to expand into other locations or areas, unless we win one or more of the competitive bids we have applied for in Akron, Columbus, Dayton and Toledo.  Should we win any of these bids we would have to give strong consideration to expanding our sales and marketing to these new areas if we have the financing to hire additional personnel.  Initially we feel that we can maintain satisfactory inventory levels at our main office to meet the initial growth that would result, but demand for our products in these new areas could result in necessary expansion in terms of facilities and personnel.  See “Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations” below.


Other than the shares offered by this prospectus no other source of capital has been identified or sought.


If we are not successful in our operations we will be faced with several options:


1.

Cut back operations as much as possible and attempt to wait out the downturn in the business;

2.

Cease operations and go out of business;

3.

Continue to seek alternative and acceptable sources of capital;

4.

Bring in additional capital that may result in a change of control; or

5.

Identify a candidate for acquisition that seeks access to the public marketplace and its financing sources.




61





Investors in this offering should consider that our Auditors have issued a going concern opinion because we have suffered losses from our operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, and we have a negative working capital and stockholders’ equity deficit.  These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  Please refer to “Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations” immediately below to see the steps we plan to take to attempt to stay in business.


Proposed Milestones to Implement Business Operations


For the past 20 years we have been operating from one location in Canfield, Ohio and we have been servicing patients in the Mahoning Valley of Northeastern Ohio, Western Pennsylvania and Northern West Virginia.  Our goal is to return our operation to profitability by December 31, 2013, assuming that we close this offering with at least the minimum proceeds.  


The best way to achieve profitability for us will be to increase sales.  There are several ways to increase sales, as discussed below, and if we can achieve the sales milestones set forth below, we should become profitable by the times indicated below.  Our ability to achieve these milestones will depend primarily on two factors:  (1) how much money is raised in this offering and (2) which bids, if any, we win from Medicare.  If we do win any bids, the impact will be minimal during the twelve month period following the closing of this offering, because the bids are not scheduled to go into effect until July 31, 2013.  Therefore, we have organized our milestones below according to the amount of the offering proceeds we could raise.


Our sales during the period from January 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012 have averaged approximately $25,200 per month.  We believe that we need to get our sales up to approximately $27,500 per month to reach breakeven, which is a $2,300 monthly increase or an 9.1% increase.


$40,000 in gross offering proceeds.  If we only raise the minimum of $40,000 in proceeds we would expect to increase our sales by approximately 5% to $26,460 per month by the end of the 12 month period after the closing.  At this rate we would probably not reach breakeven until 24 months after the closing.  Set forth below are the steps we plan to take if we only raise the minimum amount:


·

Spend $6,720 to build a limited web store ($560 per month)

·

Our President plans to spend more time marketing to assisted living and rehab facilities

·

We plan to start one or more programs for new product offerings such as a new knee walker


$100,000 in gross offering proceeds.   If we raise approximately $100,000 in proceeds we would expect to increase our sales by approximately 9% to $27,500 per month by the end of the 12 month period after the closing.  Set forth below are the additional steps we plan to take if we raise approximately $100,000:




62





·

Spend $17,500 to build a web store and improve search engine placement

·

Hire a full time sales person for approximately $45,000 to market to our existing market, and if we win any bids from Medicare, he would also spend time in the new market(s)


$150,000 in gross offering proceeds.  If we raise approximately $150,000 in proceeds we would expect to increase our sales by approximately 19% to $30,000 per month by the end of the 12 month period after the closing.  In addition to the steps set forth above, we would also take the following steps:


·

We may hire a full-time driver for approximately $30,000 to replace the part-time driver we currently use, especially if we win bids in new markets, because of the additional territory we would have to cover

·

We may hire a part-time person to help with the billing which would free up our President to spend more time marketing


$300,000 in gross offering proceeds.  If we raise $300,000 in proceeds we would expect to increase sales by approximately 32.3% to $33,350 per month by the end of the 12-18 month period after the closing.  In addition to the steps set forth above, we would also take the following steps:


·

Hire a second full time sales person for approximately $45,000 to market in our existing market and, if we win any bids from Medicare for new markets, he would market in those markets

·

We would hire a full time billing person for approximately $30,000 which would free up our President to do other work


Although we lost $53,096 in the year ended December 31, 2011 and $3,292 in the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and we had a working capital deficit of $81,099 on September 30, 2012, we believe that we could continue to operate our business for at least another year without raising any financing beyond the minimum amount of this offering or winning any of the Medicare bids we have made, but we would probably have to cut more costs and our President might have to defer some of his salary.  These cost cuts might require that we reduce our current staff by 1 or 2 part-time positions as well as reducing the amount of inventory normally kept on hand.  


We have submitted bids during Round 2 of Medicare Competitive Bidding to sell our products and supplies in 4 new Ohio markets to give us a chance to expand our business into other markets and we are doing this public offering in an effort to finance the potential growth.  We also plan to use some of the proceeds from the offering to develop a webstore, increasing our overall online presence, which should help us increase our retail sales without adding much to our overhead.  




63





We believe that if we raise at least the minimum amount in this offering we will be able to start our webstore, although we will be able to build a better webstore with a greater online presence if we raise at least $10,000 more than the minimum.  We would expect that even a scaled down webstore would be profitable during the first twelve months of operation due to the low cost of implementation and lack of local competition, but there is no assurance how much revenue, if any, that the website will generate.  If we don’t achieve that level of revenues, we would probably keep the webstore operating because the cost of doing so would be minimal.


We expect to find out which bids, if any, we win sometime during the first three months of 2013.  If we win a bid in Akron, we will be able to start a limited amount of marketing in the new market area within six months without needing any more money since Akron is adjacent to our current market.  In order to expand the marketing very much we would need the additional financing to hire a full-time sales person for that market, or if we win bids in two markets that sales person could call on both markets.  Therefore, as set forth in the Use of Proceeds section of this Prospectus, if we raised over $100,000 in this offering we would have an additional $45,000 to hire a full-time sales person and we would try to do this within six months after the closing.  If we are unable to raise that much money, we will have to study the new market(s) and decide if we should try to raise the financing necessary to pay for the sales-person and any other related incremental costs.  We would most likely attempt to sell additional equity in the Company or try to borrow the money from a bank or private investors.  Of course there is no assurance that we would be able to raise the financing, in which case we would not be able to take full advantage of the opportunity.  If we do win at least one bid and if we are able to finance hiring a sales person, we would expect to generate sales of up to approximately $50,000 in each new market during the following twelve to eighteen months.  If we do not generate this much in revenues, we will have to evaluate whether or not to retain the sales person.


If we do not win any bids, but we do raise over $100,000, we will expand the webstore and consider hiring a full or part time sales person to increase the marketing in our current markets.


If we don’t win any bids and if we only raise the minimum amount of proceeds in this offering, we expect to incur operating losses for up to eight more quarters until our sales level has increased to approximately $27,500 per month.  We expect approximately $330,000 in operating costs (including costs of goods sold) over the next twelve months.  We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in generating sufficient revenues or other funds in the future to cover these operating costs. Failure to generate sufficient revenues or additional financing when needed could cause us to significantly downsize or go out of business.


Although our President has indicated that he may be willing to fund the operations on a limited basis in order to continue the business, no commitments to provide additional funds have been made by management. There is no assurance that additional funds will be made available to us on terms that will be acceptable, or at all, if and when needed. We expect to continue to generate and increase sales, but there can be no assurance we will generate sales sufficient to continue operations or to expand.


In the next 12 months, we do not intend to spend any material funds on research and development and do not intend to purchase any large equipment.




64





Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements


We do not expect the adoption of any recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a significant impact on our net results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.


Seasonality


We do not expect our sales to be impacted by seasonal demands for our products and services.


Critical Accounting Policies


Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principlesGAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amountamounts of assets and liabilities and disclosuredisclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Cash Balance

We consider all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Our cash in bank deposit accounts, at times, may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. At December 31, 2020 we had bank accounts over the federally insured limits by approximately $29,300. Our bank deposit accounts in Mexico ($2,400) are uninsured.

F-9 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts and are periodically evaluated for collectability based on past credit history with clients and other factors. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable on the basis of loss experience, known and inherent risk in the account balance, and current economic conditions.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, our accounts receivable amounts are reflected net of allowances of $0 and $11,430, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, accounted for using the weighted average cost method. The inventory balances at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods held for distribution. The cost elements of inventory consist of purchase of products, transportation, and warehousing. We establish provisions for excess or inventory near expiration are based on management’s estimates of forecast turnover of inventories on hand and under contract. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecast amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess or expired inventory in the future. Provisions for excess inventory are included in cost of goods sold and have historically been adequate to provide for losses on inventory. We manage inventory levels and purchase commitments in an effort to maximize utilization of inventory on hand and under commitments. The amount of our reserve was $366,109 and $150,974 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Excise taxes

The Company pays alcohol excise taxes based on product sales to both the Oregon Liquor Control Commission and to the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB). The Company is liable for the taxes upon the removal of product from the Company’s warehouse on a per gallon basis. The federal tax rate is affected by a small winery tax credit provision which decreases based upon the number of gallons of wine production in a year rather than the quantity sold.

Property and Equipment

We record property and equipment at cost when purchased. Depreciation is recorded for property, equipment, leasehold improvements, and software using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of assets, which range from 3-39 years. Company management routinely makes judgmentsreviews the recoverability of all long-lived assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset might not be recoverable.

Depreciation expense totaled $55,616 and estimates about$19,781 for the effectsyear ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Property and equipment as of matters thatDecember 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:

  2020 2019
Property and equipment, at cost  718,884   88,758 
Accumulated depreciation  (37,532)  (51,029)
Property and equipment, net  681,352   37,729 

Licensing Agreements

The initial amount of the TapouT agreement as entered into by one of the founders prior to the Company’s assumption in 2013 was $4,000,000 to be paid over several years pursuant to a guaranteed minimum royalty agreement. Royalty costs incurred under the agreements, guaranteed minimum royalty amounts, are inherently uncertain.expensed as incurred.

We have not made any payments to Salt Tequila USA, LLC under the licensing agreement due to the immaterial level of our sales to date from the brand.

In connection with the Copa APA, we acquired the license to certain patents from 1/4 Vin SARL (“1/4 Vin”) 1/4 Vin has the right to license certain patents and patent applications relating to inventions, systems, and methods used in the Company’s manufacturing process. In exchange for notes payable, 1/4 Vin granted the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, non-assignable, nontransferable, terminable license which would continue until the subject equipment is no longer in service or the patents expire. Amortization will be approximately $31,000 annually until the license agreement is fully amortized. The asset is being amortized over a 10-year useful life.

F-10 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active).

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

 

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduceliabilities and indebtedness presented on the consolidated financial statements approximate fair values at December 31, 2020 and 2019, consistent with recent negotiations of notes payable and due to the short duration of maturities.

Convertible Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires the bifurcation of certain reporting requirementsconversion rights contained in convertible indebtedness and account for qualifying public companies.  As an “emerging growth company,” we may, under Section 7(a)(2)(B)them as free standing derivative financial instruments according to certain criteria. This criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the Securities Act, delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicableembedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to public companies until such standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We may take advantage of this extended transition period until the first to occureconomic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. An exception to this rule is when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as that term is described under applicable U.S. GAAP.

When bifurcation is required, the embedded conversion options are bifurcated from the convertible note, resulting in the recognition of discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.  Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their stated date of redemption.

With respect to convertible preferred stock, we record a dividend for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred securities based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the preferred shares.

F-11 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance sets forth a five-step model which depicts the recognition of revenue in an amount that reflects what we expect to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers.

We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with the customer are satisfied. Product sales occur once control of our products is transferred upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration that we (i)expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods and is presented net of provisions for customer returns and allowances. The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies with changes in customer incentives we offer to our customers and their customers. Sales taxes and other similar taxes are excluded from revenue.

Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold include the costs of products, packaging, transportation, warehousing, and costs associated with valuation allowances for expired, damaged or impaired inventory.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation”.  Under the fair value recognition provisions, cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option vesting period.  We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options.  We early adopted ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which aligns accounting treatment for such awards to non-employees with the existing guidance on employee share-based compensation in ASC 718.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in ASC 740, “Income Taxes”.  Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse.  We record a valuation allowance when it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Company management assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date.  In accordance with ASC 740-10, for those tax positions where there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, our policy is to record the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

For those income tax positions where there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit will be recognized in the financial statements. Company management has determined that there are no longer an "emerging growth company" or (ii) affirmativelymaterial uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2020 and irrevocably opt out2019.

Net loss per share

The net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of this extended transition period. We have elected to take advantageshares of common stock outstanding. Warrants, stock options, and common stock issuable upon the conversion of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may thereforeCompany’s convertible debt or preferred stock (if any), are not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.


Our significant accounting policies are disclosedincluded in the notescomputation if the effect would be anti-dilutive.

  2020  2019 
Numerator        
Net loss from continuing applicable to common shareholders $(19,227,703) $(5,135,731)
         
Net loss from discontinued applicable to common shareholders $(9,446,853) $- 
         
Denominator        
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  55,615,276   41,064,985 
         
Net loss per share from continuing operations (basic diluted) $(0.35) $(0.13)
         
Net income per share from discontinued operations (basic diluted) $(0.17) $- 

F-12 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the audited financial statementsConsolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Weighted average number of shares outstanding excludes anti-dilutive common stock equivalents, including warrants to purchase 3 million shares of common stock for nominal consideration.

Advertising

We conduct advertising for the promotion of our products. In accordance with ASC 720-35, advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. We recorded advertising expense of $146,579 and $4,767 for the years ended December 31, 20122020 and 20112019, respectively.

Related Parties

We are indebted to certain members of our Board of Directors at December 31, 2020 and 2019. Transactions between us and the interimBoard members are summarized in Notes 4 and 8.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired and is not subject to amortization. The Company reviews goodwill annually in the fourth quarter for impairment or when circumstances indicate carrying value may exceed the fair value. This evaluation is performed at the reporting unit level. If a qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative analysis is completed using either the income or market approach, or a combination of both. The income approach estimates fair value based on expected discounted future cash flows, while the market approach uses comparable public companies and transactions to develop metrics to be applied to historical and expected future operating results. During 2020, the company recorded an impairment charge associated with the CMS acquisition. See Note 17.

Long-lived assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment on an annual basis, when relocating or closing a facility, or when events or changes in circumstances may indicate the carrying amount of the asset group, generally an individual warehouse, may not be fully recoverable. For asset groups held and used, including warehouses to be relocated, the carrying value of the asset group is considered recoverable when the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group exceed the respective carrying value. In the event that the carrying value is not considered recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized for the asset group to be held and used equal to the excess of the carrying value above the estimated fair value of the asset group. For asset groups classified as held-for-sale (disposal group), the carrying value is compared to the disposal group’s fair value less costs to sell. The Company estimates fair value by obtaining market appraisals from third party brokers or using other valuation techniques.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, that FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (Topic 326). This ASU provides financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date.

Management is currently assessing the new standard but does not believe that it would have a material effect.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements. As new accounting pronouncements are issued, we will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

Note 3 – Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements forhave been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the six months ended June 30, 2012.


DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY


realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.  Our offices are located at 4120 Boardman-Canfield Road, Canfield, Ohio 44406.  We rent our offices pursuant to a three year lease extension which expires on April 30, 2014.  Our monthly rent isbusiness operations have not yet generated significant revenues, and we have sustained net losses of approximately $2,700.


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


During the months of February, March and April of 2011, the Company loaned a total of $13,500 to Michael J. West, our President, CEO and a director, and these loans were repaid in full$28.7 million during the period from May through October, 2011.  No interest was charged on these loans.




65





In the year ended December 31, 2010, $100,0002020 and have an accumulated deficit of approximately $61.6 million at December 31, 2020. In addition, we have current liabilities in excess of current assets of approximately $3.2 million at December 31, 2020. Further, we are in default on approximately $1.0 million of indebtedness, including accrued interest.

Our ability to continue as a going concern in the foreseeable future is dependent upon our ability to generate revenues and obtain sufficient long-term financing to meet current and future obligations and deploy such to produce profitable operating results. Management has evaluated these conditions and plans to raise capital as needed and to generate revenues to satisfy our capital needs. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in these efforts.

These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-13 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Debt

Notes payable are generally nonrecourse and secured by all Company owned assets.

  Interest
Rate
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
Notes Payable            
             
In October 2013, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $25,000. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $25,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $11,345 was converted into 234,767 shares of common stock.  7% $-  $25,000 
             
In February 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 66,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share.  The warrants expired and were not exercised by February 28, 2017. The note matured and remains in default.  15%  150,000   150,000 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $500,000.  The note included warrants for 681,461 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired and unexercised by February 28, 2017.  The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $500,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $373,065 was converted into 1,124,802 shares of common stock.  15%  -   500,000 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 272,584 shares of common stock at $0.94 per share. The warrants expired and unexercised by February 28, 2017. The loans matured and remains in default.  8%  200,000   200,000 
             
In May 2020, we entered into a two year loan with an entity under the Paycheck Protection Program established by the CARES Act in the amount of $89,612. The note requires monthly payments of principal and interest starting in December 2020 and maturing in May 2020. We expect $73,167 of the loan amount to be forgiven in accordance with the CARES Act.  1%  89,612   - 
             
In June 2020, we entered into a six-month loan with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The loans matured and remains in default.  12%  100,000   - 
             
In August 2020, we entered into a nine-month loan with a company in the amount of $112,000. The loan requires 9 monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $12,246.66 with the final payment due May 2021.  4.8%  62,719   - 
             
Notes payable for license agreements due in 36 monthly payments of $10,000, interest imputed at 10%, maturing in January 2021.  N/A   59,212   - 
             
In December 2020, we entered into a 56 month loan with a company in the amount of $1,578,237. The loan requires variable payments and performance interest based on a percentage of revenue.  Various   1,578,237   - 
             
      $2,239,780  $875,000 

Interest expense on notes payable was paid$50,592 and $105,966 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $271,533 and $581,693 at 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger with CMS, notes payable of $525,000 and accrued interest were converted to usshares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for consulting services providedSplash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, these investors have the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public offering by Michael West,September 30, 2020 (subsequently extended to April 30, 2021). As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our CEOconsolidated balance sheet. See Note 18.

F-14 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 –Debt, continued

  Interest
Rate
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
Related Parties Notes Payable            
             
During 2012, we entered into two 6-month term loan agreements with an entity, totaling $150,000. The notes included warrants for 68,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share which expired unexercised in 2017. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $41,500 and unpaid accrued interest of $31,515 was converted into 98,726 shares of common stock.  7% $-  $41,500 
             
In March 2014, we entered into a $50,000 12-month term loan agreement. The note included warrants for 136,292 shares of common stock at $0.92 per share. The warrants expired unexercised on February 28, 2017.  The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $50,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $24,145 was converted into 99,252 shares of common stock.  8%  -   50,000 
             
During 2015, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount $250,000.  The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $250,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $101,850 was converted into 98,726 shares of common stock.  8%  -   250,000 
             
In February 2012, we entered into a loan agreement with an officer of the Company in the amount of $100. On September 25, 2018 an additional $10,500 loan agreement was entered into. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $10,600 and unpaid accrued interest of $1,189 was converted into 15,734 shares of common stock.  7%  -   10,600 
             
During 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, we entered into several 12-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $57,000, $225,000, $105,000, and $9,000, respectively. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $396,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $146,828 was converted into 727,344 shares of common stock.  7%  -   396,000 

Continued on next page

F-15 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 –Debt, continued

  Interest
Rate
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
Related Parties Notes Payable, continued            
             
During 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2016, we entered into 6-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $155,000, $210,000, $150,000 and $40,000, all respectively. The notes included warrants for issuances of 204,438 shares of common stock at $.092 per share. The warrants expired unexercised on March 1, 2017. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $495,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $213,010 was converted into 942,504 shares of common stock.  7%  -   495,000 
             
During 2013, 2014 and 2017, we entered into 12-month term loan agreements with an officer of the Company in the amounts of $60,000, $50,000 and $10,000. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $120,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $50,305 was converted into 228,328 shares of common stock.  7%  -   120,000 
             
During 2018, we entered into a long term note payable with an entity owned by an officer for $12,000 to be payable on July 10, 2020. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $12,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $1,050 was converted into 17,407 shares of common stock.  12%  -   12,000 
             
In December 2020, we entered into a 18 month loan with an individual in the amount of $2,000,000. The loan requires 18 monthly amortized payments of principal and interest in the amount of $144,444 with the final payment due June 2022.  2%  2,000,000   - 
             
During 2019, we entered into a term note payable with an entity owned by an officer for $130,000 to be paid on August 8, 2019. The note matured and in March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $130,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $9,078 was converted into 182,525 shares of common stock.  12%  -   130,000 
             
      $2,000,000  $1,505,100 

Interest expense on related party notes payable was $37,967 and $95,183 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $0 and $546,362 as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. 

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger with CMS, notes payable of $1,505,100 and accrued interest were converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (f/k/a director,Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.) shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, these investors have the right to rescind the common shares received and Steve West,receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public offering by September 30, 2020 (subsequently extended to April 30, 2021). As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our CFOconsolidated balance sheet. See Note 18.

F-16 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 –Debt, continued

  Interest
Rate
  September 30,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
Convertible Bridge Loans Payable            
             
In May 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The annual interest rate for this bridge loan was 32% for the first 90 days, and 4% thereafter, compounded monthly. This loan matured and remains in default.  See left  $100,000  $100,000 
             
In October 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with two individuals in the amount of $25,000. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal and accrued interest of $14,388 was consolidated into a new $39,388 term loan due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $39,388 and unpaid accrued interest of $5,973 was converted into 59,694 shares of common stock.  12%  -   39,388 
             
In June 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan with two individuals in the amount of $100,000. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal amount of $100,000 and accrued interest of $64,307 was consolidated into a new $164,307 term loan due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $164,307 and unpaid accrued interest of $24,916 was converted into 249,013 shares of common stock.  12%  -   164,307 
             
During 2016, 2017 and 2018, we entered into multiple loan agreements with an entity in varying amounts. On December 26, 2018, the outstanding principal of $235,500 and accrued interest of $155,861 was consolidated into a new $391,361 term due August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $391,361 and unpaid accrued interest of $43,823 was converted into 435,184 shares of common stock.  12%  -   391,361 
             
During 2016, we entered into 3-month term loan agreements with an individual totaling $20,000. The loan was extended to August 14, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $20,000 and unpaid accrued interest of $10,096 was converted into 41,336 shares of common stock.  9%  -   20,000 
             
During 2014 through 2018, we entered into convertible promissory note agreements with various terms ranging from 90 days to 18 months at 18% interest with an entity which were consolidated into one loan at 12% in 2018 totaling $795,137 with a due date of August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $795,137 and unpaid accrued interest of $89,037 was converted into 884,174 shares of common stock.  12%  -   795,137 
             
During 2015 and 2016, we entered into a series of 3-month term convertible promissory note agreements at 18% interest with an entity which were consolidated into one loan at 12% in 2018 totaling $692,471 with a due date of August 26, 2020. In March 2020 the full outstanding principal balance of $692,471 and unpaid accrued interest of $77,541 was converted into 770,012 shares of common stock.  12%  -   692,471 
      $100,000  $2,202,664 

F-17 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 –Debt, continued

Interest expense on the convertible bridge loans payable was $117,785 and $310,865 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $117,785 and $439,344 as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

On April 24, 2017, a director,note holder filed a complaint against the Company for a promissory note in connectiondefault. The note holder is requesting summary judgment in the amount of $271,215. 

Concurrently with an acquisition transaction completedthe consummation of the Merger, notes payable of $2,102,664 and accrued interest were converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, these investors have the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public offering by Medical Billing Assistance, Inc.September 30, 2020 (subsequently extended to April 30, 2021). As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 18.

  Interest
Rate
  2020  2019 
Revenue Financing Arrangements            
             
During August 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $50,000, with required daily payments of $999. we entered into two additional 3-month loan agreements with the entity in 2016 in the amounts of $60,000 and $57,000, with required daily payments of $928 and $713, respectively.   The term loans have been paid.  10%  -   28,032 
             
During November 2016, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $55,000 with required daily payments of $1,299. The note was in default as of December 31, 2018. In 2019, we entered into a settlement agreement with monthly installment payments of $6,000.  The loan was fully repaid in 2020.  12%  -   17,435 
      $-  $45,464 

Interest expense on the revenue financing arrangements was $25,067 and $2,557 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accrued interest was $0 and $32,154 at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Bridge Loan Payable

We issued a bridge loan in October 2018 for $2 million with a one-year maturity to GMA Bridge Fund LLC (“Medical Billing”GMA”). This bridge loan contains a 10% administration fee of which the full $200,000 was accrued at December 31, 2019 and included in bridge loan payable, net. We incurred $271,670 of loan costs, which was fully amortized at December 2010.31, 2019. Interest on the bridge loan was 0.5% monthly for the first six months and 0.75% monthly for the next six months. At the same time Michael West and Steve West were officers and directors of Medical Billing, but they determined to have the consulting fees paid to the Company because at the time itdebt was an S Corp wholly-owned by Michael West and ever since the Company was foundedissued, we entered into a separate agreement in 1992 he has periodicallywhich GMA provided consulting services infor one year (“Consulting Agreement”). We compensated GMA for the healthcare industry, and when he did, he treated the consulting fees as revenueConsulting Agreement services by issuance of the Company.  Upon receipt of the payment, we immediately paid out $50,000a warrant with a 5-year term to Steve West and we left $50,000 in our company.  The $100,000 was paid by the business which was acquired by Medical Billing.  Providing consulting services in the healthcare industry is not a part of the Company’s business plan, but the Company’s President has many relationships in the industry and if he is asked to provide consulting services which would not interfere with his normal duties, he may elect to perform such services and any payments for such services would be paid to the Company.  


In April 2012, we completed a $15,000 private placement to raise money to pay for some of the expenses of our initial public offering.  Stephen West and Michael West, officers and directors of our company, each purchased 300,000acquire 1,362,922 shares of our common stock for $3,000 orat an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrant vested immediately. The value of the warrant, based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $991,423 and was expensed in full in 2018. Interest expense on the bridge loan for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and $137,637 and accrued interest at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and $166,240. 


MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERSAs part of GMA’s conversion agreement, we reissued the original warrants to purchase 1 million shares and granted additional warrants to purchase 1 million shares. The value of the warrants based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $1,657,805, and was expensed. 


NoConcurrently with the consummation of the Merger, the $2,500,000 note payable of was converted to shares of Splash common stock, which were exchanged for Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. Pursuant to the terms of the conversion agreements, GMA has the right to rescind the common shares received and receive replacement notes payable if we fail to raise $9 million in a secondary initial public market currently existsoffering by September 30, 2020 (subsequently extended to April 30, 2021). As a result, these shares are classified as mezzanine equity in our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 18

F-18 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Licensing Agreement and Royalty Payable

We have a licensing agreement with ABG TapouT, LLC (“TapouT”), providing us with licensing rights to the brand “TapouT” on energy drinks, energy shots, water, teas and sports drinks for beverages sold in the United States of America, its territories, possessions, U.S. military bases and Mexico. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to pay a 6% royalty on net sales, as defined. In 2020 and 2019, we are required to make monthly payments of $45,000 and $39,000, respectively.

There were no unpaid royalties at December 31, 2020. We paid the guaranteed minimum royalty payments of $540,000 and $468,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, which is included in general and administrative expenses.

In connection with the Copa APA, we acquired the license to certain patents from 1/4 Vin SARL (“1/4 Vin”)On February 16, 2018, the Copa di Vino entered into three separate license agreements with 1/4 Vin SARL, (1/4 Vin). 1/4 Vin has the right to license certain patents and patent applications relating to inventions, systems, and methods used in the Company’s manufacturing process. In exchange for notes payable, 1/4 Vin granted the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, non-assignable, nontransferable, terminable license which would continue until the subject equipment is no longer in service or the patents expire. Amortization will be approximately $31,000 annually until the license agreement is fully amortized. The asset is being amortized over a 10 year useful life.

Note 6 – Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

In 2019, we issued 1,846,078 shares of our common stock. Following completionstock in exchange for services provided to us. The shares were valued at $0.73 per share. We recognized share-based compensation expense of this offering, we intend to apply to have our common stock listed for quotation$1,354,500, which is classified within the contracted services line on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.  AsStatement of April 30, 2012,Operations. 

In 2020, we had 6 holdersissued 490,652 shares to an existing shareholder under a 3-year consulting agreement dated December 2019. The shareholder fulfilled his performance obligation in full and the board approved issuance of the shares.

In 2020, we entered into multiple subscription and consulting agreements for $8,540,659 in exchange for 7,355,604 of our common stock.


Private Placement Memorandum (PPM)

Our Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders to obtain working capital by conducting a private placement offering of 2,727,272 shares of the common stock of the Company, $0.001 value per share at a purchase price of $1.10 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,000,000. As part of the PPM, each purchaser will receive a warrant to purchase one share for every two shares purchased. We completed our PPM by issuing a total of 2,790,909 of shares with gross proceeds of $3,070,000. The Securities and Exchange Commission has also adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practicesshares listed in this section is already included in the 7.4 million shares listed within the Common Stock section of this note.

Treasury Stock

From time to time, we have repurchased shares from our shareholders.

Since its inception, we have repurchased shares from our shareholders. To date, we have repurchased 1,226,630 shares, of which 817,753 have been retired.

In connection with transactionsa 2018 consulting agreement, we were committed to issue the 408,877 shares held in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities withtreasury upon the occurrence of certain events or milestones. We issued 136,292 shares in July 2018, 136,292 shares in July 2019 and 136,292 shares on March 31, 2020.

Warrant Issuance-Common Stock

As part of the sale and issuance of 4,088,765 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, we issued 4,088,765 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $0.73 per share. The warrants had a five-year term and expired during 2019.

As an incentive to convert their Series A preferred stock we issued 1,000,000 new warrants to purchase shares of SBG common stock at $0.18 per share. Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, these warrants were exchanged for warrants to purchase 1,362,922 of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares. These warrants have a 3-year term.

Warrant Issuance-Common Stock

As part of the sale and issuance of 5,333,675 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, we issued 2,666,839 warrants to purchase shares our common stock at a price of $1.10 per share. The warrants have a 5-year term. At December 31, 2020, there are 912,052 warrants outstanding.

As part of the sale of 300,000 shares of common stock, we issued 975,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price of $0.25 per share. These warrants have a 3-year term. During the third quarter of 2020, the holder exercised these warrants and received 975,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

F-19 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7 – Share-Based Payments

Warrant Issuance-GMA Consulting Services

We issued 1,362,922 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at $0.007 per share as part of our consulting agreement with GMA, at December 31, 2020, the weighted average life of the outstanding warrants is 2.75 years.

The warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share per warrant of our common stock at a price of $0.01 per share during the five-year period commencing on October 2, 2018, or, if greater, the number of common shares with a market value equivalent to two percent of the enterprise value of the Company at an exercise price of $0.008 per share.

As an incentive for GMA to convert their debt and accrued interest into shares of common stock, we retired the original 1,362,922 warrants and issued 2,725,844 pre-merger new warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at $0.18 per share. These warrants have a 3-year term starting March 31, 2020.

Stock Plan

We have adopted the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan for SBG (the “Plan”), which provides for the grant of common stock and stock options to employees. We have reserved 4,088,765 shares for issuance under the Plan. The option exercise price generally may not be less than $5.00 (other than securities registeredthe underlying stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant and generally have a term of ten years. On December 7, 2019, our Board of Directors granted 1,124,410 options to certain employees and consultants. None of these options were exercised at December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the total number of options available for grant is 306,657 under this plan.

We measure employee stock-based awards at the grant-date fair value and recognizes employee compensation expense on certain national securities exchanges or quoteda straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility and exercise price. We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock- based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards. The expected life of stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the weighted average time to vesting and the contractual maturity, we have limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock options grants. The simplified method is based on the NASDAQ system,average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. For stock price volatility, we use comparable public companies as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of options granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option. The estimation of the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from the Company’s current estimates, such amounts are recognized as an adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $265,589 for the year ended December 31, 2019. There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, options to purchase 825,000 SBG shares were converted to options to purchase 1,124,410 Splash Beverage Group, Inc. [Formerly known as Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.] shares.

     Weighted
Average
 
  Options  Exercise
Price
 
       
Outstanding - Beginning of 2019  -  $- 
Granted  1,124,410  $0.77 
Exercised  -  $- 
Cancelled/forfeited  -  $- 
Outstanding - December 31, 2019  1,124,410  $0.77 
         
Granted  2,634,500  $0.75 
Exercised  -  $- 
Cancelled/forfeited  -  $- 
Outstanding - December 31, 2020  3,758,910  $0.76 
         
Exercisable at December 31, 2020  3,758,910  $0.76 
         
Weighted average grant date fair value of options during year  2,634,500     
         
Weighted average duration to expiration of outstanding options at December 31, 2020  4.6     

In August 2020, we adopted a new incentive plan. The 2020 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is established by Splash Beverage Group, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Company”), to create incentives which are designed to motivate Participants to put forth maximum effort toward the success and growth of the Company and to enable the Company to attract and retain experienced individuals who by their position, ability and diligence are able to make important contributions to the Company’s success. Toward these objectives, the Plan provides for the grant of Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Performance Units and Performance Bonuses to Eligible Employees and the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, SARs and Performance Units to Consultants and Eligible Directors, subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan. At December 31, 2020, the board approved the granting of 2,634,500 warrants were issued under this new plan. These warrants expire in 5 years.

F-20 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 – Related Parties

During the normal course of business, we incurred expenses related to services provided by our CEO or Company expenses paid by our CEO, resulting in related party payables, net of $368,904 and $429,432 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The related party payable to the CEO bears no interest payable and is due on demand.

There are related party notes payable of $2,000,000 outstanding as of December 31, 2020 as discussed in Note 4.

Note 9 – Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC

On December 9, 2013, we entered into a marketing and distribution agreement with SALT Tequila USA, LLC (“SALT”) in Mexico for the manufacturing of our SALT product line. The agreement was for a one-year term with an additional two-year renewal. On December 28, 2015, the agreement was extended through 2020. In the December 9, 2013 agreement, we received a 5% ownership interest in SALT, 12 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% ownership interest in SALT, and 24 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% interest, resulting in a total interest of 15% in SALT. 

SALT also has product at a unrelated international alcohol distributor, American Spirits Exchange, for preliminary market testing in 9 of 16 states that currentthey distribute to, that are government-controlled alcohol resellers. In 2019 we had no sales for SALT Tequila. On December 31, 2018, we created a Mexican subsidiary, Splash MEX SA DE CV (“Splash Mex”) for the exporting of SALT Tequila from Mexico to the USA, South and Central Americas. Splash Mex will also act as the manufacturing and distribution agent of TapouT in Central and South Americas. Applications for the appropriate licenses required for import and wholesale of alcohol in the USA have been completed for at the Federal and State levels. These licenses will permit direct alcohol sales to distributors and wholesalers thereby limiting the use of agents for importing SALT Tequila to the USA for distribution.

On March 26, 2020, we entered into an amended stock sale and purchase agreement. The agreement is for $1,000,000 to be paid in 4 tranches of $250,000 and entitles us to additional equity interest in Salt Tequila USA, LLC as follows:

Tranche 1 – 7.5%

Tranche 2 – 5.0%

Tranche 3 – 5.0%

Tranche 4 – 5.0%

Once all tranches are paid-out we will have a total equity stake of 37.5% of Salt Tequila USA, LLC.

During 2020, we paid the first tranche of $250,000 resulting in a total interest of 22.5%.

F-21 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 10 – Operating Lease Obligations

Effective July 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced July 1, 2018 and is scheduled to expire after 36 months, on June 30, 2021.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a 6-month lease agreement for our NY affiliate which expired on April 30, 2020.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a new lease with Interport Logistics, LLC. The lease term commenced on November 11, 2019 and is scheduled to expire on November 11, 2020. We are in the process of negotiating a new lease with Interport Logistics, LLC.

Effective May 2019, we entered into a new lease in Mexico. The lease commenced May 1, 2019 and is scheduled to expire after 24 months, on April 1, 2021. We are in the process of negotiating a new lease for our Mexican warehouse.

The following table presents the discounted present value of minimum lease payments for our office and warehouses to the amounts reported as financial lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2020:

Undiscounted Future Minimum Lease Payments Operating
Lease
 
    
2021 $59,291 
Thereafter  26,673 
Total  85,964 
Amount representing imputed interest  (2,965)
Total operating lease liability  82,999 
Current portion of operating lease liability  57,478 
Operating lease liability, non-current $25,521 

The table below presents information for lease costs related to our operating leases at December 31, 2020:

Operating lease cost:   
Amortization of leased assets $114,032 
Interest of lease liabilities  10,776 
Total operating lease cost $124,808 

The table below presents lease-related terms and discount rates at December 31, 2020:

Remaining term on leases9 to 25 months
Incremented borrowing rate5.0%

Note 11 – Line of Credit

At December 31, 2020 SBG owed $68,000 to a financial institution under a revolving line of credit. The line of credit is secured by the assets of SBG is due on demand, and bears interest at variable rates approximately 6.1% at December 31, 2020. As part of the acquisition of Copa di Vino the LOC was paid off.

Note 12 – PPP Loan

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China (the “COVID-19 outbreak”) and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads globally beyond the point of origin. On March 20, 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally.

In response to the COVID-19 outbreak in the United States, the CARES Act (the “Act”) was passed by Congress and signed into law on March 27, 2020. In connection with the CARES Act, the Company and its subsidiary applied for and received loans with an original aggregate principal balance of approximately $158,000. These loans and interest will be forgiven as long as the funds are used for qualifying expenditures as outlined in the Act. The loans bear interest at 1%, with an 18 month term, and has a 6-month initial payment deferral. See Note 4.

F-22 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

[f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.]

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Business Combinations

CMS-SGB Merger:

As stated in Note 1, we consummated the merger of SBG on March 31, 2020 which was accounted for as a reverse merger.

The value of our merger was approximately $9.2 million based on the valuation of the SBG equity on the date of consummation.

The following summarizes our allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents $72,442 
Accounts receivable $311,586 
Inventory $21,415 
Property and equipment $38,110 
Goodwill $9,448,832 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities $719,221 
Purchase price $9,173,164 

During 2020, the goodwill associated with the CMS merger was impaired. See Note 17.

SBG-Copa Acquisition:

As stated in Note 1, we consummated the acquisition of Copa di Vino Company on December 24, 2020. The purchase price consideration was comprised of $1.5 million in debt, $0.5 million in cash and volume information$2.0 million in contingent shares, for total consideration of approximately $6.0 million.

The following summarizes our allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition:

Purchase
Accounting
Accounts receivable, net88,131
Other current assets11,236
Inventory273,951
Property and equipment, net663,273
License agreement, net222,095
Goodwill5,672,823
Total identifiable assets6,931,509
Accounts payable and accrued expenses882,279
Note payable69,212
Equity5,980,000
Total liabilities and equity6,931,509

Note 14 – Segment Reporting

The Company evaluates segment reporting in accordance with the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 280, Segment Reporting, each reporting period, including evaluating the reporting package reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Note: The Copa di Vino business is included in our Splash Beverage Group segment.

Revenue 2020  2019 
Splash Beverage Group  404,128   20,387 
E-Commerce  1,896,599   - 
Medical Devices (Discontinued)  675,213   - 
         
Total Revenues  2,975,940   20,387 

Total assets 2020  2019 
Splash Beverage Group  8,403,670   446,288 
B2C Business  505,646   159,026 
Medical Devices (Discontinued)  316,572   - 
         
Total Assets  9,225,888   605,314 

Note 15 – Commitment and Contingencies

We are a party to asserted claims and are subject to regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but we do not anticipate that the outcome, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Capital Raise

In connection with the CMS merger we are committed to our previous preferred stock and debt holders to raise $9 million in a secondary IPO, private placement and debt as defined in the agreements. See Note 18.

Stock Price Guarantee

We have a commitment to issue additional shares associated with a specific stock price guarantee granted to an investor. See Note 4. 

F-23 

Note 16 – Income Taxes

The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence in assessing the realizability of its deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, estimates of projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future. Due to uncertainty to the Company’s ability to utilize its deferred tax assets, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2020, the Company’s net operating loss carryforward for Federal income tax purposes was $49,495,907, which will be available to offset future taxable income. If not used, these carry forwards will begin to expire in 2032, except for the net operating losses generated January 1, 2018 and after, which can be carried forward indefinitely.

There was no income tax expense or benefit for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 due to the full valuation allowance recorded.

The reconciliation of the income tax benefit is computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows:

  2020  2019 
Federal Statutory Tax Rate  21.00%  21.00%
Permanent Differences  (4.63%)  (6.56%)
Change in Valuation Allowance  (16.37%)  (14.44%)
Net deferred tax asset  -   - 

The tax effects of temporary differences which give rise to the significant portions of deferred tax assets or liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

  2020  2019 
Deferred Tax Assets:        
Net Operating Losses $12,544,738  $5,887,022 
Deferred Rent  380   1,381 
Accrued Interest/Interest Expense Limitation  1,031,967   962,838 
Total deferred tax assets  13,577,085   6,851,241 
         
Deferred Tax Liabilities:        
Depreciation  (179,561)  (7,354)
Total deferred tax liabilities  (179,561)  (7,354)
         
Less: Valuation allowance  (13,397,525)  (6,843,887)
Total Net Deferred Tax Assets $-  $- 

The Company continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings. The open tax years subject to examination with respect to transactions in such securitiesthe Company’s operations are 2015 through 2020.

Note 17 – Goodwill

In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, we test goodwill for impairment for each reporting unit on an annual basis, or when events or circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit is provided bybelow its carrying value.

Our goodwill represents the exchange or system).


A purchaser is purchasing penny stock which limits the ability to sell the stock. The shares offered by this prospectus constitute penny stock under the Securities and Exchange Act. The shares will remain penny stocks for the foreseeable future. The classification of penny stock makes it more difficult for a broker-dealer to sell the stock into a secondary market, which makes it more difficult for a purchaser to liquidate his/her investment. Any broker-dealer engaged by the purchaser for the purpose of selling his or her shares in us will be subject to Rules 15g-1 through 15g-10excess of the Securities and Exchange Act. Rather than creating a need to comply with those rules, some broker-dealers will refuse to attempt to sell penny stock.


The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared bypurchase price over the Commission, which:




66





·

contains a descriptionfair value of the naturenet identifiable assets acquired in business combinations. The goodwill generated from the business combinations is primarily related to the value placed on the employee workforce and level of riskexpected synergies. Judgment is involved in determining if an indicator or change in circumstances relating to impairment has occurred. Such changes may include, among others, a significant decline in expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, and unforeseen competition.

We have the option of performing a qualitative assessment of impairment to determine whether any further quantitative testing for impairment is necessary. The option of whether or not to perform a qualitative assessment is made annually and may vary by reporting unit. Factors we consider in the qualitative assessment include general macroeconomic conditions, industry and market for penny stocks in both public offerings and secondary trading;

·

contains a descriptionconditions, cost factors, overall financial performance of our reporting units, events or changes affecting the composition or carrying amount of the broker’s or dealer’s duties tonet assets of its reporting units, sustained decrease in its share price, and other relevant entity specific events. If the client andmanagement determines on the basis of qualitative factors that the fair value of the rights and remedies available toreporting unit is more likely than not less than the client with respect tocarrying value, then we perform a violation to such duties or other requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended;  

·

contains a brief, clear, narrative description of a dealer market, including “bid” and “ask” pricesquantitative test for penny stocks and the significance of the spread between the bid and ask price;

·

contains a toll-free telephone number for inquiries on disciplinary actions;

·

defines significant terms in the disclosure document or in the conduct of trading penny stocks; and

·

contains such other information and is in such form (including language, type, size and format) as the Securities and Exchange Commission shall require by rule or regulation.


that reporting unit. The broker-dealer also must provide, prior to effecting any transaction in a penny stock, to the client:


·

the bid and offer quotations for the penny stock;

·

the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction;

·

the number of shares to which such bid and ask prices apply, or other comparable information relating to the depth and liquidity of the market for such stock; and

·

monthly account statements showing the marketfair value of each penny stock held inreporting unit is compared to the client’s account.


In addition,reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill. Subsequent to the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules,adoption on January 1, 2017 of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the broker-dealer must make a special written determination thatTest for Goodwill Impairment, if the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receiptfair value of a risk disclosure statement, a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks, and a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements will have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our stock because it will be subject to these penny stock rules. Therefore, stockholders may have difficulty selling their securities.


Reports


Once our registration statement under Form S-1 has been declared effective,reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we will be subject to certain reporting requirements and will furnish annual financial reports to our stockholders, certified by our independent accountants, and will furnish unaudited quarterly financial reports in our quarterly reports filed electronically with the SEC. All reports and information filed by us can be found at the SEC website, www.sec.gov.


Stock Transfer Agent


The stock transfer agent for our securities is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. of Denver, Colorado. Their address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, Colorado 80209. Their phone number is (303) 282-4800.




67





SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND PROCEDURES


We will accept no subscriptions or indications of interest until our registration statement is effective. At that point, all subscriptions must be made by the execution and delivery of a subscription agreement, a form of which is attached to this prospectus as Annex A. By executing the subscription agreement, each purchaser will agree to pay the purchase price of the shares subscribed for at the closing at which such subscription is accepted. We have the right to revoke any offers made under this prospectus and to refuse to sell shares to a particular subscriber if the subscriber does not promptly supply all information we request or if we disapprove the sale. Subscriptions are not binding until accepted. We will refuse any subscription by giving written noticerecognize an impairment equal to the subscriber by personal delivery or first-class mail. We may reject any subscription at any time priorexcess carrying value, not to acceptance, in whole or in part, in our sole discretion.


In order to subscribe for shares, a prospective investor must deliverexceed the following documents to us:


1.

a complete and executed subscription agreement, in the form attached to this prospectus as Annex A;

2.

the fulltotal amount of the subscription price paid in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money order made payablegoodwill allocated to Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.-Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. Escrow Account.that reporting unit.


EXPERTS AND LEGAL COUNSELF-24 


Our financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by independent certified public accountants. We include those financial statements in reliance on the report of the firm of Ronald R. Chadwick, P.C., of Aurora, Colorado, given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


The law firm of Jin, Schauer & Saad LLC of Denver, Colorado has passed upon the validity of the shares being offered and certain other legal matters and is representing us in connection with this offering.


AVAILABLE INFORMATION


We have filed this registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Upon completion of this registration, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file all requisite reports, such as Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, proxy statements, under Sec.15(d) of the Exchange Act, and other information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements, this registration statement and other information, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F. Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission’s Washington, D.C. office at prescribed rates. The Commission also maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission at http://www.sec.gov.




68







CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

Financial Statements




TABLE OF CONTENTS




Page

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

    PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-2

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Balance sheets

F-3

Statements of operations

F-4

Statements of stockholders’ equity

F-5

Statements of cash flows

F-6

Notes to financial statements

F-7



F-1








RONALD R. CHADWICK, P.C.

Certified Public Accountant

2851 South Parker Road, Suite 720

Aurora, Colorado  80014

Telephone (303)306-1967

Fax (303)306-1944



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

Canfield, OhioOH


IOpinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 20102019 and 2011,2018, and the related statements of operations, stockholders'stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements areended, and the responsibility of the Company's management. My responsibility isrelated notes (collectively referred to express an opinion on these financial statements based on my audit.


I conducted my audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whetheras the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  I believe that my audit provides a reasonable basis for my opinion.


statements). In myour opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.the Company as of December 31, 20102019 and 2011,2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


As discussed in Note 5Consideration of the Company’s Ability to the financial statements, accounts receivableContinue as previously reported in 2010 and 2011 were determined by the Company's management during the current year as being underreported for those years. Accordingly, the 2010 and 2011 financial statements have been restated and an adjustment has been made to retained earnings (deficit) as of December 31, 2009.a Going Concern


The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements theThe Company has suffered a loss from operationsrecurring losses and has negative working capital and a stockholders’ deficit thatequity deficits, which raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management'sManagement’s plans in regard toregarding these matters are also described in Note 4.8. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


Aurora, Colorado

Ronald R. Chadwick, P.C.

December 5, 2012

RONALD R. CHADWICK, P.C.Basis for Opinion

 


These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.



F-2We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.



Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.


Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah


(a DBA of Heaton & Co., PLLC)


Farmington, Utah

March 27, 2019 

F-25 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS


 

 

Dec. 31, 2010

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Dec. 31, 2011

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Sept. 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Cash

 

$ 54,876 

 

$    6,431 

 

$     7,727 

    Accounts receivable

 

22,993 

 

16,684 

 

 23,491 

      Total current assets

 

77,869 

 

23,115 

 

31,218 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Assets

 

$ 77,869 

 

$  23,115 

 

$    31,218 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Accounts payable

 

$ 25,960 

 

$   26,775 

 

$  21,067 

    Related party payables

 

 

 

5,000 

    Notes payable

 

91,500 

 

88,750 

 

 86,250 

    Accrued interest payable

 

 

277 

 

      Total current liabilities

 

117,460 

 

115,802 

 

112,317 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Liabilities

 

$117,460 

 

$ 115,802 

 

$112,317 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Preferred stock, no par value;

      5,000,000 shares authorized;

      No shares issued and outstanding

 

-

 

 

    Common stock, no par value;

      100,000,000 shares authorized;

      8,000,000 (2010 & 2011) & 9,500,000

     (2012) shares issued and outstanding

 

500 

 

500 

 

15,500 

    Additional paid in capital

 

 

 

    Retained earnings (deficit)

 

(40,091)

 

(93,187)

 

(96,599)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

(39,591)

 

(92,687)

 

(81,099)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$ 77,869 

 

$   23,115 

 

$    31,218 

  December 31,  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
ASSETS        
Current Assets        
Cash $23,315  $6,980 
Accounts receivable  309,622   300,993 
Inventory  30,559   41,695 
Right-of-use asset  18,718    
Total Current Assets  382,214   349,668 
         
         
Other Assets        
Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $95,488 and $92,907  43,845   58,627 
         Total Assets $426,059  $408,295 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)        
         
Current Liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $353,849  $331,034 
Line of credit  69,534   66,181 
Due to officer  197,849    
Lease liability  18,718    
Current portion of long-term debt  3,152   8,241 
Total Current Liabilities  643,102   405,456 
Long-term liabilities        
Long-term debt  2,064   5,498 
Total Long-term Liabilities  2,064   5,498 
          Total Liabilities  645,166   410,954 
         
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)        
Preferred stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding      
 Common stock, no par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 11,813,200 (December 31, 2019) and 11,477,200 (December 31, 2018) shares  issued and outstanding  345,515   245,515 
Additional paid-in capital  160,786    
Accumulated deficit  (725,408)  (248,174)
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  (219,107)  (2,659)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) $426,059  $408,295 


The accompanying notesfootnotes are an integral part of thethese financial statements.


F-26 



F-3






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


 Year Ended Year Ended 

 

Year Ended

Dec. 31, 2010

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Year Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Nine Months

Ended

Sept. 30, 2011

(Unaudited)

 

Nine Months

Ended

Sept. 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

 December 31,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Sales (net of returns)

 

$332,434 

 

$283,828 

 

$  214,147 

 

$  245,127 

 $1,017,833  $1,309,178 

Consulting revenue

 

100,000 

 

 

 

Other revenue

 

1,602 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

148,858 

 

145,838 

 

109,630 

 

101,729 

  508,874   605,273 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

285,178 

 

137,990 

 

104,517 

 

143,398 

  508,959   703,905 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

General and administrative

 

231,186 

 

187,683 

 

147,021 

 

144,197 

 

231,186 

 

187,683 

 

147,021 

 

144,197 

Salaries and wages  517,725   320,470 
Professional fees  193,797   59,625 
Depreciation  63,758   62,825 
Other selling, general and administrative  204,075   194,310 
Total operating expenses  979,355   637,230 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Income (loss) from operations

 

53,992 

 

(49,693)

 

(42,504)

 

(799)

  (470,396)  66,675 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Interest income

 

 

23 

 

22 

 

  501    

Interest expense

 

(3,945)

 

(3,426)

 

(2,293)

 

(2,620)

  (8,376)  (5,715)

 

(3,944)

 

(3,403)

 

(2,271)

 

(2,613)

Gain on sale of fixed assets  1,037   7,246 
Total other income (expense)  (6,838)  1,531 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Income (loss) before provision for

income taxes

 

50,048

 

(53,096)

 

(44,775)

 

(3,412)

  (477,234)  68,206 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

 

 

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Net income (loss)

 

$  50,048 

 

$(53,096)

 

$(44,775)

 

$    (3,412) 

 $(477,234) $68,206 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Net income (loss) per share

(Basic and fully diluted)

 

$      0.01 

 

$    (0.01)

 

$     (0.01)

 

$      (0.00) 

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders – basic $(0.04) $0.01 
Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders – diluted  (0.04) $0.01 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

8,000,000 

 

8,000,000 

 


8,000,000 

 

9,166,667 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRO FORMA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Tax Expense

 

$  10,010 

 

$              - 

 

$               - 

 

$               - 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share (after pro forma income tax)

(Basic and fully diluted)

 

$       0.01 

 

$      (0.01)

 

$      (0.01)

 

$     (0.00) 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic  11,635,534   11,385,693 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – diluted  11,935,534   11,385,693 


The accompanying notesfootnotes are an integral part of thethese financial statements.



F-27 

F-4







CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)


 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares(1)

 

Amount

No Par

 

Paid in

Capital

 

Retained

Earnings

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Stock-

holders’

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2009

 

8,000,000

 

$   500

 

$ -

 

$(90,139)

 

$(89,639)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the year

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

50,048 

 

50,048 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

 

8,000,000

 

$   500

 

$ -

 

$(40,091)

 

$(39,591)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the year

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(53,096)

 

(53,096)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

 

8,000,000

 

$   500

 

$ -

��

$(93,187)

 

$(92,687)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of common stock

 

1,500,000

 

15,000

 

-

 

 

15,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) for the period

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(3,412)

 

(3,412)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at September  30, 2012 -  unaudited

 

9,500,000

 

$15,500

 

$ -

 

$(96,599)

 

$(81,099)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Common Stock (No Par)  Additional
Paid-in
  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity
(Deficit)
 
                
Balances at December 31, 2017  11,277,200  $243,515  $  $(316,380) $(72,865)
                     
Common stock issued for cash  200,000   2,000           2,000 
                     
Net income for the year              68,206   68,206 
                     
Balances at December 31, 2018  11,477,200  $245,515  $  $(248,174) $(2,659)
                     
Common stock issued for cash  336,000   100,000           100,000 
                     
Stock options granted and vested          160,786       160,786 
                     
Net (loss) for the year              (477,234)  (477,234)
                     
Balances at December 31, 2019  11,813,200  $345,515  $160,786  $(725,408) $(219,107)


(1)  As retroactively restated for an 80,000 for 1 forward stock split effective February 15, 2012.





The accompanying notesfootnotes are an integral part of thethese financial statements.statements


F-28 



F-5







CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


 

 

Year Ended

Dec. 31, 2010

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Year Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

(As Restated -

See Note 5)

 

Nine Months

Ended

Sept. 30, 2011

(Unaudited)

 

Nine Months

Ended

Sept. 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Net income (loss)

 

$50,048

 

$(53,096)

 

$(44,775)

 

$   (3,412)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to

  net cash provided by (used for)

  operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Accounts receivable

 

469 

 

6,309 

 

5,326 

 

(6,807)

    Accounts payable

 

(3,377)

 

815 

 

(1,841)

 

(5,708)

    Accrued interest payable

 

 

277 

 

 

(277)

      Net cash provided by (used for)

      operating activities

 

47,140 

 

(45,695)

 

(41,290)

 

(16,204)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net cash provided by (used for)

     investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Notes payable - payments

 

(3,000)

 

(2,750)

 

(2,000)

 

(2,500)

    Related party payables

 

 

 

 

5,000 

    Sales of common stock

 

 

 

 

15,000 

     Net cash provided by (used for)

     financing activities

 

(3,000)

 

(2,750)

 

(2,000)

 

17,500 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

 

44,140 

 

(48,445)

 

(43,290)

 

1,296 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash At The Beginning Of The Period

 

10,736 

 

54,876 

 

54,876 

 

6,431 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cast At The End Of The Period

 

$54,876 

 

$   6,431 

 

$  11,586 

 

$   7,727 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$   3,830 

 

$   3,149 

 

$     2,293 

 

$   2,620 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$            - 

 

$            - 

 

$              - 

 

$            - 

  December 31,  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
       
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:        
Net income (loss) $(477,234) $68,206 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:        
Gain on disposal of fixed assets  (1,037)  (7,246)
Depreciation  63,758   62,825 
Stock-based compensation  160,786    
Changes in current assets and liabilities        
Increase in accounts receivable  (8,629)  (149,731)
(Increase) decrease in inventory  11,136   (16,486)
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities  22,815   104,824 
     Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities  (228,405)  62,392 
         
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:        
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets  6,446   8,064 
Purchase of property and equipment  (54,385)  (75,633)
     Net cash (used for) investing activities  (47,939)  (67,569)
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Net borrowings on line of credit  3,353   3,803 
Proceeds from officer  276,550    
Payments to officer  (78,701)   
Payments on long-term debt  (8,523)  (11,567)
Proceeds from sales of common stock.  100,000   2,000 
       Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities  292,679   (5,764)
         
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash  16,335   (10,941)
Cash at the Beginning of the Period  6,980   17,921 
Cash at the End of the Period $23,315  $6,980 
         
Schedule Of Non-Cash Investing And Financing Activities        
Recognition of right-of use asset and lease liability $43,677  $ 
Amortization of right-of-use asset $24,959  $ 
         
Supplemental Disclosure        
Cash paid for interest $8,376  $5,715 
Cash paid for income taxes $  $ 


The accompanying notesfootnotes are an integral part of thethese financial statements.



F-29 

F-6






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 20102019 and 2011, & September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)2018



NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. (the “Company”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio on September 3, 1992.1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. The Company sellsis in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to clinics,the public, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.


Effective June 21, 2019 WesBev LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“WesBev”), acquired 8,000,000 shares of common stock from Michael J. West, a founder, director and former principal shareholder of the Company, consisting of approximately 69.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company at the time of the purchase. As part of his agreement with WesBev, Mr. West undertook to appoint or cause the appointment of up to three persons nominated by WesBev to the board of directors of the Company. Effective June 21, 2019 the Company sold 336,000 shares of common stock to WesBev for $100,000. Following these stock purchases WesBev beneficially owns 8,336,000 shares, or approximately 71% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company and may be deemed to be in control of the registrant.

On December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by the Company, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub shall be merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The closing of the Merger shall take place on the first business day following satisfaction or waiver of the closing terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Completion of the Merger is subject to customary closing terms and conditions including, among others: 

the adoption of the Merger Agreement by Splash’s stockholders;
the representations and warranties of the respective parties being true and correct in all material respects as of the closing day of the Merger;
since June 1, 2019 through the closing of the Merger, Splash shall have raised from the aggregate sale of its equity securities not less than $1,500,000 which shall be available or was utilized for inventory purchases, reductions to accounts payable and for other general working capital purposes;
on the closing of the Merger liabilities of Splash debt shall not exceed $500,000;
Splash shall have entered into note conversion agreements with substantially all holders of its debt pursuant to which such debt is converted into shares Splash’s common stock at a conversion price of $1.00 per share;
designated shareholders of Splash shall have entered into lock-up/leak out agreements by which they will agree to restrict post-Merger sales of Canfield securities for a period of up to one year following the Merger, as more particularly described within the Merger Agreement;
the Company and Michael West, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, and a current director, shall have entered into a Business Transfer and Indemnity Agreement  pursuant to which all operations, assets and liabilities of the Company’s home health services business shall be transferred and conveyed to Mr. West or an entity designated by Mr. West in exchange for his indemnifying the Company for certain liabilities and claims;
the Company shall not have any liabilities exceeding $50,000 in the aggregate;
the Company’s directors and officers shall have tendered their resignations;
Robert Nistico, Chief Executive Officer of Splash, shall be appointed as chief executive officer of the Company; and

F-30 

the composition of the Company’s board of directors shall be as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

As of the date of this annual report, all conditions to closing have been completed, except for the fourth, and the seventh through eleventh bulleted conditions listed above. The items listed in the seventh, ninth and tenth bulleted conditions above have been finalized, but will not be delivered until the closing date.

Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principlesU.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Cash and cash equivalentsCash Equivalents


The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.


Accounts receivableReceivable


The majority of the Company’s revenues are received from Medicare, Medicaid, and private insurance companies. As such, the Company records revenues at allowable amounts, net of estimated allowances and discounts based on contracted prices and historical collection rates. The Company reviews accounts receivable periodically for collectability and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts and records bad debt expense when deemed necessary. At December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2010 and 2011, and September 30, 20122018, the Company hadhas determined that no balance in its allowance for doubtful accounts.accounts is necessary.

F-31 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

Property and equipmentEquipment


Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated under accelerated or straight line methods over each item'sitem’s estimated useful life.



Inventory




F-7






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)


NOTE 1.   ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):


Revenue recognition


Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis as earned under contract terms.  The Company’s primary sourceCompany carries inventory of revenue is the sale ofdurable medical equipment and supplies.  Specifically, revenuemedical supplies for resale.  Inventory is accounted for on a first–in first-out basis. Inventory consists of the following:

  December 31,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 
Durable medical equipment $22,759  $33,570 
Medical supplies  249   1,076 
Enteral  7,551   7,049 
TOTALS $30,559  $41,695 

Revenue recognition

It is the Company’s policy that revenues from product sales is recognized subsequentin accordance with ASC 606 “Revenue Recognition.”  Five basic steps must be followed before revenue can be recognized; (1) Identifying the contract(s) with a customer that creates enforceable rights and obligations; (2) Identifying the performance obligations in the contract, such as promising to transfer goods or services to a customer orderingcustomer; (3) Determining the transaction price, meaning the amount of consideration in a product atcontract to which an agreed uponentity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer; (4) Allocating the transaction price delivery has occurred,to the performance obligations in the contract, which requires the company to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation on the basis of the relative standalone selling prices of each distinct good or services promised in the contract; and collectability(5) Recognizing revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer.  The amount of revenue recognized is reasonably assured.  Athe amount allocated to the satisfied performance obligation.  For sales of our Company products, a purchase arrangement is evidenced by a written order, with delivery considered as made after physical customer acceptance. DefectiveAlthough rare, defective products may be returned, with other return issues considered on a case by case basis. Services such as periodic scheduled deliveries are contracted in writing, and generally billed monthly. Any service revenue earned by the Company for services such as safety and set up consulting or claims processing is recorded after the service is performed. Rental of durable home medical equipment is evidenced by written contract, with revenue recognized when rent is earned. 

F-32 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

The Company plansCompany’s primary source of revenue is reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid, and private insurance companies for the procurement and sale of medical equipment and supplies to offer web based product sales, withpatients. The amount of revenue earned from each classification as a percent of total revenues recognized after product delivery.is as follows:


  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
Medicare  19%  29%
Medicaid  7%  9%
Private pay/private insurance  73%  58%
Other  1%  4%
Total  100%  100%

Advertising costsCosts


Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company had advertising costs in 2010during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2011,2018 of $13,453 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of $5,067, $2,419, and $2,931.$18,129, respectively.


Income taxTax


The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740. Under ASC 740, deferred taxes are provided on afor using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.


Through October 2011February 2012, the Company was an S-corpS-Corporation for income tax purposes, and therefore a pass-through entity paying no income tax at the corporate level. The statements of operations at bottom illustrate the Company’s pro forma tax expense and net income (loss) per share by period had the Company been taxed as a C-corporation during all periods presented. The Company had no material loss carryforwards at endas of December 31, 2011. Included in the Company’s retained earningsaccumulated deficit from end October 2011February 2012 forward areis approximately $89,000$99,000 in undistributed S-corpS-Corporation losses. At December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards (NOL’s) of approximately $462,000 and $144,000 respectively, which may be applied against future taxable income. However, if certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership should occur, there could be an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized. The amount of and ultimate realization of the benefits from the operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes is dependent, in part, upon the tax laws in effect, the future earnings of the Company, and other future events, the effects of which cannot be determined. Because of the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the loss carryforwards, the Company has established a valuation allowance equal to the tax effect (2019 and 2018: 21% federal and 5% state) of the loss carryforwards of approximately $120,000 and $37,440 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and therefore, no deferred tax asset has been recognized for the loss carryforwards. The change in valuation allowance is approximately $82,560 and ($19,760) for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The tax effect of remaining NOL’s and resulting deferred tax assets of $120,000 remain fully reserved by valuation allowance, due to continued uncertainty as to their utilization.


F-33 



F-8






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 20102019 and 2011, & September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)2018


NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):


Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income per common share (“Basic EPS’’) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share (“Diluted EPS’’) reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options or other contracts to issue shares of common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The computation of Diluted EPS does not assume exercise or conversion of securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect on net income per common share.

  Year Ended
December 31,
2019
  Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
Numerator        
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders $(477,234) $68,206 
         
Denominator        
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic  11,635,534   11,385,693 
Stock options  300,000    
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted  11,935,534   11,385,693 
Net Income per share – Basic $(0.04) $0.01 
Income per shares – Diluted $(0.04) $0.01 

Financial Instruments


The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, as reported in the accompanying balance sheets, approximates fair value.


Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents at well-known financial institutions, where at times, such balances may exceed FDIC insurance limits.

The Company receives a significant amount of its revenues in reimbursements from Medicare and Medicaid through competitive bidding processes. There is no guarantee that the Company will be selected as a winning contract supplier under future bidding rounds.

Other Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Other selling, general and administrative expenses included the following:

  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
Rent $27,504  $27,504 
Office expenses  25,765   40,727 
Other SG&A  150,806   126,079 
Total $204,075  $194,310 

F-34 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018 

NOTE 1.  ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued):

Long-Lived Assets


In accordance with ASC 350, the Company regularly reviews the carrying value of intangible and other long-lived assets for the existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that suggest impairment. If impairment testing indicates a lack of recoverability, an impairment loss is recognized by the Company if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment was noted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Products and Services, Geographic Areas and Major Customers


The Company’s business of medical supply sales constitutes one operating segment. All revenues each year were domestic and to external customers.


Leases

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, “Lease (Topic 842),” a new lease standard requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities for most leases classified as operating leases under previous U.S. GAAP. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset (“ROU” asset) representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2019. The Company elected the optional transition method that permits adoption of the new standard prospectively, as of the effective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. See Note 6 for disclosure required by ASC 842.

NOTE 2.  EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following:

  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
Office equipment $2,934  $2,934 
Vehicles  70,208   70,208 
Wheelchair rental pool  66,191   78,392 
Total property and equipment  139,333   151,534 
Accumulated depreciation  (95,488)  (92,907)
Net property and equipment $43,845  $58,627 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives as follows:

Office equipment7 years
Vehicles5 years
Wheelchair rental pool13 months

Depreciation for 2019 and 2018 was $63,758 and $62,825, respectively.

The wheelchair rental pool consists of wheelchairs rented to customers over the shorter of the 13 month use period as mandated by Medicare and Medicaid, or the period over which the customer requires use of a wheelchair. At the end of the use period, the chair is either returned to the pool to be rented to another customer, or title of the chair is transferred to the customer.

NOTE PAYABLE3.  LINE OF CREDIT


At December 31, 20102019 and 2011, and September 30, 2012December 31, 2018, the Company owed a bank $91,500, $88,750$69,534 and $86,250$66,181, respectively, under a revolving line of credit note payable.credit. The line of credit is secured by all Company assets, is capped at $100,000, is due on demand, and bears interest at variable rates.rates approximating 7% on average. Interest expense under the note totaled $5,410 and $4,327 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  During 2019 and 2018, the Company made net borrowings $3,353 and $3,803, respectively.

F-35 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY LOAN

On June 21, 2019, the Company entered into a short-term loan with Michael West, an officer of the Company, for $276,550. The loan has a one-year term from June 21, 2019, and is non-interest bearing. The Company made payments of $78,701 on this loan, resulting in 2010, 2011,a loan balance of $197,849 and $0 as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

NOTE 5.  LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following vehicle loans, which are collateralized by their underlying vehicles with net carrying values exceeding the outstanding loan amounts:

  December 31,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 
       
3.53% installment note payable $352 monthly,  including    interest, through July 2019 $  $2,782 
         
3.79% installment note payable $299 monthly, including interest, through July 2021  5,216   8,532 
         
2.99% installment note payable $350 monthly, including    interest, through August 2019     2,425 
Total  5,216   13,739 
         
Less principal due within one year  (3,152)  (8,241)
         
TOTAL LONG-TERM DEBT $2,064  $5,498 

Principal payments due on long-term debt subsequent to December 31, 2019, are as follows:

2020 $3,152 
2021  2,064 
TOTAL $5,216 

F-36 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 6.  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

In June 2019, the Company received net proceeds of $100,000 from the sale of 336,000 shares of no-par value common stock at $0.298 per share.

In July 2018, the Company received net proceeds of $2,000 from the sale of 200,000 shares of no-par value common stock at $0.01 per share. 

2019 Stock Options Granted

On November 26, 2019, the Board granted stock options to each of two officers, one director, and one advisor for the six months ended June 30, 2012purchase of 300,000 shares of the common stock of the Company. The options expire in five years from the issuance date, have an exercise price of $0.55, and were immediately vested and exercisable.  On the grant date, total recognized compensation of $160,786 was $3,534, $3,426,recorded as salaries and $1,676.wages.


  For the year ended
December 31, 2019
 
Number of shares  300,000 
Fair market value per share $0.54 
Stock based compensation recognized $160,786 

As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized compensation remaining to be recognized in future periods totaled $0. The fair value of each option award above is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions at the measurement date, which was deemed to be the November 26, 2019 grant date: 

  Measurement date 
Dividend yield  0%
Expected volatility  314.95%
Risk-free interest rate  1.58%
Expected life (years)  2 
Stock Price $0.55 
Exercise Price $0.55 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s stock options is as follows:

  December 31, 2019 
  Shares  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding, beginning of year  0  $0 
Granted  300,000  $0.55 
Exercised  0  $0 
Canceled  0  $0 
Outstanding, end of year  300,000  $0.55 
Weighted average fair value of options granted     $0.55 

F-37 

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

NOTE 3.7.  LEASE COMMITMENTS


The Company rents office space under a non-cancellable lease running through May 2014, noncancellable,September 2020 with monthly payments of approximately $2,300 plus costs.$2,292. Pursuant to ASC 842, an operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and liability were recognized at January 1, 2019 based on the present value of lease payments over the remaining lease term. The ROU asset represents the Company’s right to use the underlying office space asset for the lease term, and the lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Generally, the implicit rate of interest in arrangements is not readily determinable and the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating lease ROU asset includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. The Company also carries various equipmentrecognized $27,504 in lease expense during each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and vehicle operating2018.

Remaining lease term at December 31, 2019 (in months)9
Discount rate5%

  Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 
Operating lease expense $27,504 
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease liability $27,504 

The supplemental balance sheet information related to leases running from February 2014 through February 2016, and requiring monthly payments of approximately $540 per month. Lease expense incurred under all leases in 2010, 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was approximately $27,500, $33,000 and $25,450. Subsequent to December 31, 2011 future minimum payments underperiod is as follows:

Right-of-Use Asset   
ROU Asset, January 1, 2019 $43,677 
Amortization of ROU Asset  (24,959)
ROU Asset, December 31, 2019 $18,718 

 Maturities of the leasesCompany’s lease liabilities are approximately $84,200 including:  2012 $34,000, 2013 $34,000, 2014 $14,000, 2015 $2000, 2016 $200.as follows:



 Year Ending Payments 
2020 $20,628 
Less: Imputed interest/present value discount  (1,910)
Present value of lease liability at December 31, 2019 $18,718 

F-9






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)



NOTE 4.8.  GOING CONCERN


The Company has suffered a losslosses from operations and has a working capital and stockholders’ equity deficit, and indeficits. In all likelihood, the Company will be required to make significant future expenditures in connection with marketing efforts along with general administrative expenses. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.


The Company may raise additional capital through the sale of its equity securities, through an offering of debt securities, or through borrowings from financial institutions or related parties. By doing so, the Company hopes to generate sufficient capital to execute its business plan of selling medical supplies on an ongoing basis. Management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern.


NOTE 5.  RESTATEMENT


The Company in 2012 restated its 2010 and 2011 financial statements, as management determined that accounts receivable in those years were underreported. The effect of these changes on certain financial statement categories are as follows:



Year 2010

 

 

Prior to

Adjustment

 

 

Adjustment

Amount

 

 

After

Adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings (deficit) -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Cumulative - beg. of period

 

$

(113,196)

 

$

23,057 

 

$

(90,139)

Accounts receivable

 

$

            9 

 

$

22,984 

 

$

  22,993 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

$

(63,075)

 

$

22,984 

 

$

(40,091)

Sales

 

$

332,507 

 

$

(73)

 

$

332,434 

Net income (loss)

 

$

50,121 

 

$

(73)

 

$

50,048 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

$

 .01 

 

$

 

$

.01 

Accounts receivable - cash flow

 

$

396 

 

$

(73)

 

$

469 


Year 2011

 

 

Prior to

Adjustment

 

 

Adjustment

Amount

 

 

After

Adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

 

$

16,684 

 

$

16,684 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

$

(109,871)

 

$

16,684 

 

$

(93,187)

Sales

 

$

290,128 

 

$

(6,300)

 

$

283,828 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(46,796)

 

$

(6,300)

 

$

(53,096)

Earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(.01)

 

$

 

$

(.01)

Accounts receivable - cash flow

 

$

 

$

6,300 

 

$

6,309 




F-10






CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2011, & September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)


NOTE 6.9.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were available to be issued of December 8, 2012 and determined that there are no reportable subsequent events.



F-38 


Report of Independent Auditors



F-11The Stockholders of


Copa di Vino Corporation



Report on the Financial Statements



We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Copa di Vino Corporation (the Company), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.


ANNEXManagement’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

F-39 

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Copa di Vino Corporation as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has a net capital deficiency, and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Portland, Oregon

December 3, 2020

F-40 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Balance Sheets

  December 31, 
  2019  2018 
ASSETS      
       
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $62,898  $52,495 
Accounts receivable, net  402,443   312,315 
Inventories  499,741   740,820 
Prepaid expenses  71,599   113,387 
         
Total current assets  1,036,681   1,219,017 
         
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net  1,037,151   1,185,348 
         
LICENSE AGREEMENTS, net  250,512   281,503 
         
Total assets $2,324,344  $2,685,868 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable $1,244,764  $1,139,560 
Accrued expenses  415,958   401,585 
Line of credit  49,000   - 
Current portion of notes payable  543,058   211,533 
Related party notes payable  233,426   509,329 
         
Total current liabilities  2,486,206   2,262,007 
         
NOTES PAYABLE, NET OF CURRENT PORTION  159,917   637,722 
         
Total liabilities  2,646,123   2,899,729 
         
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
Voting common stock, $0.001 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 24,440,945 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018  24,441   24,441 
Non-voting common stock, $0.001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 7,993,802 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018  7,994   7,994 
Additional paid-in capital  4,258,399   4,258,399 
Accumulated deficit  (4,612,613)  (4,504,695)
         
Total stockholders’ deficit  (321,779)  (213,861)
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit $2,324,344  $2,685,868 

See accompanying notes.

F-41 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Statements of Operations

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018 
       
NET SALES        
Sales, net of allowances and discounts $5,769,452  $7,051,413 
Less federal excise taxes  56,588   85,335 
         
Net sales  5,712,864   6,966,078 
         
COST OF GOODS SOLD  3,654,539   4,327,396 
         
GROSS PROFIT  2,058,325   2,638,682 
         
OPERATING EXPENSES  1,994,522   2,817,205 
         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS  63,803   (178,523)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Interest income  7,074   - 
Interest expense  (190,740)  (138,179)
Other income (expense)  14,139   (77,711)
         
Total other income (expense)  (169,527)  (215,890)
         
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES  (105,724)  (394,413)
         
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES  2,194   2,281 
         
NET LOSS $(107,918) $(396,694)

See accompanying notes.

F-42 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

  Voting  Non-Voting  Additional     Total Stockholders’ 
  Common Stock  Common Stock  Paid-In  Accumulated  Equity 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  (Deficit) 
                      
BALANCE, December 31, 2017  24,440,945  $24,441   7,993,802  $7,994  $4,258,399  $(4,108,001) $182,833 
                             
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (396,694)  (396,694)
                             
BALANCE, December 31, 2018  24,440,945   24,441   7,993,802   7,994   4,258,399   (4,504,695)  (213,861)
                             
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (107,918)  (107,918)
                             
BALANCE, December 31, 2019  24,440,945  $24,441   7,993,802  $7,994  $4,258,399  $(4,612,613) $(321,779)

See accompanying notes.

F-43 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Statements of Cash Flows

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2019  2018 
       
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES        
Net loss $(107,918) $(396,694)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities        
Depreciation and amortization  204,338   205,393 
Inventory lower of cost or net realizable value adjustment  -   149,994 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities        
Accounts receivable, net  (90,128)  311,608 
Inventories  241,079   (98,339)
Prepaid expenses  41,788   114,581 
Accounts payable  105,204   (436,007)
Accrued liabilities  14,373   (16,872)
         
Net cash from operating activities  408,736   (166,336)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES        
Cash paid for property and equipment  (25,150)  (3,831)
         
Net cash from investing activities  (25,150)  (3,831)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
Proceeds from related party notes payables  808,418   1,089,390 
Repayments of related party payable  (1,084,321)  (572,007)
Advances on line of credit  359,500   60,000 
Payments on line of credit  (310,500)  (66,805)
Principal payments of notes payable  (146,280)  (308,737)
         
Net cash from financing activities  (373,183)  201,841 
         
NET INCREASE IN CASH  10,403   31,674 
         
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR  52,495   20,821 
         
CASH AT END OF YEAR $62,898  $52,495 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION        
Cash paid during the year for interest $212,817  $130,625 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
License agreements obtained with notes payable $-  $309,912 

See accompanying notes.

F-44 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of operations – Copa di Vino Corporation (Copa di Vino, or the Company) is a bottler of wine into single cup servings, with a bottling plant and administrative offices located in The Dalles, Oregon. The Company’s primary customers are distributors throughout the United States.

Basis of accounting and presentation – The financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Variable interests – Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) require a qualitative approach to identifying a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (VIE) and an ongoing assessment of the primary beneficiary of the VIE based on an evaluation to determine whether an entity has: (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (b) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

In determining whether an entity has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s performance, the guidance requires a reporting entity to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a VIE operates as designed. The guidance also requires: (a) separate presentation on the face of the statement of financial position of certain assets and liabilities of a VIE, (b) disclosure of the significant judgments and assumptions made by an enterprise in its determination as to whether or not the enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, and (c) additional expanded disclosures regarding the enterprise’s involvement with a VIE.

Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents – For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk associated with its cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable – Accounts receivable are recorded when invoices are issued and are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts if they are determined by management to be uncollectible. Accounts receivable consist primarily of non-interest bearing trade receivables from the sale of products. Generally, the Company considers accounts receivable past due after 30 days. Management individually reviews all delinquent accounts receivable balances and has recorded an allowance for receivables that are not fully collectible as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The allowance for uncollectible accounts was approximately $122,000 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

F-45 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Inventories, net – Inventories consist primarily of bulk wine, cased goods, bottling supplies, and other merchandising inventories. These are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out method. An inventory impairment to record inventory at its lower of cost or net realizable value of approximately $150,000 are included in costs of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2018. No inventory impairments were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Excise taxes – The Company pays alcohol excise taxes based on product sales to both the Oregon Liquor Control Commission and to the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB). The Company is liable for the taxes upon the removal of product from the Company’s warehouse on a per gallon basis. The federal tax rate is affected by a small winery tax credit provision which decreases based upon the number of gallons of wine production in a year rather than the quantity sold.

During March 2014, the Company received a Notice of Proposed Assessment from the Department of Treasury for tax due and recorded an accrual of $173,659 based on the assessment. This amount is included in accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Excise tax laws state that when an assessment is made, the TTB can collect such tax by levy or by proceeding in court, for a period of 10 years after the assessment of the tax. The Company has not paid the assessment as of December 31, 2019.

Property and equipment – Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and include major expenditures that increase the productivity or useful life of existing assets. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows: 

Leasehold improvements10-39 years
Tanks, machinery, and equipment3–20 years
Furniture and fixtures5–15 years

Management reviews property, plant, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

License agreements – On February 16, 2018, the Company entered into three separate license agreements with 1/4 Vin SARL, (“1/4 Vin”). 1/4 Vin has the right to license certain patents and patent applications relating to inventions, systems, and methods used in the Company’s manufacturing process. In exchange for notes payable, 1/4 Vin granted the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, non-assignable, nontransferable, terminable license which would continue until the subject equipment is no longer in service or the patents expire. The license agreement is recorded net of accumulated amortization of $59,400 and $28,409 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Amortization will be approximately $31,000 annually until the license agreement is fully amortized. The asset is being amortized over a 10 year useful life.

F-46 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue recognition – For sales of product, revenue is recognized when product is shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable.

The Company pays depletion allowances to the Company’s distributors based on their sales to their customers. The Company sets these allowances on a periodic basis and the Company’s distributors bill them back periodically. All depletion expenses associated with a given month are recognized in that month as a reduction of revenues. Revenue is recorded net of allowances and discounts, which were $411,600 and $340,700 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company also reimburses for samples used by distributors. Sample expenses are recognized at the time the Company is billed by the distributor as a selling, general and administrative expense. Samples expense was approximately $48,400 and $68,600 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Advertising and promotion costs – The Company expenses advertising and promotion costs as they are incurred. Advertising and promotion expenses amounted to approximately $48,500 and $116,600 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Shipping and handling costs – Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are classified as revenue. Costs incurred in shipping of goods are expensed as incurred, and are reported as operating expenses in the statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs were approximately $426,200 and $491,900 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Income taxes – Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at the applicable enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. See Note 7 for further discussion on the Company’s valuation allowance recorded as of December 31, 2019.


FormThe Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of Common Stock Subscription Agreementthe position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.


The Company recognized no uncertain tax positions or any accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Generally, the Company is subject to examination by income tax authorities for three years from the filing of a tax return.

F-47 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Recent accounting pronouncements – In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, which allows private companies to elect to adopt the guidance for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company has elected to defer implementation until its 2020 fiscal year in accordance with ASU 2020-05. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the new guidance.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, which represents a significant change from the existing lease accounting model for lessees. Under the new guidance, for operating leases, a lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, in its balance sheet. The standard also requires a lessee to recognize a single lease cost, calculated so that the cost of the lease is allocated over the lease term, on a generally straight-line basis. The new guidance is effective for calendar year 2022 for many nonpublic entities, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of the adoption of the new guidance, which may have significant impacts on the Company’s financial statements depending on the number of operating leases that exist as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the year of adoption.

Subsequent events – Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are available to be issued. The Company recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. The Company’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are available to be issued.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through December 3, 2020, which is the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

F-48 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Management’s Plan

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. In accordance with US GAAP, management evaluates whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date these financial statements were available to be issued. The Company has incurred operating losses over the past several years and has an accumulated deficit of approximately $4.6 million at December 31, 2019, which has eroded the Company’s working capital position. Accounts payable more than 90 days past due was approximately $500,000 as of December 31, 2019 and certain vendor payables were converted to notes payable over the previous two years. The current portion of notes payable was approximately $543,000. After evaluating these factors, the Company determined there is substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

Subsequent to year-end 2019, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak a public health emergency. There have been mandates from international, federal, state and local authorities requiring forced closures of various schools, businesses and other facilities and organizations. While the closures and cancellations are expected to be temporary, the cancellation of events throughout the country are expected to have an adverse impact on the Company’s sales and gross profit margins.

In 2020, the Company obtained a Payroll Protection Program PPP loan in the amount of $159,900 through the Small Business Administration. The Company is also pursuing potential investment options, including the potential of a sale of substantially all of its assets. See Note 9 for further discussion of the letter of intent received on July 26, 2020.

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent on the Company obtaining adequate capital to fund ongoing operations and increasing profitability.

Note 3 – Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Raw materials $184,950  $319,906 
Finished goods  314,791   420,914 
         
Total inventories $499,741  $740,820 

F-49 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Leasehold improvements $1,005,673  $1,003,697 
Machinery and equipment  1,486,213   1,479,139 
Tanks  164,195   164,195 
Furniture and fixtures  54,750   53,363 
   2,710,831   2,700,394 
         
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  (1,693,479)  (1,520,132)
   1,017,352   1,180,262 
         
Construction in progress  19,799   5,086 
         
Total property and equipment, net $1,037,151  $1,185,348 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to approximately $173,300 and $177,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Note 5 – Line of Credit

The Company maintains a line of credit with an approved maximum borrowing limit from a bank of $49,000 at December 31, 2019. The line is unsecured and bears interest at 6.75%. There was an outstanding balance of $49,000 on the line of credit at December 31, 2019.

F-50 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Notes Payable

Notes payable consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Note payable to a vendor, monthly payments of $10,000 beginning January 1, 2017 until paid in full, paid in 2019. $-  $3,749 
         
Note payable to a vendor, monthly payments of approximately $5,000 beginning November 15, 2017 with payments increasing to $10,000 per month, paid in 2019.  -   28,400 
         
Note payable to a vendor, weekly payments of at least $2,000 beginning December 2, 2016, including fixed interest of 4% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, until paid in full.  38,763   51,297 
         
Note payable to an individual, monthly interest only payments, including fixed interest of 14%, due on December 7, 2020.  150,000   150,000 
         
Notes payable to an individual, monthly interest only payments, including fixed interest of 15% and 20% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, due in May 2020.  215,000   215,000 
         
Notes payable to an individual, monthly payments including fixed interest of 10%, paid in full in December 2019.  -   25,974 
         
Note payable to an individual, monthly interest only payments at 6% due on September 1, 2021.  150,000   150,000 
         
Notes payable for license agreements (see Note 1) due in 36 monthly payments of $10,000, interest imputed at 10%, maturing in January 2021.  149,212   224,835 
   702,975   849,255 
Less current portion  (543,058)  (211,533)
         
Total notes payable, net of current portion $159,917  $637,722 

F-51 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7 – Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Current income tax expense        
State and local income taxes $2,194  $2,281 
         
Provision for income taxes $2,194  $2,281 

The income tax provision differs from the expense that would result from applying statutory tax rates to income before income taxes primarily because of permanent adjustments.

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax asset (liability) is as follows at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Deferred tax assets        
Net operating losses $778,700  $915,300 
Accrued interest – stockholder note  28,200   29,600 
Inventory adjustments  57,100   73,000 
Other  400   200 
Total deferred tax asset  864,400   1,018,100 
         
Deferred tax liabilities        
Fixed asset basis  (109,600)  (112,500)
         
Total deferred tax liability  (109,600)  (112,500)
         
Valuation allowance  (754,800)  (905,600)
         
Net deferred tax asset $-  $- 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The net operating losses generated in years up to the year ending December 31, 2017 begin to expire in 2032. Net operating losses generated subsequent to 2017 do not expire. ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses and various temporary differences be recorded as an asset to the extent that the Company assesses that realization is more likely than not. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period.

Due to the Company’s recent history of operating losses, the Company believes the recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above mentioned future tax benefits is currently not more likely than not to be realized and, accordingly, has provided a full valuation allowance.

F-52 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7 – Provision for Income Taxes (continued)

As of December 31, 2019, management had not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since the Company’s formation that would limit the use of the net operating losses under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

If the Company has experienced an ownership change at any time since its formation that triggered the rules under section 382, utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes generated before the change would be subject to an annual limitation. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards or other attributes before utilization. Management will continue to monitor this issue and will complete a Section 382 study prior to utilizing the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards.

Note 8 – Related Party Transactions

The Company is related to Discover Development LLC and Drinx Tec Inc. through common ownership.

Discover Development LLC – The Company leases its production facility from Discover Development LLC for monthly rent of $14,500 under an operating lease agreement expiring July 1, 2025. Total related party rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $142,500 and $144,000, respectively. The Company is contractually obligated under the lease for annual payments as follows: 

Years ending December 31, 2020 $177,000 
2021  180,000 
2022  180,000 
2023  180,000 
2024  180,000 
Thereafter  90,000 
     
Total $987,000 

Amounts due to Discover Development LLC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $108,426 and $353,445, respectively. Interest charged by Discover Development LLC to the Company during the year ended December 31, 2019 was approximately $38,300. Interest was not charged by Discover Development during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company received advances of $596,974 and paid $634,390 to Discover Development LLC during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company received advances of $1,053,437 and paid $808,418 to Discover Development LLC and received no advances during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Drinx Tec Inc. – Drinx Tec Inc. holds certain beverage technologies. Drinx Tec Inc. utilizes the Company’s personnel for certain administrative functions. During the year ending December 31, 2019, the Company charged Drinx Tec Inc. approximately $609,000 for its share of administrative costs, recorded as an offset to operating expenses in the statement of operations.

F-53 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 – Related Party Transactions (continued)

Related party payables consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

  2019  2018 
       
Discover Development LLC $108,426  $353,445 
         
Drinx Tec Inc. note payable (see below)  125,000   125,000 
         
Other  -   30,884 
         
Total related party notes payable $233,426  $509,329 

In 2018, Drinx Tec Inc., a related party through common ownership, obtained a $125,000 note payable from an individual requiring interest only payments at a rate of 15% until maturity in December 2020. Drinx Tec then advanced the $125,000 to the Company under the same terms.

Note 9 – Subsequent Events

Letter of Intent – The Company received a Letter of Intent dated July 26, 2020, under which an unrelated third party intends to acquire substantially all of the Company’s assets. Closing of the transaction, which is expected to occur in 2020, is contingent on management and board of directors’ approval and receipt of necessary regulatory approvals, along with satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

F-54 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
(Unaudited)

  March 31, 2021 December 31, 2020
Assets        
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $1,225,406  $380,000 
Accounts Receivable, net  803,052   484,858 
Prepaid Expenses  148,456   173,414 
Inventory  868,663   798,273 
Other receivables  93,424   90,919 
Assets of discontinued operations  357,893   316,572 
Total current assets  3,496,894   2,244,036 
         
Non-current assets:        
Deposits $275,694  $77,686 
Goodwill  5,672,823   5,672,823 
Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC  250,000   250,000 
Right of use asset, net  1,161,476   80,479 
Quart Vin License, net  211,762   219,512 
Property and equipment, net  641,291   681,352 
Total non-current assets  8,213,045   6,981,852 
         
Total assets $11,709,940  $9,225,888 
         
Liabilities and Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity        
         
Liabilities:        
 Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $1,090,986  $1,521,818 
Right of use liability – current  270,771   57,478 
Due to related parties  252,904   368,904 
         
Related party notes payable  1,331,762   1,333,333 
Convertible Loan Payable  100,000   100,000 
Notes payable, current portion  837,477   999,736 
         
Shareholder advances  416,201    
Accrued interest payable  469,001   442,748 
Liabilities of discontinued operations  592,882   591,642 
Total current liabilities  5,361,984   5,415,659 
         
Long-term Liabilities:        
Related party notes payable – noncurrent  332,940   666,667 
Notes payable – noncurrent  1,240,044   1,240,044 
Liability to issue shares in APA  1,980,000   1,980,000 
Right of use liability – noncurrent  890,939   25,521 
Total long-term liabilities  4,443,923   3,912,232 
         
Total liabilities  9,805,907   9,327,891 
         
Common stock, (mezzanine shares) 0 and 12,605,283 shares, contingently convertible to notes payable at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020     9,248,720 
         
Stockholders’ equity:        
Common Stock, $0.001 par, 150,000,000 shares authorized, 80,104,839 and 63,471,129 shares issued and outstanding, at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  80,105   63,471 
Additional paid in capital  67,855,882   52,175,541 
         
Accumulated deficit  (66,031,954)  (61,589,735)
Total deficiency in stockholders’ equity  1,904,033   (9,350,724)
         
Total liabilities, mezzanine shares and deficiency in stockholders’ equity $11,709,940  $9,225,888 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-55 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020
(Unaudited)

  Three months ended March 31,
  2021 2020
Net revenues $2,417,701  $112,003 
Cost of goods sold  (1,742,875)  (107,214)
Gross margin  674,826   4,789 
         
Operating expenses:        
Contracted services  276,511   257,981 
Salary and wages  2,020,447   241,676 
Other general and administrative  2,727,513   1,031,264 
Sales and marketing  41,878   23,012 
Total operating expenses  5,066,349   1,553,933 
         
Loss from operations  (4,391,523)  (1,549,144)
         
Other income/(expense):        
         
Interest income  114   16,151 
Interest expense  (92,211)  (1,913,637)
Gain from debt extinguishment  1,319    
Total other income/(expense)  (90,778)  (1,897,486)
         
Provision for income taxes      
         
Net loss from continuing operations  (4,482,301)  (3,446,630)
         
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax  40,082    
         
Net loss $(4,442,219) $(3,446,630)
         
Earnings//(Loss)per share (basic diluted)        
Continuing operations  (0.06)  (0.08)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  73,927,596   44,021,393 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-56 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 

              Total
  Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Accumulated Stockholders’
  Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid-In Capital Deficit Equity (Deficit)
               
Balances at December 31, 2019  44,021,389   44,021   136,293  $(50,000) $22,095,403  $(31,845,506) $(9,756,083)
                             
Issuance of common stock for convertible debt              145,579      145,579 
Incremental beneficial conversion for preferred A              240,770   (240,770)   
Issuance of warrants on convertible instruments              2,486,706   (828,903)  1,657,803 
Issuance of options                            
Issuance of common stock for services  817,753   818   (136,293)  50,000   549,182      600,000 
Issuance of common stock for cash                            
Issuance of common stock for acquisition  11,913,200   11,913         9,161,251      9,173,164 
Net loss                 (3,446,630)  (3,446,630)
                             
Balances at March 31, 2020  56,752,342   56,752         34,678,891   (36,361,809)  (1,626,167)
                             
Issuance of warrants on convertible instruments              8,996,844      8,996,844 
Issuance of options                     
Issuance of common stock for services  1,159,900   1,160         3,014,580      3,015,740 
Issuance of common stock for cash  1,736,356   1,736         1,401,016      1,402,753 
Net loss                  (22,570,893)  (22,570,893)
                             
Balances at December 31, 2020  63,471,129   63,471     $  $52,175,541  $(61,589,735) $(9,350,725)
                             
Issuance of warrants for services              1,186,596      1,186,596 
Issuance of common stock for services  505,000   505         730,530      731,035 
Issuance of common stock and warrants for cash  3,523,427   3,523         4,527,101      4,530,624 
Mezzanine shares  12,605,283   12,605         9,236,115      9,248,720 
Net loss                 (4,442,219)  (4,442,219)
                             
Balances at March 31, 2021  80,104,839   80,105     $  $67,855,882  $(66,031,954) $1,904,032 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-57 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.
Consolidated Statement Cash Flows
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Unaudited)

  Three months ended March 31,
  2021 2020
Net loss $(4,442,219) $(3,446,630)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization  40,061   2,294 
ROU asset, net  36,445   20,192 
Gain from debt extinguishment     (763)
Interest on notes payable converted to common stock     231,692 
Interest expense due to the issuance of warrants     1,657,805 
Non-cash warrant expense  1,186,596    
Share-based compensation  731,035   600,000 
Other noncash changes  (362,515)  (14,400)
Changes in working capital items:        
Accounts receivable, net  (318,194)  (80,198)
Inventory, net  (70,391)  (153,836)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  22,453   2,467 
Deposits     190 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (430,831)  226,187 
Royalty payable     6,000 
Accrued Interest payable  26,253   24,140 
Net cash used in operating activities - continuing operations  (3,581,308)  (924,860)
         
Net cash used in operating activities - discontinued operations  (40,082)    
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:        
Capital Expenditures     (2,419)
Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC     (150,000)
Net cash used in investing activities - continuing operations     (79,977)
         
Net cash used in investing activities - discontinued operations     72,442 
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:        
Proceeds from issuance of Common stock  4,530,624   1,500,000 
Cash advance from shareholder  416,201   240,000 
Repayment of cash advance  (107,966)  (120,000)
Principal repayment of debt  (333,333)  (18,000)
ROU liability, net  (38,731)  (19,788)
Net cash provided by financing activities - continuing operations  4,466,796   1,582,212 
         
Net cash provided by financing activities - discontinued operations      
         
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents  845,406   577,375 
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year  380,000   42,639 
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of year $1,225,406  $620,014 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:        
Cash paid for Interest $  $ 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities        
Notes payable and accrued interest converted to common stock (12,605,283 shares)     9,248,721 
Series A & B preferred stock and declared dividends converted to common stock     14,587,623 
Liability issued for investment in SALT Tequila USA, LLC     100,000 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-58 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Business Organization and Nature of Operations

Splash Beverage Group (“SBG”), f/k/a Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.

4120 Boardman-Canfield Road

Canfield, (the “CMS”), was incorporated in the State of Ohio 44406


Gentlemen:


This subscription agreement relateson September 3, 1992, and changed domicile to Colorado on April 18, 2012. CMS is in the business of home health services, primarily the selling of durable medical equipment and medical supplies to the offer madepublic, nursing homes, hospitals and other end users.

On December 31, 2019, CMS entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SBG Acquisition Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Nevada Corporation wholly-owned by CMS, and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Splash”) pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Splash (the “Merger”) with Splash as the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMS. The Merger was consummated on March 31, 2020.

As the owners and management of Splash have voting and operating control of CMS following the Merger, the Merger transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition (that is with Splash as the acquiring entity), followed by a recapitalization.

As part of the recapitalization, previously issued shares of SBG preferred stock have been reflected as shares of common stock that were received in the Merger. These common shares have been retrospectively presented as outstanding for all periods. 

Splash specializes in the manufacturing, distribution, and sales & marketing of various beverages across multiple channels. Splash operates in both the non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage segments. Additionally, Splash operates its own vertically integrated B-to-B and B-to-C E-commerce distribution platform called Qplash, further expanding its distribution abilities and visibility.

On July 2, 2020, CMS received a Certificate of Good Standing from the State of Colorado. This certificate allowed us to change our name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. a Colorado company. On July 31, 2020, we received approval from FINRA to change the Company’s name from Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. to Splash Beverage Group, Inc. Our new ticker symbol is SBEV.

On December 24, 2020, SBG consummated an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Copa APA”) with Copa di Vino Corporation (“CdV”), to purchase certain assets and assume certain liabilities that comprise the Copa di Vino business for a total purchase price of $5,980,000, payable in the combination of $2,000,000 in cash (“Cash Consideration”), $2,000,000 convertible promissory note (the “Convertible Note”) to Seller and a variable number of shares of the Company’s common stock based on a attainment of revenue hurdles. CdV is one of the leading producers of premium wine by the glass in the United States with its primary offices and facilities in The Dalles, Oregon.

On February 2021, Management initiated a plan to divest its CMS business. As a result, the assets and operations of CMS are reflected as discontinued operations.

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Splash Beverage Group and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Holdings and Splash Mex, CMS (as discontinued operations), and Copa. All intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared by us without audit. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 have been made.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The results of operations for the period ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents and Concentration of Cash Balance

We consider all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents at March 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.

Our cash in bank deposit accounts, at times, may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. At March 31, 2021 we had $511,146 over the federally insured limits. Our bank deposit accounts in Mexico $2,447 are uninsured.

F-59 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amounts and are periodically evaluated for collectability based on past credit history with clients and other factors. We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable on the basis of loss experience, known and inherent risk in the account balance, and current economic conditions.  At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our accounts receivable amounts are reflected net of allowances of $6,507 and $0, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, accounted for using the weighted average cost method. The inventory balances at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 consisted of raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods held for distribution. The cost elements of inventory consist of purchase of products, transportation, and warehousing. We establish provisions for excess or inventory near expiration are based on management’s estimates of forecast turnover of inventories on hand and under contract. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecast amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess or expired inventory in the future. Provisions for excess inventory are included in cost of goods sold and have historically been adequate to provide for losses on inventory. We manage inventory levels and purchase commitments in an effort to maximize utilization of inventory on hand and under commitments. The amount of our reserve was $355,780 and $366,109 at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Property and Equipment

We record property and equipment at cost when purchased. Depreciation is recorded for property, equipment, and software using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of assets, which range from 3-39 years. Company management reviews the recoverability of all long-lived assets, including the related useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset might not be recoverable.

Depreciation expense totaled $43,487 and $2,294 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively. Property and equipment as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

  March 31, 2021 December 31, 2020
Property and equipment, at cost  2,076,710   718,884 
Accumulated depreciation  (1,435,419)  (37,532)
Property and equipment, net  641,291   681,352 

Excise taxes

The Company pays alcohol excise taxes based on product sales to both the Oregon Liquor Control Commission and to the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB). The Company is liable for the taxes upon the removal of product from the Company’s warehouse on a per gallon basis. The federal tax rate is affected by a small winery tax credit provision which decreases based upon the number of gallons of wine production in a year rather than the quantity sold.

Paycheck Protection Program

The Company records Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan proceeds in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 470, Debt. Debt is extinguished when either the debtor pays the creditor or the debtor is legally released from being the primary obligor, either judicially or by the creditor.

F-60 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 -Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.

Level 2 -Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active).

Level 3 -Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

The liabilities and indebtedness presented on the consolidated financial statements approximate fair values at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, consistent with recent negotiations of notes payable and due to the short duration of maturities.

F-61 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance sets forth a five-step model which depicts the recognition of revenue in an amount that reflects what we expect to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers.

We recognize revenue when our performance obligations under the terms of a contract with the customer are satisfied. Product sales occur once control of our products is transferred upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods and is presented net of provisions for customer returns and allowances. The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies with changes in customer incentives we offer to our customers and their customers. Sales taxes and other similar taxes are excluded from revenue.

Distribution expenses to transport our products, where applicable, and warehousing expense after manufacture are accounted for within operating expenses.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold include the costs of products, packaging, transportation, warehousing, and costs associated with valuation allowances for expired, damaged or impaired inventory.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation”.  Under the fair value recognition provisions, cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option vesting period.  We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options.  We early adopted ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which aligns accounting treatment for such awards to non-employees with the existing guidance on employee share-based compensation in ASC 718.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in ASC 740, “Income Taxes”.  Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse.  We record a valuation allowance when it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Company management assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date.  In accordance with ASC 740-10, for those tax positions where there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, our policy is to record the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

For those income tax positions where there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit will be recognized in the financial statements. Company management has determined that there are no material uncertain tax positions at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

F-62 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, continued

Net income (loss) per share

The net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common outstanding. Warrants, stock options, and common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Company’s convertible debt or preferred stock (if any), are not included in the computation if the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Numerator 2021 2020
Net loss from continuing applicable to common shareholders $(4,482,301) $(3,446,630)
         
Earnings from discontinued applicable to common shareholders $40,082  $ 
         
Denominator        
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  73,927,596   44,021,393 
         
Net loss per share from continuing operations (basic diluted) $(0.06) $(0.08)
         
Net income per share from discontinued operations (basic diluted) $0.00  $0.00 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding excludes anti-dilutive common stock equivalents, including warrants to purchase 3 million shares of common stock for nominal consideration.

Advertising

We conduct advertising for the promotion of our products. In accordance with ASC 720-35, advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. We recorded advertising expense of $47,785 and $23,012 for the three-months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired and is not subject to amortization. The Company reviews goodwill annually in the fourth quarter for impairment or when circumstances indicate carrying value may exceed the fair value. This evaluation is performed at the reporting unit level. If a qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative analysis is completed using either the income or market approach, or a combination of both. The income approach estimates fair value based on expected discounted future cash flows, while the market approach uses comparable public companies and transactions to develop metrics to be applied to historical and expected future operating results. During 2020, the company recorded an impairment charge associated with the CMS acquisition. See Note 16.

Long-lived assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment on an annual basis, when relocating or closing a facility, or when events or changes in circumstances may indicate the carrying amount of the asset group, generally an individual warehouse, may not be fully recoverable. For asset groups held and used, including warehouses to be relocated, the carrying value of the asset group is considered recoverable when the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group exceed the respective carrying value. In the event that the carrying value is not considered recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized for the asset group to be held and used equal to the excess of the carrying value above the estimated fair value of the asset group. For asset groups classified as held-for-sale (disposal group), the carrying value is compared to the disposal group’s fair value less costs to sell. The Company estimates fair value by obtaining market appraisals from third party brokers or using other valuation techniques.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, that FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (Topic 326). This ASU provides financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date.

Management is currently assessing the new standard but does not believe that it would have a material effect.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements. As new accounting pronouncements are issued, we will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

Note 3 – Going Concern

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.  Our business operations have not yet generated significant revenues, and we have sustained net losses of approximately $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and have an accumulated deficit of approximately $66.0 million at March 31, 2021. In addition, we have current liabilities in excess of current assets of approximately $1.9 million at March 31, 2021. Further, we are in default on approximately $0.9 million of indebtedness, including accrued interest.

Our ability to continue as a going concern in the foreseeable future is dependent upon our ability to generate revenues and obtain sufficient long-term financing to meet current and future obligations and deploy such to produce profitable operating results. Management has evaluated these conditions and plans to raise capital as needed and to generate revenues to satisfy our capital needs. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in these efforts.

These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. These condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-63 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable

Notes payable are generally nonrecourse and secured by all Company owned assets.

  Interest Rate March 31, 2021 December 31, 2020
Notes Payable            
             
In February 2014, we entered into a 12-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 66,146 shares of common stock at $0.73 per share. The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date. The note matured and remains in default.  15%   150,000   150,000 
             
             
In March 2014, we entered into a short-term loan agreement with an entity in the amount of $200,000. The note included warrants for 272,584 shares of common stock at $0.94 per share. The warrants expired on February 28, 2017 and none were exercised at that date. The loan matured and remains in default.  8%   200,000   200,000 
             
In May 2020, we entered into a two year loan with the SBA under the Paycheck Protection Program established by the CARES Act in the amount of $94,833. The note requires monthly payments of principal and interest starting in December 2020 and maturing in May 2021. See note 13.  1%   94,833   89,612 
             
In June 2020, we entered into a six-month loan with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The loan matures in December 2020 with principal and interest due at maturity.  12%      100,000 
In August 2020, we entered into a nine-month loan with a company in the amount of $112,000. The loan requires 9 amortized payments of principal and interest in the amount of $12,246 with the final payment due September 2020.  4.8%   25,238   62,719 
Notes payable for license agreements due in 36 monthly payments of $10,000, interest imputed at 10%, maturing in January 2021.  10.0%   29,212   59,212 
In December 2020, we entered into a 56 month loan with a company in the amount of $1,578,237. The loan requires payments of 3.75% of the previous months revenue.  Various   1,578,237   1,578,237 
             
             
   Total notes payable  $2,077,520  $2,239,780 
             
   Less current portion   (837,477)  (999,736)
             
   Long-term notes payable  $1,240,044  $1,240,044 

Interest expense on notes payable was $9,625 and $49,430 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Accrued interest was $273,880 at March 31, 2021.

F-64 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

Related Parties Notes Payable      
         
 In December 2020, we entered into a 18 month loan with an individual in the amount of $2,000,000. The loan requires 18 monthly amortized payments of principal and interest in the amount of $144,444 with the final payment due June 2022.  2.0%            1,664,702                  2,000,000
         
         
    Less current portion           (1,331,762)                (1,333,333)
         
    Long-term notes payable  $           332,940  $                666,667

Interest expense on related party notes payable was $0 and $37,967 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Accrued interest was $0 as of March 31, 2021.

F-65 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

  Interest March 31,  December 31, 
  Rate 2021  2020 
Convertible Bridge Loans Payable          
           
In May 2015, we entered into a 3-month term loan agreement with an individual in the amount of $100,000. The annual interest rate for this bridge loan was 32% for the first 90 days, and 4% thereafter, compounded monthly. Variable $100,000  $100,000 

F-66 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, Convertible Bridge Loans Payable, Revenue Financing Arrangements and Bridge Loan Payable, continued

Interest expense on the convertible bridge loans payable was $32,000 and $93,785 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Accrued interest was $179,215 at March 31, 2021.

On April 24, 2017, a note holder filed a complaint against the Company for a promissory note in default. The note holder is requesting summary judgment in the amount of $279,215.

F-67 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Licensing Agreement and Royalty Payable

We have a licensing agreement with ABG TapouT, LLC (“TapouT”), providing us with licensing rights to the brand “TapouT” on energy drinks, energy shots, water, teas and sports drinks for beverages sold in the United States of America, its territories, possessions, U.S. military bases and Mexico. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to pay a 6% royalty on net sales, as defined. In 2021 and 2020, we are required to make monthly payments of $49,500 and $45,000, respectively.

There were no unpaid royalties at March 31, 2021. We paid the guaranteed minimum royalty payments of $148,500 and $135,000 for the three-months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, which is included in general and administrative expenses.

In connection with the Copa APA, we acquired the license to certain patents from 1/4 Vin SARL (“1/4 Vin”) On February 16, 2018, the Copa di Vino entered into three separate license agreements with 1/4 Vin SARL, (1/4 Vin). 1/4 Vin has the right to license certain patents and patent applications relating to inventions, systems, and methods used in the Company’s manufacturing process. In exchange for notes payable, 1/4 Vin granted the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, non-assignable, nontransferable, terminable license which would continue until the subject equipment is no longer in service or the patents expire. Amortization will be approximately $31,000 annually until the license agreement is fully amortized. The asset is being amortized over a 10-year useful life.

Note 6 – Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

At March 31, 2020, we issued 817,753 shares of common stock in exchange for services provided to us. The shares were valued at $0.73 per share. We recognized share-based compensation expense of $600,000, which is classified within the contracted services line on the Statement of Operations. At March 31, 2021, we issued 505,000 shares of common stock in exchange for services provided to us. The shares were valued at a fair market value stock price based on the agreement date. We recognized share-based compensation expense of $731,035, which is classified within the contracted services line on the Statement of Operations.

F-68 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Deficiency in Stockholders’ Equity, continued

Private Placement Memorandum (PPM)

Our Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders to obtain working capital by conducting a private placement offering of 3,636,364 shares of the common stock of the Company, $0.001 value per share at a purchase price of $1.10 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $4,000,000. As part of the PPM, each purchaser received a warrant to purchase one share for every two shares purchased. In February 2021, we completed our PPM by issuing a total of 3,637,065 of shares and warrants with gross proceeds of $4,000,771.

Treasury Stock

Since its inception, we have repurchased shares from our shareholders. To date, we have repurchased 1,226,630 shares, of which 817,753 have been retired.

In connection with a 2018 consulting agreement, we are committed to issue the 408,877 shares held in treasury upon the occurrence of certain events or milestones. We issued 136,292 shares in July 2018, 136,292 shares in July 2019 and 136,292 shares at March 31, 2020.

Warrant Issuance-Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

As an incentive to convert their Series A preferred stock we issued 1,000,000 new warrants to the holders of our Series A preferred stock to purchase shares of SBG common stock at $0.18 per share. Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, these warrants were exchanged for warrants to purchase 1,362,922 of Splash Beverage Group, Inc. shares all of which were outstanding as of March 31, 2021. These warrants have a 3-year term.

Warrant Issuance-Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

As part of the sale and issuance of 5,333,675 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, we issued 2,666,839 warrants to purchase shares our common stock at a price of $1.10 per share. The warrants have a 5-year term. At March 31, 2021, there are 565,819 warrants outstanding.

F-69 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 7 – Share-Based Payments

Warrant Issuance-GMA Consulting Services

We issued 1,362,922 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at $0.007 per share as part of our consulting agreement with GMA, at December 31, 2019.

The warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share per warrant of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.01 per share during the five-year period commencing on October 2, 2018, or, if greater, the number of common shares with a market value equivalent to two percent of the enterprise value of the Company at an exercise price of $0.008 per share.

As an incentive for GMA to convert their debt and accrued interest into shares of common stock, we retired the original 1,362,922 warrants and issued 2,725,844 pre-merger new warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at $0.18 per share. These warrants have a 3-year term and remain outstanding as of March 31, 2021.

Stock Plan

We have adopted the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan for SBG (the “Plan”), which provides for the grant of common stock and stock options to employees. We have reserved 4,088,765 shares for issuance under the Plan. The option exercise price generally may not be less than the underlying stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant and generally have a term of ten years. On December 7, 2019, our Board of Directors granted 1,124,410 options to certain employees and consultants. None of these options were exercised at March 31, 2021. As of March 31, 2021, the total number of options available for grant is 306,657 under this plan.

We measure employee stock-based awards at the grant-date fair value and recognizes employee compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility and exercise price. We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock- based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards. The expected life of stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the weighted average time to vesting and the contractual maturity, we have limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock options grants. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. For stock price volatility, we use comparable public companies as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of options granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option. The estimation of the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from the Company’s current estimates, such amounts are recognized as an adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, options to purchase 825,000 SBG shares were converted to options to purchase 1,124,410 Splash Beverage Group, Inc. shares. 

    Weighted Average
  Options Exercise Price
Outstanding - Beginning of 2021  3,758,910  $0.76 
Granted    $ 
Exercised    $ 
Cancelled/forfeited    $ 
Outstanding - March 31, 2021  3,758,910  $0.76 
         
Exercisable at March, 31 2021  3,758,910  $0.76 
         
Weighted average grant date fair value of options during year       
         
Weighted average duration to expiration of outstanding options at March 31, 2021  4.3     

F-70 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

In August 2020, we adopted a new incentive plan. The 2020 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is established by Splash Beverage Group, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Company”), to sell between $40,000 (the “Minimum Offering”)create incentives which are designed to motivate Participants to put forth maximum effort toward the success and $300,000 (the “Maximum Offering”) in sharesgrowth of Company’s common stock (the “Shares”), pursuantthe Company and to enable the Company to attract and retain experienced individuals who by their position, ability and diligence are able to make important contributions to the prospectus filed withCompany’s success. Toward these objectives, the SEC,Plan provides for the grant of Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Performance Units and as same may be amended or supplemented from timePerformance Bonuses to time (the “Prospectus”). The undersigned has received a copyEligible Employees and the grant of the ProspectusNonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, SARs and wishesPerformance Units to purchase Shares on the terms,Consultants and Eligible Directors, subject to the conditions set forth below and in the Prospectus.Plan. At December 31, 2020, the board approved the granting of 2,634,500 warrants were issued under this new plan. These warrants expire in 5 years.

Note 8 – Related Parties

During the normal course of business, we incurred expenses related to services provided by our CEO or Company expenses paid by our CEO, resulting in related party payables, net of $252,904 at March 31, 2021. The undersigned understands that pending salerelated party payable to the CEO bears no interest payable and is due on demand. We also assumed a $50,000 note for the President of WesBev who is the majority shareholder of SBG.

There are related party notes payable of $1.6 million outstanding as of March 31, 2021 as discussed in Note 4.

Note 9 – Investment in Salt Tequila USA, LLC

On December 9, 2013, we entered into a marketing and distribution agreement with SALT Tequila USA, LLC (“SALT”) in Mexico for the manufacturing of our product line. The agreement was for a one-year term with an additional two-year renewal. On December 28, 2015, the agreement was extended through 2020. In the December 9, 2013 agreement, we received a 5% ownership interest in SALT, 12 months after the date of the $40,000agreement we received an additional 5% ownership interest in SALT, and 24 months after the date of the agreement we received an additional 5% interest, resulting in a total interest of 15% in SALT.

SALT also has sold product to an unrelated international alcohol distributor, American Spirits Exchange, for preliminary market testing in 9 of 16 states that they distribute to, that are government-controlled alcohol resellers. In 2019 we had no sales for SALT Tequila. On December 31, 2018, we created a Mexican subsidiary, Splash MEX SA DE CV (“Splash Mex”) for the exporting of SALT Tequila from Mexico to the USA, South and Central Americas. Splash Mex will also act as the manufacturing and distribution agent of TapouT in Central and South Americas. Applications for the appropriate licenses required for import and wholesale of alcohol in the USA have been completed for at the Federal and State levels. These licenses will permit direct alcohol sales to distributors and wholesalers thereby limiting the use of agents for importing SALT Tequila to the USA for distribution.

On March 26, 2020, we entered into a new amended stock sale and purchase agreement. The agreement is for $1,000,000 to be paid in 4 tranches of $250,000 and entitles us to receive additional equity interest in Salt Tequila USA, LLC as follows: 

Tranche 1 – 7.5%

Tranche 2 – 5.0%

Tranche 3 – 5.0%

Tranche 4 – 5.0%

Once all tranches are paid-out we will have a total equity stake of 37.5% of Salt Tequila USA, LLC.

During 2020, we paid the first tranche of $250,000 resulting in a total interest of 22.5%.

F-71 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 10 – Operating Lease Obligations

Effective July 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced July 1, 2018 and is scheduled to expire after 36 months, on June 30, 2021.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a 6-month lease agreement for our NY affiliate which expired on April 30, 2020.

Effective November 2019, we entered into a new lease with Interport Logistics, LLC. The lease term commenced on November 11, 2019 and is scheduled to expire on November 11, 2022.

Effective May 2019, we entered into a new lease in Mexico. The lease commenced May 1, 2019 and is scheduled to expire after 24 months, on April 1, 2021. We are in the process of negotiating a new lease for our Mexican warehouse.

Effective January 2021, we entered into a lease agreement for the right to use and occupy office space. The lease term commenced January 18, 2021 and is scheduled to expire after 18 months, on July 31, 2022.

Effective January 2021, we entered into a lease agreement for the right to use and occupy office and manufacturing space. The lease term commenced January 1, 2021 and is scheduled to expire after 60 months, on December 31, 2025.

The following table presents the discounted present value of minimum all proceedslease payments for our office and warehouses to the amounts reported as financial lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2021:

Undiscounted Future Minimum Lease Payments Operating Lease
   
2021 (nine months)  $246,339 
2022   294,347 
2023   252,000 
2024   252,000 
2025   249,357 
Total   1,294,043 
Amount representing imputed interest   (132,333)
Total operating lease liability   1,161,710 
Current portion of operating lease liability   270,771 
Operating lease liability, non-current  $890,939 

The table below presents information for lease costs related to our operating leases at March 31, 2021:

Operating lease cost:   
Amortization of leased assets $211,913 
Interest of lease liabilities  26,825 
Total operating lease cost $238,738 

The table below presents lease-related terms and discount rates at March 31, 2021:

Remaining term on leases1 to 57 months
Incremented borrowing rate5.0%

F-72 

Splash Beverage Group, Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11 – Line of Credit

At December 31, 2020 SBG owed $68,000 to a financial institution under a revolving line of credit. The line of credit is secured by the assets of SBG is due on demand, and bears interest at variable rates approximately 6.1% at December 31, 2020. As part of the acquisition of Copa di Vino the LOC was paid off.

Note 12 – PPP Loan

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China (the “COVID-19 outbreak”) and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads globally beyond the point of origin. On March 20, 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally.

In response to the COVID-19 outbreak in the United States, the CARES Act (the “Act”) was passed by Congress and signed into law on March 27, 2020. In connection with the CARES Act, the Company and its subsidiary applied for and received loans with an original aggregate principal balance of approximately $158,000. These loans and interest will be heldforgiven as long as the funds are used for qualifying expenditures as outlined in the Act. The loans bear interest at 1%, with an 18 month term, and has a non-interest bearing escrow account by6-month initial payment deferral. See Note 4.

As of March 31, 2021, we have a balance of $94,833. In April 2021, we received notification of forgiveness for the Escrow Agent for this offering.entire outstanding balance.


1.

Subscription


1.1Note 13 – Business Combinations

As stated in Note 1, we consummated the merger of CMS on March 31, 2020 which was accounted for as a reverse merger.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes,value of our merger was approximately $9.2 million based on the valuation of the CMS equity on the date of consummation.

The following summarizes our allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition: 

Cash and cash equivalents $72,442 
Accounts receivable  311,586 
Inventory  21,415 
Property and equipment  38,110 
Goodwill  9,448,832 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities  719,221 
Purchase price $9,173,164 

During 2020, the goodwill associated with the CMS merger was impaired. See Note 16.

SBG-Copa Acquisition:

As stated in Note 1, we consummated the acquisition of Copa di Vino Company on December 24, 2020. The purchase price consideration was comprised of $1.5 million in debt, $0.5 million in cash and $2.0 million in contingent shares, for total consideration of approximately $6.0 million.

The following summarizes our allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition:

Purchase
Accounting
Accounts receivable, net88,131
Other current assets11,236
Inventory273,951
Property and equipment, net663,273
License agreement, net222,095
Goodwill5,672,823
Total identifiable assets6,931,509
Accounts payable and accrued expenses882,279
Note payable69,212
Equity5,980,000
Total liabilities and equity6,931,509

F-73 

Note 14 – Segment Reporting

The Company evaluates segment reporting in accordance with the termsFASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 280, Segment Reporting, each reporting period, including evaluating the reporting package reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Note: The Copa di Vino business is included in our Splash Beverage Group segment.

Revenue 2021 2020
Splash Beverage Group  825,742   112,003 
E-Commerce  1,313,182    
Medical Devices – Discontinued  278,777    
         
Total Revenues  2,417,701   112,003 

Total assets 2021 2020
Splash Beverage Group  10,605,847   8,403,670 
E-Commerce  746,198   505,646 
Medical Devices – Discontinued  357,893   316,572 
         
Total Assets  11,709,940   9,225,888 

Note 15 – Commitment and Contingencies

We are a party to asserted claims and are subject to regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but we do not anticipate that the outcome, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Capital Raise

In connection with the merger we are committed to our previous preferred stock and debt holders to raise $9 million in a secondary IPO or debt, as defined in the agreements.

In February 2021, we successfully raised the $9 million required.

Stock Price Guarantee

We have a commitment to issue additional shares associated with specific stock price guarantee granted to an investor. See Note 4.

Note 16 – Goodwill

In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, we test goodwill for impairment for each reporting unit on an annual basis, or when events or circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value.

Our goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired in business combinations. The goodwill generated from the business combinations is primarily related to the value placed on the employee workforce and expected synergies. Judgment is involved in determining if an indicator or change in circumstances relating to impairment has occurred. Such changes may include, among others, a significant decline in expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, and unforeseen competition.

We have the option of performing a qualitative assessment of impairment to determine whether any further quantitative testing for impairment is necessary. The option of whether or not to perform a qualitative assessment is made annually and may vary by reporting unit. Factors we consider in the qualitative assessment include general macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance of this Subscription Agreement (the “Agreement”our reporting units, events or changes affecting the composition or carrying amount of the net assets of its reporting units, sustained decrease in its share price, and other relevant entity specific events. If the management determines on the basis of qualitative factors that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying value, then we perform a quantitative test for that reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is compared to the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill. Subsequent to the adoption on January 1, 2017 of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, if the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we recognize an impairment equal to the excess carrying value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

At December 31, 2020, our management determined that an impairment charge of approximately $9.5 million, was necessary to reduce the goodwill relating to our Medical Device Segment the impairment charge was primarily related to the net cash flow projection of that business unit.

Note 17 – Subsequent Events

In April 2021, SBG received notification that its PPP loan has been forgiven in full.

In April 2021 we filed a registration statement on Form S-1 for the purchasesale of up to $60 million of common stock.

In May 2021, our board of directors approved the Company to increase the amount of authorized shares from 150,000,000 to 250,000,000. In addition, the board has approved the Company the right to affect a reverse stock split with a range from 1 to 1.5 up to 1 to 10. The Company’s Articles of Incorporation have not yet been amended with respect to either of the a above-referenced actions.

In May 2021, we received $718,000 in convertible notes which has an annual interest rate of 7%. All notes mature October 2021.

F-74 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Condensed Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

  September 30,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
       
ASSETS        
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $145,415  $62,898 
Accounts receivable, net  191,981   402,443 
Inventory  563,989   499,741 
Prepaid expenses  81,651   71,599 
         
Total current assets  983,036   1,036,681 
         
Property and equipment, net  921,036   1,037,151 
         
Intangible assets, net  227,012   250,512 
         
Total assets $2,131,084  $2,324,344 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable $1,175,472  $1,244,764 
Accrued expenses  381,305   415,958 
Line of credit  44,755   49,000 
Current portion of notes payable  249,212   543,058 
Related party notes payable  992,710   233,426 
         
Total current liabilities  2,843,454   2,486,206 
         
Notes payable, net of current portion  159,900   159,917 
         
Total liabilities  3,003,354   2,646,123 
         
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
Voting common stock, $0.001 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 24,440,945 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019  24,441   24,441 
Non-voting common stock, $0.001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 7,993,802 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019  7,994   7,994 
Additional paid-in capital  4,258,399   4,258,399 
Accumulated deficit  (5,163,104)  (4,612,613)
         
Total stockholders’ deficit  (872,270)  (321,779)
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit $2,131,084  $2,324,344 

See accompanying notes.

F-75 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Condensed Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
  2020  2019 
       
NET SALES        
Sales, net of allowances and discounts $2,252,950  $4,121,305 
Less federal excise taxes  (17,957)  (50,468)
         
Net sales  2,234,993   4,070,837 
         
COST OF GOODS SOLD  1,698,407   2,833,284 
         
GROSS PROFIT  536,586   1,237,553 
         
OPERATING EXPENSES  987,914   1,498,339 
         
(LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS  (451,328)  (260,786)
         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)        
Interest income  -   547 
Interest expense  (99,163)  (152,355)
Other income (expense)  -   3,000 
         
Total other (expense)  (99,163)  (148,808)
         
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES  (550,491)  (409,594)
         
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES  -   - 
         
NET LOSS $(550,491) $(409,594)

See accompanying notes.

F-76 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Condensed Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(Unaudited)

                    Total 
  Voting
Common Stock
  Non-Voting
Common Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
  Accumulated  Stockholders’
Equity
 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  (Deficit) 
                      
BALANCE, December 31, 2018  24,440,945   24,441   7,993,802   7,994   4,258,399   (4,504,695)  (213,861)
                             
Net loss, nine months ended September 30, 2019  -   -   -   -   -   (409,594)  (409,594)
                             
Net loss, three months ended December 31, 2019  -   -   -   -   -   301,676   301,676 
                             
BALANCE, December 31, 2019  24,440,945  $24,441   7,993,802  $7,994  $4,258,399  $(4,612,613) $(321,779)
                             
Net loss, nine months ended September 30, 2020  -   -   -   -   -   (550,491)  (550,491)
                             
BALANCE, September 30, 2020  24,440,945  $24,441   7,993,802  $7,994  $4,258,399  $(5,163,104) $(872,270)

See accompanying notes.

F-77 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

  Nine-months ended
September 30,
 
  2020  2019 
       
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES        
Net loss $(550,491) $(409,594)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities        
Depreciation and amortization  151,792   153,936 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities        
Accounts receivable, net  210,462   406,475 
Inventories  (64,248)  229,001 
Prepaid expenses  (10,052)  46,624 
Accounts payable  (55,513)  236,545 
Accrued expenses  (48,432)  (196,479)
         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  (366,482)  466,508 
         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES        
Cash paid for property and equipment  (12,177)  (28,791)
         
Net cash used in investing activities  (12,177)  (28,791)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
Proceeds from notes and related party payables  1,304,996   612,030 
Repayments of notes and related party payables  (545,712)  (1,086,895)
Advances on line of credit  98,000   213,500 
Payments on line of credit  (102,245)  (165,949)
Proceeds of notes payable  170,355   - 
Principal payments of notes payable  (464,218)  - 
         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  461,176   (427,314)
         
NET INCREASE IN CASH  82,517   10,403 
         
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR  62,898   52,495 
         
CASH AT END OF YEAR $145,415  $62,898 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION        
Cash paid during the year for interest $81,105  $90,921 

See accompanying notes.

F-78 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of operations – Copa di Vino Corporation (Copa di Vino, or the Company) is a bottler of wine into single cup servings, with a bottling plant and administrative offices located in The Dalles, Oregon. The Company’s primary customers are distributors throughout the United States.

Basis of accounting and presentation – The financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents – For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk associated with its cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable – Accounts receivable are recorded when invoices are issued and are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts if they are determined by management to be uncollectible. Accounts receivable consist primarily of non-interest bearing trade receivables from the sale of products. Generally, the Company considers accounts receivable past due after 30 days. Management individually reviews all delinquent accounts receivable balances and has recorded an allowance for receivables that are not fully collectible. The allowance for uncollectible accounts was approximately $122,000 as of December 31, 2019. There was no allowance at September 30, 2020.

F-79 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Inventories, net – Inventories consist primarily of bulk wine, cased goods, bottling supplies, and other merchandising inventories. These are stated at the lower of cost or fair value using the first-in, first-out method. An inventory adjustment of approximately $25,000 is included in costs of goods sold during the period ended September 30, 2020. No inventory adjustments were recorded during 2019.

Excise taxes – The Company pays alcohol excise taxes based on product sales to both the Oregon Liquor Control Commission and to the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB). The Company is liable for the taxes upon the removal of product from the Company’s warehouse on a per gallon basis. The federal tax rate is affected by a small winery tax credit provision which decreases based upon the number of Shares,gallons of wine production in a year rather than the quantity sold.

During March 2014, the Company received a Notice of Proposed Assessment from the Department of Treasury for tax due and recorded an accrual of $173,659 based on the assessment. This amount is included in accrued liabilities as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Excise tax laws state that when an assessment is made, the TTB can collect such tax by levy or by proceeding in court, for a period of 10 years after the assessment of the tax. The Company has not paid the assessment as of September 30, 2020.

Property and equipment – Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and include major expenditures that increase the productivity or useful life of existing assets. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows: 

Leasehold improvements10-39 years
Tanks, machinery, and equipment3–20 years
Furniture and fixtures5–15 years

Management reviews property, plant, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

License agreements – On February 16, 2018, the Company entered into three separate license agreements with 1/4 Vin SARL, (1/4 Vin). 1/4 Vin has the right to license certain patents and patent applications relating to inventions, systems, and methods used in the Company’s manufacturing process. In exchange for notes payable, 1/4 Vin granted the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, non-assignable, nontransferable, terminable license which would continue until the subject equipment is no longer in service or the patents expire. The license agreement is recorded net of accumulated amortization of $82,900 at September 30, 2020 and $59,400 at December 31, 2019. Amortization will be approximately $31,000 annually until the license agreement is fully amortized. The asset is being amortized over a 10 year useful life.

F-80 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue recognition – For sales of product, revenue is recognized when product is shipped and the customer takes ownership and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable.

The Company pays depletion allowances to the Company’s distributors based on their sales to their customers. The Company sets these allowances on a periodic basis and the Company’s distributors bill them back periodically. All depletion expenses associated with a given month are recognized in that month as a reduction of revenues. Revenue is recorded net of allowances and discounts, which were $152,504 and $281,698 for the nine-months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company also reimburses for samples used by distributors. Sample expenses are recognized at the price per Share, set forthtime the Company is billed by the distributor as a selling, general and administrative expense. Samples expense was approximately $10,113 and $33,175 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Advertising and promotion costs – The Company expenses advertising and promotion costs as they are incurred. Advertising and promotion expenses amounted to approximately $82,200 and $164,600 for the nine months ending September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Shipping and handling costs – Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are classified as revenue. Costs incurred in shipping of goods are expensed as incurred and are reported as operating expenses in the statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs were approximately $152,400 and $297,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Income taxes – Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at the applicable enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the signature pagetechnical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company recognized no uncertain tax positions or any accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Generally, the Company is subject to examination by income tax authorities for three years from the filing of a tax return.

F-81 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Recent accounting pronouncements – In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, which allows private companies to elect to adopt the guidance for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company has elected to defer implementation until its 2020 fiscal year in accordance with ASU 2020-05. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the new guidance, but does not feel that there will be a material impact to the Agreement.financial statements as a whole.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, which represents a significant change from the existing lease accounting model for lessees. Under the new guidance, for operating leases, a lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, in its balance sheet. The undersigned hereby deliversstandard also requires a lessee to recognize a single lease cost, calculated so that the cost of the lease is allocated over the lease term, on a generally straight-line basis. The new guidance is effective for calendar year 2022 for many nonpublic entities, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of the adoption of the new guidance, but does not feel that there will be a material impact to the financial statements as a whole.

Subsequent events – Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are available to be issued. The Company recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. The Company’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are available to be issued.

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through January 29, 2021, which is the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

F-82 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 2 – Management’s Plan

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. In accordance with US GAAP, management evaluates whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date these financial statements were available to be issued. The Company has incurred operating losses over the past several years and has an accumulated deficit of approximately $5.1 million at September 30, 2020, which has eroded the Company’s working capital position. Accounts payable more than 90 days past due was approximately $788,000 as of September 30, 2020 and certain vendor payables were converted to notes payable over the previous two years. The current portion of notes payable was approximately $1,200,000. After evaluating these factors, the Company determined there is substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

Subsequent to year-end 2019, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak a public health emergency. There have been mandates from international, federal, state, and local authorities requiring forced closures of various schools, businesses and other facilities and organizations. The experienced closures and cancellations of events throughout the country are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s sales and associated cash flows.

In 2020, the Company obtained a Payroll Protection Program PPP loan in the amount of $159,900 through the Small Business Administration. The Company is also pursuing potential investment options, including the potential of a sale of substantially all of its assets. See Note 8.

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent on the Company obtaining adequate capital to fund ongoing operations and increasing profitability.

Note 3 – Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

  2020  2019 
       
Raw materials $236,994  $184,950 
Finished goods  326,995   314,791 
         
Total inventories $563,989  $499,741 

F-83 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 4 – Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

  2020  2019 
       
Leasehold improvements $1,005,673  $1,005,673 
Machinery and equipment  1,487,063   1,486,213 
Tanks  169,223   164,195 
Furniture and fixtures  54,750   54,750 
         
   2,716,709   2,710,831 
         
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  (1,821,771)  (1,693,479)
         
   894,938   1,017,352 
         
Construction in progress  26,098   19,799 
         
Total property and equipment, net $921,036  $1,037,151 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to approximately $151,800 for the nine months ending September 31, 2020 and $173,300 for the years ended December 31, 2019.

Note 5 – Line of Credit

The Company maintains a line of credit with an approved maximum borrowing limit from a bank of $49,000 at September 30, 2020. The line is unsecured and bears interest at 6.75%. There was an outstanding balance of $44,755 and $49,000 on the line of credit at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

F-84 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 6 – Notes Payable

Notes payable consist of the following at September 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

  2020  2019 
       
Note payable to a vendor, weekly payments of at least $2,000 beginning December 2, 2016, including fixed interest of 4% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, until paid in full.  -   38,763 
         
Note payable to an individual, monthly interest only payments, including fixed interest of 14%, due on December 7, 2020.  -   150,000 
         
Notes payable to an individual, monthly interest only payments, including fixed interest of 15% and 20% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, due in May 2020.  -   215,000 
         
PPP loan through the SBA.  159,900   - 
         
Note payable to an individual, monthly interest only payments at 6% due on September 1, 2021.  150,000   150,000 
         
Notes payable for license agreements (see Note 1) due in 36 monthly payments of $10,000, interest imputed at 10%, maturing in January 2021.  99,212   149,212 
         
   409,112   702,975 
Less current portion  (249,212)  (543,058)
         
Total notes payable, net of current portion $159,900  $159,917 

F-85 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 7 – Related Party Transactions

The Company is related to Discover Development LLC and Drinx Tec Inc. through common ownership.

Discover Development LLC – The Company leases its production facility from Discover Development LLC for monthly rent of $15,000 under an operating lease agreement expiring July 1, 2025. Total related party rent expense during the nine months ending September 30, 2020 and 2019 totaled $119,500 and $107,250, respectively. Since this is a sub-lease by the owner of the Company, the monthly payment did differ from the monthly rent of $15,000. The Company is contractually obligated under the lease for annual payments as follows: 

2020 (3 months)  45,000 
2021  180,000 
2022  180,000 
2023  180,000 
2024  180,000 
Thereafter  45,000 
     
Total $810,000 

Amounts due to Discover Development LLC at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were $992,710 and $108,426, respectively. Interest charged by Discover Development LLC to the Company (i)during the nine months ending September 30, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $69,500 and $14,000, respectively. The Company received advances of $311,862 and paid $474,165 to Discover Development LLC during the nine months ending September 30, 2019. The Company received advances of $1,234,345 and paid $419,602 to Discover Development LLC during the nine months ending September 30, 2020.

Drinx Tec Inc. – Drinx Tec Inc. holds certain beverage technologies. Drinx Tec Inc. utilizes the Company’s personnel for certain administrative functions. During the nine months ending September 30, 2019, the Company charged Drinx Tec Inc. approximately $493,000 for its share of administrative costs, recorded as an executed copyoffset to operating expenses in the statement of thisoperations. During the nine months ending September 30, 2020, the Company charged Drinx Tec Inc. approximately $0 for its share of administrative costs.

F-86 

Copa di Vino Corporation

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 7 – Related Party Transactions (continued)

Related party payables consist of the following at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

  2020  2019 
       
Discover Development LLC $992,710  $108,426 
         
Drinx Tec Inc. note payable (see below)  -   125,000 
         
 Total related party notes payable $992,710  $233,426 

In 2018, Drinx Tec Inc., a related party through common ownership, obtained a $125,000 note payable from an individual requiring interest only payments at a rate of 15% until maturity in December 2020. Drinx Tec then advanced the $125,000 to the Company under the same terms. The note was repaid 2020.

Note 8 – Subsequent Events

In December 2020, the company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (“Splash”), a Colorado company, and two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, in which Splash acquired substantially all of the net assets that comprise the Company’s bottling and distribution business.

F-87 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the Purchase Agreement transaction (the “Purchase Agreement”) between Copa di Vino Corporation (“Copa”) and (ii) personal, bank, cashier’s check or wire transferSplash Beverage Group to, Inc. (“SBG”). The purchase price consists of $500,000 in cash, a $2,000,000 Promissory Note to the seller, and a variable number of shares of SBG common stock (up to a maximum value of $1,980,000) based on Copa’s attainment of certain future revenue targets. Concurrently with the transaction, SBG issued a $1,500,000 loan to a third party to fund the cash portion of the Purchase Agreement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements presented below are prepared by applying the acquisition method of accounting to a business combination. Pro forma adjustments which give effect to certain transactions occurring as a direct result of the Purchase Agreement are described in the accompanying unaudited notes presented on the following pages. The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the aggregateyear ended December 31, 2019 presents the combined results of operations as if the Purchase Agreement had occurred on January 1, 2019. The accompany unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2020, presents the combined balance sheets as if the Purchase Agreement had occurred on September 30, 2020.

These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had Copa and SBG been a combined company during the specified periods. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, Copa’s audited financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and Copa’s unaudited Condensed financial statements for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 and SBG’s audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, as included in its Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 2019 and SBG’s unaudited Condensed Consolidated financial statements for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 on Form 10-Q.

F-88 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet - September 30, 2020:

(Unaudited)

         Pro Forma 
     Copa di   Pro Forma  Condensed 
  Splash  Vino   Adjustments  Consolidated 
              
Current Assets  3,139,157   983,036 (a)  (268,516)  3,353,677 
         (b)  1,500,000     
         (c)  (2,000,000)    
Non-current Assets  448,928   1,148,048 (a)  (256,479)  1,340,497 
Investment in Copa        (c)  5,980,000   - 
         (d)  (5,980,000)    
Goodwill  9,448,852   - (d)  6,187,004   15,635,856 
                  
Total Assets  13,036,937   2,131,084    5,162,009   20,330,030 
                  
Accounts Payable and Other  1,151,250   1,650,184        2,801,434 
Loans Payable and Accrued Interest  2,799,194   1,193,270 (a)  (1,030,361)  2,962,103 
                  
Loans Payable - Non-current  -   159,900 (a)  (159,900)  - 
Credit Facility        (b)  1,500,000   1,500,000 
Contingently convertible Promissory Note        (c)  2,000,000   2,000,000 
Liability to issue Shares        (c)  1,980,000   1,980,000 
Other non-current  32,940   -        32,940 
                  
Total Liabilities  3,983,384   3,003,354    4,289,739   11,276,477 
                  
Mezzanine Shares  9,248,720   -        9,248,720 
                  
Equity                 
Common Stock  60,575   32,435 (d)  (32,435)  60,575 
                  
Paid-in Capital  38,763,100   4,258,399 (a)  (665,266)  38,763,100 
         (d)  (3,593,133)    
Accumulated Deficit  (39,018,842)  (5,163,104)(d)  5,163,104   (39,018,842)
                  
Total Equity  (195,167)  (872,270)   872,270   (195,167)
                  
Total Liabilities and Equity  13,036,937   2,131,084    5,162,009   20,330,030 

(a)To exclude certain assets and liabilities of Copa not included as part of the Purchase Agreement

(b)To record the proceeds received from $1.5 million Credit Facility

(c)To record purchase consideration in the amount of $5,9480,000, consisting of cash ($2,000,000), contingently convertible promissory note ($2,000,000) and contingent purchase consideration issuable in common stock ($1,980,000)

(d)To record the preliminary purchase price allocation to the net assets acquired

F-89 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations – Nine-Months Ended September 30, 2020:

(Unaudited)

         Pro Forma 
     Copa di   Pro Forma  Condensed 
  Splash  Vino   Adjustments  Consolidated 
Revenues  1,733,926   2,234,993 (e)  (246,677)  3,722,242 
                  
Cost of Sales  (965,966)  (1,698,407)(e)  186,339   (2,478,034)
                  
Gross Margin  767,960   536,586        1,244,208 
                  
Operating Expenses  5,000,715   987,914 (e)  (20,274)  5,968,355 
                  
Loss from Operations  (4,232,755)  (451,328)       (4,724,147)
                  
Interest Expense  (1,958,601)  (99,163)(f)  (1,452,710)  (3,510,473)
Other Income (Expense)  69,193   -        69,193 
                  
Net Loss  (6,122,163)  (550,491)       (8,165,428)
                  
Net loss per share  (0.12)           (0.15)
                  
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding  53,108,031            53,108,031 

(e)To eliminate revenues and related expenses associated with assets excluded from the Purchase Agreement

(f)To record interest expense on Credit Facility and Convertible Note

F-90 

Income Statement - December 31, 2019:

(Unaudited)

         Pro Forma 
     Copa di   Pro Forma  Condensed 
  Splash  Vino   Adjustments  Consolidated 
Revenues  1,038,220   5,712,864 (g)  (270,313)  6,480,771 
                  
Cost of Sales  (754,374)  (3,654,539)(g)  257,543   (4,151,370)
                  
Gross Margin  283,846   2,058,325        2,329,401 
                  
Operating Expenses  5,241,301   1,994,522 (g)  (27,032)  7,208,791 
                  
Loss from Operations  (4,957,455)  63,803        (4,879,390)
                  
Interest Expense  (88,741)  (190,740)(h)  (1,842,750)  (2,122,231)
Other Income (Expense)  18,061   19,019        37,080 
                  
Net Loss  (5,028,135)  (107,918)       (6,964,542)
                  
Net loss per share  (0.12)           (0.17)
                  
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding  42,154,947            42,154,947 

(g)To eliminate revenues and related expenses associated with assets excluded from transaction

(h)To record interest expense on Credit Facility and Convertible Note

F-91 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1

Basis of presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are based on Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (a “Nevada” company) and Copa di Vino Corporation’s historical consolidated financial statements as adjusted to give effect to the acquisition of Copa di Vino Corporation. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the none-months ended September 30, 2020 and the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 give effect to the Copa di Vino Corporation acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 gives effect to the Copa di Vino Corporation acquisition as if it occurred on September 30, 2020.

Note 2

Preliminary purchase price as reflected onallocation

On December 24, 2020 Splash Beverage Group, Inc. acquired certain net assets of Copa di Vino Corporation for a total consideration of $5,980,000. The company financed the signature page to this Agreement (the “Purchase Price”) payable to “Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., Escrow Agent, for Canfield Medical Supply, Inc., as Escrow Agent”, as follows:


[Escrow Agent]

[Bank]

[ABA Routing No.]

[Account No.]

[Reference]


1.2

The Purchase Priceacquisition through the issuance of $3,500,000 in notes, $500,000 in cash and the executed Agreement will be held, for the benefit of the undersigned until accepted by the Company. If the Agreement is not accepted by _____, 2012 (the “Termination Date”), then, the Purchase Price will be promptly returned to the undersigned.


1.3

After a determination has been made by the Company to accept this subscription, the payment will be retained in the Escrow Account until such time as the $40,000 minimum has been reached, at which time the funds will be released to the Company.   If the minimum amount is not raised before the Termination Date, the funds will be returned promptly to the undersigned.


2.

Acceptance of Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the Company shall have the right to accept or reject this Agreement, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever.remaining $1,980,000 with contingently issuable shares. The shares will be offered at aconsidered earned once the seller achieves certain revenue hurdles. Management assumes that these hurdles will be achieved and that all contingently issuable shares will be issued. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements include various assumptions, including those related to the preliminary purchase price of $0.25 per share for a period of one hundred and twenty (120)





A-1





days from the dateallocation of the Prospectus, subject to a ninety (90) day extension,assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Copa di Vino Corporation based on management’s best estimates of fair value. The final purchase price allocation may vary based on final appraisals, valuations, and analysis of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments are preliminary and have been made solely for a potential totalillustrative purposes.

The following table shows the preliminary allocation of 210 days.


3.

Representations and Warranties of Subscriber. The undersigned hereby represents and warrantsthe purchase price for Copa di Vino Corporation to the Company that the undersigned has received the Prospectus.acquired assets, assumed liabilities and pro form goodwill:


  Pro Forma 
Cash and cash equivalents  66,878 
Accounts receivable  191,981 
Other current assets  81,651 
Inventory  374,010 
Property and equipment  664,557 
License agreement  227,012 
Total identifiable assets  1,606,089 
     
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  1,650,184 
Note payable  162,909 
Total liabilities assumed  1,813,093 
     
Identifiable net liabilities  (207,004)
     
Total consideration $5,980,000 
     
Proforma goodwill  6,187,004 

4.

F-92 

The type of ownership in which the undersigned is applying to purchase Shares is as follows: (Check One)


____

INDIVIDUAL OWNERSHIP (One signature required)


____

JOINT TENANTS WITH RIGHT OF SURVIVORSHIP (Both parties must sign)


____

TRUST (Please include name of trustee, date trust was formed and a copy of the Trust Agreement or other authorization)


____

CORPORATION (Please include Certified Corporate Resolution authorizing signature)


____

PARTNERSHIP (Please include a copy of the Statement of Partnership or Partnership Agreement authorizing signature)


____

COMMUNITY PROPERTY (Two signatures required)SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

 

____

TENANTS-IN-COMMON (Both parties must sign)2,512,563 Shares of Common Stock


and Warrants to Purchase up to 2,512,563


5.

Miscellaneous.


5.1

Survival. The representations and warranties made herein shall survive the consummationShares of the transaction contemplated hereby.


5.2

Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.


[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




A-2






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement this _______ day of ______________________, 2012.Common Stock

 


Name(s) of Subscriber(s)


Address


_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________


Social Security or Tax I.D. No.


_____________________________




ACCEPTANCE


The foregoing subscription is hereby accepted and receipt of payment is hereby acknowledged with respect to Shares.



Dated: __________

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.



By________________________________PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 Authorized Officer


Kingswood Capital Markets,


division of Benchmark Investments, Inc.




 , 2021

A-3





PART II -

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS



ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

Item 13. Other Expenses

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses (other than the underwriter’s fees) payable in connection with the sale of Issuancethe shares of common stock and Distribution.warrants being registered. The registrant will pay all expenses of the registration and sale of the shares of common stock, other than selling commissions and fees, stock transfer taxes and fees and expenses, if any, of counsel or other advisors to the selling stockholders. All of the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee and FINRA filing fee.


Expenses incurred or (expected) relating to this Registration StatementThe following table sets forth an itemization of all estimated expenses, all of which we will pay, in connection with the issuance and distribution are as follows:of the securities being registered:


Nature of Expense: Amount
SEC Registration Fee $4,131 
FINRA filing fee $10,000 
Accounting fees and expenses $50,000 
Legal fees and expenses $325,000 
Transfer agent’s fees and expenses $10,000 
Printing and related fees $20,000 
Miscellaneous $5,000 
Total $424,131 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

Legal fees and costs

$22,500

Accounting

7,500

Registration fees

100

Printing of Prospectus

500

Escrow Agent

1,500

Miscellaneous

       400

     Total

$32,500


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  


Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the corporation, we may indemnify an officer or director who is made a party to any proceeding, including a law suit, because of his position, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in our best interest. In certain cases, we may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding. To the extent that the officer or director is successful on the merits in any such proceeding as to which such person is to be indemnified, we must indemnify him against all expenses incurred, including attorney’s fees. With respect to a derivative action, indemnity may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending the proceeding, and if the officer or director is judged liable, only by a court order. The prior discussion of indemnification in this paragraph is intended to be to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Colorado.


Indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors or officers pursuant to the foregoing provisions. However, we are informed that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.


ItemITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES


Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed experts.

II-1

From January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $2,829,623 in exchange for approximately 1,149,038 shares of the Company’s common stock.

From January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $2,829,623 in exchange for approximately 1,285,462 shares of the Company’s common stock.

From June 1, 2020 to July 31, 2020, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $830,000 in exchange for approximately 251,515 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 509,849 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

From July 1, 2020 to October 31, 2020, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $3,070,000 in exchange for approximately 930,303 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 465,152 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrant. 

On January 15, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with two accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $220,000 in exchange for 66,667 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 33,333 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no effective registration statement registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants. In connection with this sale of the shares, the Company paid the placement agent $8,800 in commission and sales$6,600 for a non-accountable expense allowance. The Company also issued the placement agent warrants to purchase 6,667 shares of securities withoutthe Company’s common stock.

From January 29, 2021 through February 1, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,683,520 in exchange for approximately 510,158 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 255,079 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no effective registration since inception. No such sales involvedstatement registering the useshares of an underwriter;common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

On February 10, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,204,751 in exchange for approximately 365,076 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 182,538 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no advertising or public solicitations were involved;effective registration statement registering the securities bearshares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the warrants may be exercised on a restrictive legend;cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

On February 26, 2021, the Company executed subscription agreements with accredited investors, pursuant to which the Company received gross proceeds of $1,212,500 in exchange for approximately 337,121 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 168,561 shares of the Company’s common stock. If after six months from the issuance of the warrants there is no commissions were paideffective registration statement registering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis as set forth in the warrants.

In connection with the saleforegoing, the Company relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act of any securities.1933, as amended, for transactions not involving a public offering.

II-2

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.


On October 1, 1992, we issued 100 shares of our no par value common stock to Michael J. West and his wife for $500 in cash.  In 2004 the shares were all transferred into Mr. West’s name.  On April 18, 2012 we completed a 80,000-for-1 forward stock split and increased the shares owned by Mr. West to 8,000,000.(a) Exhibits


On April 18, 2012 we issued common shares at $0.01 per share for cashThe exhibits to the following personsregistration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and entities:are incorporated by reference herein.




II-1







Name

Number of Shares

Consideration

Stephen H. West

            300,000

$  3,000 in cash

Michael J. West

            300,000

$  3,000 in cash

Steven Quoy

            150,000

$  1,500 in cash

Lynne Quoy

            150,000

$  1,500 in cash

Underwood Family Partners

            300,000

$  3,000 in cash

Kearney Holdings LLC

   300,000

$  3,000 in cash

      Total

         1,500,000

$15,000 in cash


In all(b) All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the transactions shown above, the issuance, delivery and sale of our common stock were made pursuant to the private offering exemption within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Actschedule, or because the offers were made to a limited number of accredited investors, all of whom received all material information concerningrequired is included in the investmentfinancial statements and all of whom have had sophistication and ability to bear economic risk based upon their representations to us and their prior experience in such investments.


In all of the transactions shown above, we have issued stop transfer orders concerning the transfer of certificates representing all the common stock issued and outstanding as reported in this section.


There have been no further issuances of securities through the date of this Registration Statement.


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.


The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:notes thereto.

 

Exhibit

Number



Description

3.1

Articles of Incorporation (previously filed)

3.2

Bylaws (previously filed)

5.1

Opinion re: Legality (previously filed)

10.1

Office Lease (previously filed)

10.2

Medicare Agreement with Palmetto Government Benefits Administrators (previously filed)

10.3

Medicaid Agreement with Ohio Department of Job and Family Services (previously filed)

10.4

Form of Escrow Agreement  ( previously filed )

23.1

Consent of Independent Auditors (previously filed)

23.2

Consent of Counsel (See Exhibit 5.2) (previously filed)

23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors (previously filed)

23.4

Consent of Independent Auditors (previously filed)

23.5

Consent of Independent Auditors (previously filed)

23.6

Consent of Independent Auditors ( previously filed )

23.7

Consent of Independent Auditors (filed herewith)


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.



II-2





Item 17. Undertakings


(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:


(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii)To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price, set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(iii)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

1.

(2)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

(3)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


(4)That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(a)

(5)That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(i)Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii)Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii)The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv)

Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


(6)That, for the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.  
(7)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(b)

Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and


(c)

Include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.


2.

For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each such post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of such securities at that time to be the initial bona fide offering.


3.

File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.


4.

For determining liability of the undersigned registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:


 (i)

Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;


(ii)

Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;


(iii)

The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and


(iv)

Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.



II-3






Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, above, or otherwise, we havethe registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.


In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by usthe registrant of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers,a director, officer or controlling personsperson of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by one of our directors, officers,such director, officer or controlling personsperson in connection with the securities being registered, wethe registrant will, unless in the opinion of ourits counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


II-3



SIGNATURES

II-4





SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrantregistrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 5 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Citycity of Canfield,Fort Lauderdale, State of Ohio,Florida, on January 24 , 2013.this 4th day of June 2021.



SPLASH BEVERAGE GROUP, INC.

CANFIELD MEDICAL SUPPLY, INC.

/s/ Robert Nistico

Robert Nistico

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

By: /s/  Michael J. West

SignatureTitleDate

      Michael J. West, President and Chief

      Executive Officer

/s/ Robert Nistico


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 5 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.





Date:  January 24 , 2013

By: /s/  Michael J. West

Robert Nistico

      Michael J. West,

President, Chief

Executive Officer and Director


(Principal Executive Officer)
June 7, 2021

      (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Dean Huge

Dean Huge

Date:  January 24 , 2013

By: /s/  Stephen H. West

      Stephen H. West

Chief Financial Officer, (Principal

Treasurer, Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 
June 7, 2021

      Financial Officer and Principal

      Accounting Officer)/s/ Justin Yorke

Justin YorkeDirector June 7, 2021
/s/ Peter McDonough
Peter McDonoughDirectorJune 7, 2021
/s/ Candace Crawford
Candace CrawfordDirectorJune 7, 2021
Pursuant to Power of Attorney
By:/s/ Robert Nistico 
Robert Nistico
Attorney in Fact

II-4

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.Description of Exhibit
1.1Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1Agreement and Director

Plan of Merger dated December 31, 2019 by and among Canfield Medical Supply, Inc., SBG Acquisition, Inc., and Splash Beverage Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated January 7, 2020)*
2.2Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7, 2020)*
3.1Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 filed with Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 12, 2012)*
3.2Bylaws (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.2 filed with Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 12, 2012)*
3.3Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Canfield Medical Supply, Inc.*
4.1Form of Common Stock Certificate*
4.2Warrant Agent Agreement (form of Certificated Warrant)*
4.3Form of Representative’s Warrant
5.1Opinion of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP as to the legality of the Warrant and the Representative’s Warrant
5.2Opinion of NewRev General Counsel, LLC as to the legality of the shares of common stock and shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants
10.1Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 18, 2020)*
10.2Canfield Medical Supply, Inc. 2020 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference herein to the Schedule 14C Information Statement filed on June 8, 2020)*
10.3Form of Replacement Promissory Note (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 2.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)*
10.4Form of Lock-Up Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)*
10.5Form of Promissory Note Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)*
10.6Form of Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)*
10.7Form of SBG Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)*
10.8Form of New Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.5 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2020)*
10.9Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 18, 2020)*
10.10Form of Amendment No. 1 the Promissory Note Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7, 2020)*
10.11Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7, 2020)*
10.12Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Preferred Stock Conversion Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7, 2020)*
10.13Revenue Loan and Security Agreement dated (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020)*
10.14Asset Purchase Agreement dated (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020)*
10.15Convertible Promissory Note dated (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.3 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020)*
10.16An Agreement Regarding Other Accounts Payable dated (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020)*
10.17Martin Employment Agreement dated (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.5 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020)*
10.18Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidential Information Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.6 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020)*
10.19Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 21, 2021)*
10.20Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 21, 2021)*
10.21Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 2, 2021)*
10.22Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 2, 2021)*
10.23Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021)*
10.24Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021)*
10.25Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021)*
10.26Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 filed with Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021)*
21.1Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 21.1 filed with Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021)*
23.1Consent of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2Consent of Daszkal Bolton LLP*
23.3Consent of Pinnacle Accountancy Group of Utah*
23.4Consent of Moss Adams LLP*
23.4Consent of NewRev General Counsel, LLC (contained in Exhibit 5.2)
24.1Power of Attorney (included in signature pages)
99.1Audit Committee Charter*
99.2Compensation Committee Charter*
99.3Nominating and Corporate governance Charter*
*Previously filed






II-5